UNITED STATES SENTENCING COMMISSION

GUIDELINES MANUAL

WILLIAM W. WILKINS, JR. Chairman JULIE E. CARNES Commissioner MICHAEL S. GELACAK Commissioner A. DAVID MAZZONE Commissioner ILENE H. NAGEL Commissioner PAUL L. MALONEY Commissioner, Ex-officio EDWARD F. REILLY, JR. Commissioner, Ex-officio

This document contains the text of the Guidelines Manual incorporating amendments effective January 15, 1988, June 15, 1988, October 15, 1988, November 1, 1989, November 1, 1990, November 1, 1991, November 27, 1991, and November 1, 1992.

RECOMMENDED CITATION FORM

United States Sentencing Commission Guidelines, Policy Statements, and Commentary may be cited as follows:

I. Full citation form

United States Sentencing Commission, Guidelines Manual, Sec.3E1.1 (Nov. 1992)

II. Abbreviated citation form (using U.S.S.G. as the designated short form for United States Sentencing Guidelines)

a guideline

U.S.S.G. Sec.2D1.1

a policy statement

U.S.S.G. Sec.6A1.1, p.s.

commentary designated as an application note

U.S.S.G. Sec.2F1.1, comment. (n.1)

commentary designated as background

U.S.S.G. Sec.2F1.1, comment. (backg'd.)

commentary designated as an introduction

U.S.S.G. Ch.3, Pt.D, intro. comment.

an appendix to the Guidelines Manual

U.S.S.G. App. C

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CHAPTER ONE: Page

Introduction and General Application Principles. . . . . . .1

Part A-Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1

1. Authority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

2. The Statutory Mission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..1

3. The Basic Approach. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..2

4. The Guidelines' Resolution of Major Issues. . . . . . . ..4

5. A Concluding Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10

Part B-General Application Principles. . . . . . . . . . . 11

CHAPTER TWO: Offense Conduct. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

Part A-Offenses Against the Person . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

1. Homicide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35

2. Assault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37

3. Criminal Sexual Abuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41

4. Kidnapping, Abduction, or Unlawful Restraint. . . . . . .46

5. Air Piracy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48

6. Threatening Communications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50

Part B-Offenses Involving Property . . . . . . . . . . . . .51

1. Theft, Embezzlement, Receipt of Stolen Property, and Property Destruction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51

2. Burglary and Trespass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

3. Robbery, Extortion, and Blackmail . . . . . . . . . . . 59

4. Commercial Bribery and Kickbacks. . . . . . . . . . . . 64

5. Counterfeiting, Forgery, and Infringement of Copyright or Trademark . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

6. Motor Vehicle Identification Numbers. . . . . . . . . . 69

Part C-Offenses Involving Public Officials . . . . . . . . 71

Part D-Offenses Involving Drugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

1. Unlawful Manufacturing, Importing, Exporting, Trafficking, or Possession; Continuing Criminal Enterprise . . 79

2. Unlawful Possession . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

3. Regulatory Violations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

Part E-Offenses Involving Criminal Enterprises and Racketeering . . . . . . . . . . . 113

1. Racketeering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

2. Extortionate Extension of Credit. . . . . . . . . . . . 116

3. Gambling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

4. Trafficking in Contraband Cigarettes. . . . . . . . . . 118

5. Labor Racketeering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

Part F-Offenses Involving Fraud or Deceit. . . . . . . . . 125

Part G-Offenses Involving Prostitution, Sexual Exploitation of Minors, and Obscenity . . . . . . 133

1. Prostitution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133

2. Sexual Exploitation of a Minor. . . . . . . . . . . . .136

3. Obscenity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140

Part H-Offenses Involving Individual Rights. . . . . . . . 143

1. Civil Rights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143

2. Political Rights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147

3. Privacy and Eavesdropping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148

4. Peonage, Involuntary Servitude, and Slave Trade . . . .149

Part I- Not Used

Part J-Offenses Involving the Administration of Justice. . 151

Part K-Offenses Involving Public Safety. . . . . . . . . . 161

1. Explosives and Arson. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161

2. Firearms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167

3. Transportation of Hazardous Materials . . . . . . . . .174

Part L-Offenses Involving Immigration, Naturalization, and Passports . . . . . . . . . . . 177

1. Immigration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

2. Naturalization and Passports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

Part M-Offenses Involving National Defense . . . . . . . . 183

1. Treason . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

2. Sabotage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

3. Espionage and Related Offenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

4. Evasion of Military Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

5. Prohibited Financial Transactions and Exports . . . . . 190

6. Atomic Energy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191

Part N-Offenses Involving Food, Drugs, Agricultural Products, and Odometer Laws . . . . . . . 193

1. Tampering with Consumer Products. . . . . . . . . . . .193

2. Food, Drugs, and Agricultural Products. . . . . . . . .195

3. Odometer Laws and Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . .196

Part O- Not Used

Part P-Offenses Involving Prisons and Correctional Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197

Part Q-Offenses Involving the Environment. . . . . . . . 201

1. Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .201

2. Conservation and Wildlife . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .206

Part R-Antitrust Offenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209

Part S-Money Laundering and Monetary Transaction Reporting . . . . . . . . . . 213

Part T-Offenses Involving Taxation . . . . . . . . . . . 219

1. Income Taxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219

2. Alcohol and Tobacco Taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228

3. Customs Taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229

4. Tax Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

Part U- Not Used

Part V- Not Used

Part W- Not Used

Part X-Other Offenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

1. Conspiracies, Attempts, Solicitations . . . . . . . . . 233

2. Aiding and Abetting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236

3. Accessory After the Fact. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236

4. Misprision of Felony. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237

5. All Other Offenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238

Part Y- Not Used

Part Z- Not Used

CHAPTER THREE: Adjustments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239

Part A-Victim-Related Adjustments. . . . . . . . . . . . . 239

Part B-Role in the Offense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243

Part C-Obstruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247

Part D-Multiple Counts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251

Part E-Acceptance of Responsibility. . . . . . . . . . . . 263

CHAPTER FOUR: Criminal History and Criminal Livelihood. . 267

Part A-Criminal History. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267

Part B-Career Offenders and Criminal Livelihood. . . . . . 281

CHAPTER FIVE: Determining the Sentence. . . . . . . . . . 287

Part A-Sentencing Table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

Part B-Probation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291

Part C-Imprisonment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297

Part D-Supervised Release. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301

Part E-Restitution, Fines, Assessments, Forfeitures. . . . 303

Part F-Sentencing Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311

Part G-Implementing the Total Sentence of Imprisonment . . 317

Part H-Specific Offender Characteristics . . . . . . . . . 323

Part I- Not Used

Part J-Relief From Disability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327

Part K-Departures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329

1.Substantial Assistance to Authorities . . . . . . . . . 329

2.Other Grounds for Departure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330

CHAPTER SIX: Sentencing Procedures and Plea Agreements. . 337

Part A-Sentencing Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337

Part B-Plea Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341

CHAPTER SEVEN: Violations of Probation and Supervised Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345

Part A-Introduction to Chapter Seven . . . . . . . . . . . 345

1.Authority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345

2.Background. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345

3.Resolution of Major Issues. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346

4.The Basic Approach. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347

5.A Concluding Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348

Part B-Probation and Supervised Release Violations . . . . 349

CHAPTER EIGHT: Sentencing of Organizations . . . . . . . 357

Part A-General Application Principles. . . . . . . . . . . 359

Part B-Remedying Harm from Criminal Conduct. . . . . . . . 365

Part C-Fines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367

1.Determining the Fine - Criminal Purpose Organizations. . 367

2.Determining the Fine - Other Organizations. . . . . . . 367

3.Implementing the Sentence of a Fine . . . . . . . . . . 382

4.Departures from the Guideline Fine Range. . . . . . . . 384

Part D-Organizational Probation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389

Part E-Special Assessments, Forfeitures, and Costs . . . . 393

APPENDIX A: Statutory Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395

APPENDIX B: Selected Sentencing Statutes. . . . . . . . . 407

INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453

APPENDIX C: Amendments to the Sentencing Guidelines Manual

(set forth in a separate volume)

CHAPTER ONE - INTRODUCTION AND GENERAL APPLICATION PRINCIPLES
PART A - INTRODUCTION

1. Authority

The United States Sentencing Commission ("Commission") is an independent agency in the judicial branch composed of seven voting and two non-voting, ex officio members. Its principal purpose is to establish sentencing policies and practices for the federal criminal justice system that will assure the ends of justice by promulgating detailed guidelines prescribing the appropriate sentences for offenders convicted of federal crimes.

The guidelines and policy statements promulgated by the Commission are issued pursuant to Section 994(a) of Title 28, United States Code.

2. The Statutory Mission

The Sentencing Reform Act of 1984 (Title II of the Comprehensive Crime Control Act of 1984) provides for the development of guidelines that will further the basic purposes of criminal punishment: deterrence, incapacitation, just punishment, and rehabilitation. The Act delegates broad authority to the Commission to review and rationalize the federal sentencing process.

The Act contains detailed instructions as to how this determination should be made, the most important of which directs the Commission to create categories of offense behavior and offender characteristics. An offense behavior category might consist, for example, of "bank robbery/committed with a gun/$2500 taken." An offender characteristic category might be "offender with one prior conviction not resulting in imprisonment." The Commission is required to prescribe guideline ranges that specify an appropriate sentence for each class of convicted persons determined by coordinating the offense behavior categories with the offender characteristic categories. Where the guidelines call for imprisonment, the range must be narrow: the maximum of the range cannot exceed the minimum by more than the greater of 25 percent or six months. 28 U.S.C. Sec. 994(b)(2).

Pursuant to the Act, the sentencing court must select a sentence from within the guideline range. If, however, a particular case presents atypical features, the Act allows the court to depart from the guidelines and sentence outside the prescribed range. In that case, the court must specify reasons for departure. 18 U.S.C. Sec. 3553(b). If the court sentences within the guideline range, an appellate court may review the sentence to determine whether the guidelines were correctly applied. If the court departs from the guideline range, an appellate court may review the reasonableness of the departure. 18 U.S.C. Sec. 3742. The Act also abolishes parole, and substantially reduces and restructures good behavior adjustments.

The Commission's initial guidelines were submitted to Congress on April 13, 1987. After the prescribed period of Congressional review, the guidelines took effect on November 1, 1987, and apply to all offenses committed on or after that date. The Commission has the authority to submit guideline amendments each year to Congress between the beginning of a regular Congressional session and May 1. Such amendments automatically take effect 180 days after submission unless a law is enacted to the contrary. 28 U.S.C. Sec. 994(p).

The initial sentencing guidelines and policy statements were developed after extensive hearings, deliberation, and consideration of substantial public comment. The Commission emphasizes, however, that it views the guideline-writing process as evolutionary. It expects, and the governing statute anticipates, that continuing research, experience, and analysis will result in modifications and revisions to the guidelines through submission of amendments to Congress. To this end, the Commission is established as a permanent agency to monitor sentencing practices in the federal courts.

3. The Basic Approach (Policy Statement)

To understand the guidelines and their underlying rationale, it is important to focus on the three objectives that Congress sought to achieve in enacting the Sentencing Reform Act of 1984. The Act's basic objective was to enhance the ability of the criminal justice system to combat crime through an effective, fair sentencing system. To achieve this end, Congress first sought honesty in sentencing. It sought to avoid the confusion and implicit deception that arose out of the preguidelines sentencing system which required the court to impose an indeterminate sentence of imprisonment and empowered the parole commission to determine how much of the sentence an offender actually would serve in prison. This practice usually resulted in a substantial reduction in the effective length of the sentence imposed, with defendants often serving only about one-third of the sentence imposed by the court.

Second, Congress sought reasonable uniformity in sentencing by narrowing the wide disparity in sentences imposed for similar criminal offenses committed by similar offenders. Third, Congress sought proportionality in sentencing through a system that imposes appropriately different sentences for criminal conduct of differing severity.

Honesty is easy to achieve: the abolition of parole makes the sentence imposed by the court the sentence the offender will serve, less approximately fifteen percent for good behavior. There is a tension, however, between the mandate of uniformity and the mandate of proportionality. Simple uniformity -- sentencing every offender to five years -- destroys proportionality. Having only a few simple categories of crimes would make the guidelines uniform and easy to administer, but might lump together offenses that are different in important respects. For example, a single category for robbery that included armed and unarmed robberies, robberies with and without injuries, robberies of a few dollars and robberies of millions, would be far too broad.

A sentencing system tailored to fit every conceivable wrinkle of each case would quickly become unworkable and seriously compromise the certainty of punishment and its deterrent effect. For example: a bank robber with (or without) a gun, which the robber kept hidden (or brandished), might have frightened (or merely warned), injured seriously (or less seriously), tied up (or simply pushed) a guard, teller, or customer, at night (or at noon), in an effort to obtain money for other crimes (or for other purposes), in the company of a few (or many) other robbers, for the first (or fourth) time.

The list of potentially relevant features of criminal behavior is long; the fact that they can occur in multiple combinations means that the list of possible permutations of factors is virtually endless. The appropriate relationships among these different factors are exceedingly difficult to establish, for they are often context specific. Sentencing courts do not treat the occurrence of a simple bruise identically in all cases, irrespective of whether that bruise occurred in the context of a bank robbery or in the context of a breach of peace. This is so, in part, because the risk that such a harm will occur differs depending on the underlying offense with which it is connected; and also because, in part, the relationship between punishment and multiple harms is not simply additive. The relation varies depending on how much other harm has occurred. Thus, it would not be proper to assign points for each kind of harm and simply add them up, irrespective of context and total amounts.

The larger the number of subcategories of offense and offender characteristics included in the guidelines, the greater the complexity and the less workable the system. Moreover, complex combinations of offense and offender characteristics would apply and interact in unforeseen ways to unforeseen situations, thus failing to cure the unfairness of a simple, broad category system. Finally, and perhaps most importantly, probation officers and courts, in applying a complex system having numerous subcategories, would be required to make a host of decisions regarding whether the underlying facts were sufficient to bring the case within a particular subcategory. The greater the number of decisions required and the greater their complexity, the greater the risk that different courts would apply the guidelines differently to situations that, in fact, are similar, thereby reintroducing the very disparity that the guidelines were designed to reduce.

In view of the arguments, it would have been tempting to retreat to the simple, broad category approach and to grant courts the discretion to select the proper point along a broad sentencing range. Granting such broad discretion, however, would have risked correspondingly broad disparity in sentencing, for different courts may exercise their discretionary powers in different ways. Such an approach would have risked a return to the wide disparity that Congress established the Commission to reduce and would have been contrary to the Commission's mandate set forth in the Sentencing Reform Act of 1984.

In the end, there was no completely satisfying solution to this problem. The Commission had to balance the comparative virtues and vices of broad, simple categorization and detailed, complex subcategorization, and within the constraints established by that balance, minimize the discretionary powers of the sentencing court. Any system will, to a degree, enjoy the benefits and suffer from the drawbacks of each approach.

A philosophical problem arose when the Commission attempted to reconcile the differing perceptions of the purposes of criminal punishment. Most observers of the criminal law agree that the ultimate aim of the law itself, and of punishment in particular, is the control of crime. Beyond this point, however, the consensus seems to break down. Some argue that appropriate punishment should be defined primarily on the basis of the principle of "just deserts." Under this principle, punishment should be scaled to the offender's culpability and the resulting harms. Others argue that punishment should be imposed primarily on the basis of practical "crime control" considerations. This theory calls for sentences that most effectively lessen the likelihood of future crime, either by deterring others or incapacitating the defendant.

Adherents of each of these points of view urged the Commission to choose between them and accord one primacy over the other. As a practical matter, however, this choice was unnecessary because in most sentencing decisions the application of either philosophy will produce the same or similar results.

In its initial set of guidelines, the Commission sought to solve both the practical and philosophical problems of developing a coherent sentencing system by taking an empirical approach that used as a starting point data estimating pre-guidelines sentencing practice. It analyzed data drawn from 10,000 presentence investigations, the differing elements of various crimes as distinguished in substantive criminal statutes, the United States Parole Commission's guidelines and statistics, and data from other relevant sources in order to determine which distinctions were important in pre-guidelines practice. After consideration, the Commission accepted, modified, or rationalized these distinctions.

This empirical approach helped the Commission resolve its practical problem by defining a list of relevant distinctions that, although of considerable length, was short enough to create a manageable set of guidelines. Existing categories are relatively broad and omit distinctions that some may believe important, yet they include most of the major distinctions that statutes and data suggest made a significant difference in sentencing decisions. Relevant distinctions not reflected in the guidelines probably will occur rarely and sentencing courts may take such unusual cases into account by departing from the guidelines.

The Commission's empirical approach also helped resolve its philosophical dilemma. Those who adhere to a just deserts philosophy may concede that the lack of consensus might make it difficult to say exactly what punishment is deserved for a particular crime. Likewise, those who subscribe to a philosophy of crime control may acknowledge that the lack of sufficient data might make it difficult to determine exactly the punishment that will best prevent that crime. Both groups might therefore recognize the wisdom of looking to those distinctions that judges and legislators have, in fact, made over the course of time. These established distinctions are ones that the community believes, or has found over time, to be important from either a just deserts or crime control perspective.

The Commission did not simply copy estimates of pre-guidelines practice as revealed by the data, even though establishing offense values on this basis would help eliminate disparity because the data represent averages. Rather, it departed from the data at different points for various important reasons. Congressional statutes, for example, suggested or required departure, as in the case of the Anti-Drug Abuse Act of 1986 that imposed increased and mandatory minimum sentences. In addition, the data revealed inconsistencies in treatment, such as punishing economic crime less severely than other apparently equivalent behavior.

Despite these policy-oriented departures from pre-guidelines practice, the guidelines represent an approach that begins with, and builds upon, empirical data. The guidelines will not please those who wish the Commission to adopt a single philosophical theory and then work deductively to establish a simple and perfect set of categorizations and distinctions. The guidelines may prove acceptable, however, to those who seek more modest, incremental improvements in the status quo, who believe the best is often the enemy of the good, and who recognize that these guidelines are, as the Act contemplates, but the first step in an evolutionary process. After spending considerable time and resources exploring alternative approaches, the Commission developed these guidelines as a practical effort toward the achievement of a more honest, uniform, equitable, proportional, and therefore effective sentencing system.

4. The Guidelines' Resolution of Major Issues (Policy Statement)

The guideline-drafting process required the Commission to resolve a host of important policy questions typically involving rather evenly balanced sets of competing considerations. As an aid to understanding the guidelines, this introduction briefly discusses several of those issues; commentary in the guidelines explains others.

(a) Real Offense vs. Charge Offense Sentencing.

One of the most important questions for the Commission to decide was whether to base sentences upon the actual conduct in which the defendant engaged regardless of the charges for which he was indicted or convicted ("real offense" sentencing), or upon the conduct that constitutes the elements of the offense for which the defendant was charged and of which he was convicted ("charge offense" sentencing). A bank robber, for example, might have used a gun, frightened bystanders, taken $50,000, injured a teller, refused to stop when ordered, and raced away damaging property during his escape. A pure real offense system would sentence on the basis of all identifiable conduct. A pure charge offense system would overlook some of the harms that did not constitute statutory elements of the offenses of which the defendant was convicted.

The Commission initially sought to develop a pure real offense system. After all, the pre-guidelines sentencing system was, in a sense, this type of system. The sentencing court and the parole commission took account of the conduct in which the defendant actually engaged, as determined in a presentence report, at the sentencing hearing, or before a parole commission hearing officer. The Commission's initial efforts in this direction, carried out in the spring and early summer of 1986, proved unproductive, mostly for practical reasons. To make such a system work, even to formalize and rationalize the status quo, would have required the Commission to decide precisely which harms to take into account, how to add them up, and what kinds of procedures the courts should use to determine the presence or absence of disputed factual elements. The Commission found no practical way to combine and account for the large number of diverse harms arising in different circumstances; nor did it find a practical way to reconcile the need for a fair adjudicatory procedure with the need for a speedy sentencing process given the potential existence of hosts of adjudicated "real harm" facts in many typical cases. The effort proposed as a solution to these problems required the use of, for example, quadratic roots and other mathematical operations that the Commission considered too complex to be workable. In the Commission's view, such a system risked return to wide disparity in sentencing practice.

In its initial set of guidelines submitted to Congress in April 1987, the Commission moved closer to a charge offense system. This system, however, does contain a significant number of real offense elements. For one thing, the hundreds of overlapping and duplicative statutory provisions that make up the federal criminal law forced the Commission to write guidelines that are descriptive of generic conduct rather than guidelines that track purely statutory language. For another, the guidelines take account of a number of important, commonly occurring real offense elements such as role in the offense, the presence of a gun, or the amount of money actually taken, through alternative base offense levels, specific offense characteristics, cross references, and adjustments.

The Commission recognized that a charge offense system has drawbacks of its own. One of the most important is the potential it affords prosecutors to influence sentences by increasing or decreasing the number of counts in an indictment. Of course, the defendant's actual conduct (that which the prosecutor can prove in court) imposes a natural limit upon the prosecutor's ability to increase a defendant's sentence. Moreover, the Commission has written its rules for the treatment of multicount convictions with an eye toward eliminating unfair treatment that might flow from count manipulation. For example, the guidelines treat a three-count indictment, each count of which charges sale of 100 grams of heroin or theft of $10,000, the same as a single-count indictment charging sale of 300 grams of heroin or theft of $30,000. Furthermore, a sentencing court may control any inappropriate manipulation of the indictment through use of its departure power. Finally, the Commission will closely monitor charging and plea agreement practices and will make appropriate adjustments should they become necessary.

(b) Departures.

The sentencing statute permits a court to depart from a guideline-specified sentence only when it finds "an aggravating or mitigating circumstance of a kind, or to a degree, not adequately taken into consideration by the Sentencing Commission in formulating the guidelines that should result in a sentence different from that described." 18 U.S.C. Sec. 3553(b). The Commission intends the sentencing courts to treat each guideline as carving out a "heartland," a set of typical cases embodying the conduct that each guideline describes. When a court finds an atypical case, one to which a particular guideline linguistically applies but where conduct significantly differs from the norm, the court may consider whether a departure is warranted. Section 5H1.10 (Race, Sex, National Origin, Creed, Religion, and Socio-Economic Status), Sec.5H1.12 (Lack of Guidance as a Youth and Similar Circumstances), the third sentence of Sec.5H1.4 (Physical Condition, Including Drug Dependence and Alcohol Abuse), and the last sentence of Sec.5K2.12 (Coercion and Duress) list several factors that the court cannot take into account as grounds for departure. With those specific exceptions, however, the Commission does not intend to limit the kinds of factors, whether or not mentioned anywhere else in the guidelines, that could constitute grounds for departure in an unusual case.

The Commission has adopted this departure policy for two reasons. First, it is difficult to prescribe a single set of guidelines that encompasses the vast range of human conduct potentially relevant to a sentencing decision. The Commission also recognizes that the initial set of guidelines need not do so. The Commission is a permanent body, empowered by law to write and rewrite guidelines, with progressive changes, over many years. By monitoring when courts depart from the guidelines and by analyzing their stated reasons for doing so and court decisions with references thereto, the Commission, over time, will be able to refine the guidelines to specify more precisely when departures should and should not be permitted.

Second, the Commission believes that despite the courts' legal freedom to depart from the guidelines, they will not do so very often. This is because the guidelines, offense by offense, seek to take account of those factors that the Commission's data indicate made a significant difference in pre-guidelines sentencing practice. Thus, for example, where the presence of physical injury made an important difference in pre-guidelines sentencing practice (as in the case of robbery or assault), the guidelines specifically include this factor to enhance the sentence. Where the guidelines do not specify an augmentation or diminution, this is generally because the sentencing data did not permit the Commission to conclude that the factor was empirically important in relation to the particular offense. Of course, an important factor (e.g., physical injury) may infrequently occur in connection with a particular crime (e.g., fraud). Such rare occurrences are precisely the type of events that the courts' departure powers were designed to cover -- unusual cases outside the range of the more typical offenses for which the guidelines were designed.

It is important to note that the guidelines refer to two different kinds of departure. The first involves instances in which the guidelines provide specific guidance for departure by analogy or by other numerical or non-numerical suggestions. For example, the Commentary to Sec.2G1.1 (Transportation for the Purpose of Prostitution or Prohibited Sexual Conduct) recommends a downward departure of eight levels where a commercial purpose was not involved. The Commission intends such suggestions as policy guidance for the courts. The Commission expects that most departures will reflect the suggestions and that the courts of appeals may prove more likely to find departures "unreasonable" where they fall outside suggested levels.

A second type of departure will remain unguided. It may rest upon grounds referred to in Chater Five, Part K (Departures) or on grounds not mentioned in the guidelines. While Chapter Five, Part K lists factors that the Commission believes may constitute grounds for departure, the list is not exhaustive. The Commission recognizes that there may be other grounds for departure that are not mentioned; it also believes there may be cases in which a departure outside suggested levels is warranted. In its view, however, such cases will be highly infrequent.

(c)Plea Agreements.

Nearly ninety percent of all federal criminal cases involve guilty pleas and many of these cases involve some form of plea agreement. Some commentators on early Commission guideline drafts urged the Commission not to attempt any major reforms of the plea agreement process on the grounds that any set of guidelines that threatened to change pre-guidelines practice radically also threatened to make the federal system unmanageable. Others argued that guidelines that failed to control and limit plea agreements would leave untouched a "loophole" large enough to undo the good that sentencing guidelines would bring.

The Commission decided not to make major changes in plea agreement practices in the initial guidelines, but rather to provide guidance by issuing general policy statements concerning the acceptance of plea agreements in Chapter Six, Part B (Plea Agreements). The rules set forth in Fed. R. Crim. P. 11(e) govern the acceptance or rejection of such agreements. The Commission will collect data on the courts' plea practices and will analyze this information to determine when and why the courts accept or reject plea agreements and whether plea agreement practices are undermining the intent of the Sentencing Reform Act. In light of this information and analysis, the Commission will seek to further regulate the plea agreement process as appropriate. Importantly, if the policy statements relating to plea agreements are followed, circumvention of the Sentencing Reform Act and the guidelines should not occur.

The Commission expects the guidelines to have a positive, rationalizing impact upon plea agreements for two reasons. First, the guidelines create a clear, definite expectation in respect to the sentence that a court will impose if a trial takes place. In the event a prosecutor and defense attorney explore the possibility of a negotiated plea, they will no longer work in the dark. This fact alone should help to reduce irrationality in respect to actual sentencing outcomes. Second, the guidelines create a norm to which courts will likely refer when they decide whether, under Rule 11(e), to accept or to reject a plea agreement or recommendation.

(d) Probation and Split Sentences.

The statute provides that the guidelines are to "reflect the general appropriateness of imposing a sentence other than imprisonment in cases in which the defendant is a first offender who has not been convicted of a crime of violence or an otherwise serious offense . . . ." 28 U.S.C. Sec. 994(j). Under pre-guidelines sentencing practice, courts sentenced to probation an inappropriately high percentage of offenders guilty of certain economic crimes, such as theft, tax evasion, antitrust offenses, insider trading, fraud, and embezzlement, that in the Commission's view are "serious."

The Commission's solution to this problem has been to write guidelines that classify as serious many offenses for which probation previously was frequently given and provide for at least a short period of imprisonment in such cases. The Commission concluded that the definite prospect of prison, even though the term may be short, will serve as a significant deterrent, particularly when compared with pre-guidelines practice where probation, not prison, was the norm.

More specifically, the guidelines work as follows in respect to a first offender. For offense levels one through six, the sentencing court may elect to sentence the offender to probation (with or without confinement conditions) or to a prison term. For offense levels seven through ten, the court may substitute probation for a prison term, but the probation must include confinement conditions (community confinement, intermittent confinement, or home detention). For offense levels eleven and twelve, the court must impose at least one-half the minimum confinement sentence in the form of prison confinement, the remainder to be served on supervised release with a condition of community confinement or home detention. The Commission, of course, has not dealt with the single acts of aberrant behavior that still may justify probation at higher offense levels through departures.

(e) Multi-Count Convictions.

The Commission, like several state sentencing commissions, has found it particularly difficult to develop guidelines for sentencing defendants convicted of multiple violations of law, each of which makes up a separate count in an indictment. The difficulty is that when a defendant engages in conduct that causes several harms, each additional harm, even if it increases the extent to which punishment is warranted, does not necessarily warrant a proportionate increase in punishment. A defendant who assaults others during a fight, for example, may warrant more punishment if he injures ten people than if he injures one, but his conduct does not necessarily warrant ten times the punishment. If it did, many of the simplest offenses, for reasons that are often fortuitous, would lead to sentences of life imprisonment -- sentences that neither just deserts nor crime control theories of punishment would justify.

Several individual guidelines provide special instructions for increasing punishment when the conduct that is the subject of that count involves multiple occurrences or has caused several harms. The guidelines also provide general rules for aggravating punishment in light of multiple harms charged separately in separate counts. These rules may produce occasional anomalies, but normally they will permit an appropriate degree of aggravation of punishment for multiple offenses that are the subjects of separate counts.

These rules are set out in Chapter Three, Part D (Multiple Counts). They essentially provide: (1) when the conduct involves fungible items (e.g., separate drug transactions or thefts of money), the amounts are added and the guidelines apply to the total amount; (2) when nonfungible harms are involved, the offense level for the most serious count is increased (according to a diminishing scale) to reflect the existence of other counts of conviction. The guidelines have been written in order to minimize the possibility that an arbitrary casting of a single transaction into several counts will produce a longer sentence. In addition, the sentencing court will have adequate power to prevent such a result through departures.

(f) Regulatory Offenses.

Regulatory statutes, though primarily civil in nature, sometimes contain criminal provisions in respect to particularly harmful activity. Such criminal provisions often describe not only substantive offenses, but also more technical, administratively-related offenses such as failure to keep accurate records or to provide requested information. These statutes pose two problems: first, which criminal regulatory provisions should the Commission initially consider, and second, how should it treat technical or administratively-related criminal violations?

In respect to the first problem, the Commission found that it could not comprehensively treat all regulatory violations in the initial set of guidelines. There are hundreds of such provisions scattered throughout the United States Code. To find all potential violations would involve examination of each individual federal regulation. Because of this practical difficulty, the Commission sought to determine, with the assistance of the Department of Justice and several regulatory agencies, which criminal regulatory offenses were particularly important in light of the need for enforcement of the general regulatory scheme. The Commission addressed these offenses in the initial guidelines.

In respect to the second problem, the Commission has developed a system for treating technical recordkeeping and reporting offenses that divides them into four categories. First, in the simplest of cases, the offender may have failed to fill out a form intentionally, but without knowledge or intent that substantive harm would likely follow. He might fail, for example, to keep an accurate record of toxic substance transport, but that failure may not lead, nor be likely to lead, to the release or improper handling of any toxic substance. Second, the same failure may be accompanied by a significant likelihood that substantive harm will occur; it may make a release of a toxic substance more likely. Third, the same failure may have led to substantive harm. Fourth, the failure may represent an effort to conceal a substantive harm that has occurred.

The structure of a typical guideline for a regulatory offense provides a low base offense level (e.g., 6) aimed at the first type of recordkeeping or reporting offense. Specific offense characteristics designed to reflect substantive harms that do occur in respect to some regulatory offenses, or that are likely to occur, increase the offense level. A specific offense characteristic also provides that a recordkeeping or reporting offense that conceals a substantive offense will have the same offense level as the substantive offense.

(g) Sentencing Ranges.

In determining the appropriate sentencing ranges for each offense, the Commission estimated the average sentences served within each category under the pre-guidelines sentencing system. It also examined the sentences specified in federal statutes, in the parole guidelines, and in other relevant, analogous sources. The Commission's Supplementary Report on the Initial Sentencing Guidelines (1987) contains a comparison between estimates of pre-guidelines sentencing practice and sentences under the guidelines.

While the Commission has not considered itself bound by pre-guidelines sentencing practice, it has not attempted to develop an entirely new system of sentencing on the basis of theory alone. Guideline sentences, in many instances, will approximate average pre-guidelines practice and adherence to the guidelines will help to eliminate wide disparity. For example, where a high percentage of persons received probation under pre-guidelines practice, a guideline may include one or more specific offense characteristics in an effort to distinguish those types of defendants who received probation from those who received more severe sentences. In some instances, short sentences of incarceration for all offenders in a category have been substituted for a pre-guidelines sentencing practice of very wide variability in which some defendants received probation while others received several years in prison for the same offense. Moreover, inasmuch as those who pleaded guilty under pre-guidelines practice often received lesser sentences, the guidelines permit the court to impose lesser sentences on those defendants who accept responsibility for their misconduct. For defendants who provide substantial assistance to the government in the investigation or prosecution of others, a downward departure may be warranted.

The Commission has also examined its sentencing ranges in light of their likely impact upon prison population. Specific legislation, such as the Anti-Drug Abuse Act of 1986 and the career offender provisions of the Sentencing Reform Act of 1984 (28 U.S.C. Sec. 994(h)), required the Commission to promulgate guidelines that will lead to substantial prison population increases. These increases will occur irrespective of the guidelines. The guidelines themselves, insofar as they reflect policy decisions made by the Commission (rather than legislated mandatory minimum or career offender sentences), are projected to lead to an increase in prison population that computer models, produced by the Commission and the Bureau of Prisons in 1987, estimated at approximately 10 percent over a period of ten years.

(h) The Sentencing Table.

The Commission has established a sentencing table that for technical and practical reasons contains 43 levels. Each level in the table prescribes ranges that overlap with the ranges in the preceding and succeeding levels. By overlapping the ranges, the table should discourage unnecessary litigation. Both prosecution and defense will realize that the difference between one level and another will not necessarily make a difference in the sentence that the court imposes. Thus, little purpose will be served in protracted litigation trying to determine, for example, whether $10,000 or $11,000 was obtained as a result of a fraud. At the same time, the levels work to increase a sentence proportionately. A change of six levels roughly doubles the sentence irrespective of the level at which one starts. The guidelines, in keeping with the statutory requirement that the maximum of any range cannot exceed the minimum by more than the greater of 25 percent or six months (28 U.S.C. Sec. 994(b)(2)), permit courts to exercise the greatest permissible range of sentencing discretion. The table overlaps offense levels meaningfully, works proportionately, and at the same time preserves the maximum degree of allowable discretion for the court within each level.

Similarly, many of the individual guidelines refer to tables that correlate amounts of money with offense levels. These tables often have many rather than a few levels. Again, the reason is to minimize the likelihood of unnecessary litigation. If a money table were to make only a few distinctions, each distinction would become more important and litigation over which category an offender fell within would become more likely. Where a table has many small monetary distinctions, it minimizes the likelihood of litigation because the precise amount of money involved is of considerably less importance.

5. A Concluding Note

The Commission emphasizes that it drafted the initial guidelines with considerable caution. It examined the many hundreds of criminal statutes in the United States Code. It began with those that were the basis for a significant number of prosecutions and sought to place them in a rational order. It developed additional distinctions relevant to the application of these provisions and it applied sentencing ranges to each resulting category. In doing so, it relied upon pre-guidelines sentencing practice as revealed by its own statistical analyses based on summary reports of some 40,000 convictions, a sample of 10,000 augmented presentence reports, the parole guidelines, and policy judgments.

The Commission recognizes that some will criticize this approach as overly cautious, as representing too little a departure from pre-guidelines sentencing practice. Yet, it will cure wide disparity. The Commission is a permanent body that can amend the guidelines each year. Although the data available to it, like all data, are imperfect, experience with the guidelines will lead to additional information and provide a firm empirical basis for consideration of revisions.

Finally, the guidelines will apply to more than 90 percent of all felony and Class A misdemeanor cases in the federal courts. Because of time constraints and the nonexistence of statistical information, some offenses that occur infrequently are not considered in the guidelines. Their exclusion does not reflect any judgment regarding their seriousness and they will be addressed as the Commission refines the guidelines over time.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendments 67 and 68); November 1, 1990 (see Appendix C, amendment 307); November 1, 1992 (see Appendix C, amendment 466).

PART B - GENERAL APPLICATION PRINCIPLES

Sec.1B1.1.Application Instructions

(a) Determine the applicable offense guideline section from Chapter Two. See Sec.1B1.2 (Applicable Guidelines). The Statutory Index (Appendix A) provides a listing to assist in this determination.

(b) Determine the base offense level and apply any appropriate specific offense characteristics contained in the particular guideline in Chapter Two in the order listed.

(c) Apply the adjustments as appropriate related to victim, role, and obstruction of justice from Parts A, B, and C of Chapter Three.

(d) If there are multiple counts of conviction, repeat steps (a) through (c) for each count. Apply Part D of Chapter Three to group the various counts and adjust the offense level accordingly.

(e) Apply the adjustment as appropriate for the defendant's acceptance of responsibility from Part E of Chapter Three.

(f) Determine the defendant's criminal history category as specified in Part A of Chapter Four. Determine from Part B of Chapter Four any other applicable adjustments.

(g) Determine the guideline range in Part A of Chapter Five that corresponds to the offense level and criminal history category determined above.

(h) For the particular guideline range, determine from Parts B through G of Chapter Five the sentencing requirements and options related to probation, imprisonment, supervision conditions, fines, and restitution.

(i) Refer to Parts H and K of Chapter Five, Specific Offender Characteristics and Departures, and to any other policy statements or commentary in the guidelines that might warrant consideration in imposing sentence.

Commentary

Application Notes:

1. The following are definitions of terms that are used frequently in the guidelines and are of general applicability (except to the extent expressly modified in respect to a particular guideline or policy statement):

(a)"Abducted" means that a victim was forced to accompany an offender to a different location. For example, a bank robber's forcing a bank teller from the bank into a getaway car would constitute an abduction.

(b)"Bodily injury" means any significant injury; e.g., an injury that is painful and obvious, or is of a type for which medical attention ordinarily would be sought. As used in the guidelines, the definition of this term is somewhat different than that used in various statutes.

(c)"Brandished" with reference to a dangerous weapon (including a firearm) means that the weapon was pointed or waved about, or displayed in a threatening manner.

(d)"Dangerous weapon" means an instrument capable of inflicting death or serious bodily injury. Where an object that appeared to be a dangerous weapon was brandished, displayed, or possessed, treat the object as a dangerous weapon.

(e)"Firearm" means (i) any weapon (including a starter gun) which will or is designed to or may readily be converted to expel a projectile by the action of an explosive; (ii) the frame or receiver of any such weapon; (iii) any firearm muffler or silencer; or (iv) any destructive device. A weapon, commonly known as a "BB" or pellet gun, that uses air or carbon dioxide pressure to expel a projectile is a dangerous weapon but not a firearm.

(f) "More than minimal planning" means more planning than is typical for commission of the offense in a simple form. "More than minimal planning" also exists if significant affirmative steps were taken to conceal the offense, other than conduct to which Sec.3C1.1 (Obstructing or Impeding the Administration of Justice) applies.

"More than minimal planning" is deemed present in any case involving repeated acts over a period of time, unless it is clear that each instance was purely opportune. Consequently, this adjustment will apply especially frequently in property offenses.

In an assault, for example, waiting to commit the offense when no witnesses were present would not alone constitute more than minimal planning. By contrast, luring the victim to a specific location, or wearing a ski mask to prevent identification, would constitute more than minimal planning.

In a commercial burglary, for example, checking the area to make sure no witnesses were present would not alone constitute more than minimal planning. By contrast, obtaining building plans to plot a particular course of entry, or disabling an alarm system, would constitute more than minimal planning.

In a theft, going to a secluded area of a store to conceal the stolen item in one's pocket would not alone constitute more than minimal planning. However, repeated instances of such thefts on several occasions would constitute more than minimal planning. Similarly, fashioning a special device to conceal the property, or obtaining information on delivery dates so that an especially valuable item could be obtained, would constitute more than minimal planning.

In an embezzlement, a single taking accomplished by a false book entry would constitute only minimal planning. On the other hand, creating purchase orders to, and invoices from, a dummy corporation for merchandise that was never delivered would constitute more than minimal planning, as would several instances of taking money, each accompanied by false entries.

(g)"Otherwise used" with reference to a dangerous weapon (including a firearm) means that the conduct did not amount to the discharge of a firearm but was more than brandishing, displaying, or possessing a firearm or other dangerous weapon.

(h)"Permanent or life-threatening bodily injury" means injury involving a substantial risk of death; loss or substantial impairment of the function of a bodily member, organ, or mental faculty that is likely to be permanent; or an obvious disfigurement that is likely to be permanent. In the case of a kidnapping, for example, maltreatment to a life-threatening degree (e.g., by denial of food or medical care) would constitute life-threatening bodily injury.

(i)"Physically restrained" means the forcible restraint of the victim such as by being tied, bound, or locked up.

(j)"Serious bodily injury" means injury involving extreme physical pain or the impairment of a function of a bodily member, organ, or mental faculty; or requiring medical intervention such as surgery, hospitalization, or physical rehabilitation. As used in the guidelines, the definition of this term is somewhat different than that used in various statutes.

(k)"Destructive device" means any article described in 26 U.S.C. Sec. 5845(f) (including an explosive, incendiary, or poison gas - (i) bomb, (ii) grenade, (iii) rocket having a propellant charge of more than four ounces, (iv) missile having an explosive or incendiary charge of more than one-quarter ounce, (v) mine, or (vi) device similar to any of the devices described in the preceding clauses).

(l)"Offense" means the offense of conviction and all relevant conduct under Sec.1B1.3 (Relevant Conduct) unless a different meaning is specified or is otherwise clear from the context.

2. Definitions of terms also may appear in other sections. Such definitions are not designed for general applicability; therefore, their applicability to sections other than those expressly referenced must be determined on a case by case basis.

The term "includes" is not exhaustive; the term "e.g." is merely illustrative.

3. The list of "Statutory Provisions" in the Commentary to each offense guideline does not necessarily include every statute covered by that guideline. In addition, some statutes may be covered by more than one guideline.

4. The offense level adjustments from more than one specific offense characteristic within an offense guideline are cumulative (added together) unless the guideline specifies that only the greater (or greatest) is to be used. Within each specific offense characteristic subsection, however, the offense level adjustments are alternative; only the one that best describes the conduct is to be used. E.g., in Sec.2A2.2(b)(3), pertaining to degree of bodily injury, the subdivision that best describes the level of bodily injury is used; the adjustments for different degrees of bodily injury (subdivisions (A)-(E)) are not added together.

5. Where two or more guideline provisions appear equally applicable, but the guidelines authorize the application of only one such provision, use the provision that results in the greater offense level. E.g., in Sec.2A2.2(b)(2), if a firearm is both discharged and brandished, the provision applicable to the discharge of the firearm would be used.

6. In the case of a defendant subject to a sentence enhancement under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 3147 (Penalty for an Offense Committed While on Release), see Sec.2J1.7 (Commission of Offense While on Release).

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective January 15, 1988 (see Appendix C, amendment 1); November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendments 69-72 and 303); November 1, 1990 (see Appendix C, amendment 361); November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendment 388).

Sec.1B1.2.Applicable Guidelines

(a) Determine the offense guideline section in Chapter Two (Offense Conduct) most applicable to the offense of conviction (i.e., the offense conduct charged in the count of the indictment or information of which the defendant was convicted). Provided, however, in the case of a plea agreement (written or made orally on the record) containing a stipulation that specifically establishes a more serious offense than the offense of conviction, determine the offense guideline section in Chapter Two most applicable to the stipulated offense.

(b) After determining the appropriate offense guideline section pursuant to subsection (a) of this section, determine the applicable guideline range in accordance with Sec.1B1.3 (Relevant Conduct).

(c) A plea agreement (written or made orally on the record) containing a stipulation that specifically establishes the commission of additional offense(s) shall be treated as if the defendant had been convicted of additional count(s) charging those offense(s).

(d) A conviction on a count charging a conspiracy to commit more than one offense shall be treated as if the defendant had been convicted on a separate count of conspiracy for each offense that the defendant conspired to commit.

Commentary

Application Notes:

1. This section provides the basic rules for determining the guidelines applicable to the offense conduct under Chapter Two (Offense Conduct). As a general rule, the court is to use the guideline section from Chapter Two most applicable to the offense of conviction. The Statutory Index (Appendix A) provides a listing to assist in this determination. When a particular statute proscribes only a single type of criminal conduct, the offense of conviction and the conduct proscribed by the statute will coincide, and there will be only one offense guideline referenced. When a particular statute proscribes a variety of conduct that might constitute the subject of different offense guidelines, the court will determine which guideline section applies based upon the nature of the offense conduct charged in the count of which the defendant was convicted.

However, there is a limited exception to this general rule. Where a stipulation that is set forth in a written plea agreement or made between the parties on the record during a plea proceeding specifically establishes facts that prove a more serious offense or offenses than the offense or offenses of conviction, the court is to apply the guideline most applicable to the more serious offense or offenses established. The sentence that may be imposed is limited, however, to the maximum authorized by the statute under which the defendant is convicted. See Chapter Five, Part G (Implementing the Total Sentence of Imprisonment). For example, if the defendant pleads guilty to theft, but admits the elements of robbery as part of the plea agreement, the robbery guideline is to be applied. The sentence, however, may not exceed the maximum sentence for theft. See H. Rep. 98-1017, 98th Cong., 2d Sess. 99 (1984).

The exception to the general rule has a practical basis. In cases where the elements of an offense more serious than the offense of conviction are established by a plea agreement, it may unduly complicate the sentencing process if the applicable guideline does not reflect the seriousness of the defendant's actual conduct. Without this exception, the court would be forced to use an artificial guideline and then depart from it to the degree the court found necessary based upon the more serious conduct established by the plea agreement. The probation officer would first be required to calculate the guideline for the offense of conviction. However, this guideline might even contain characteristics that are difficult to establish or not very important in the context of the actual offense conduct. As a simple example, Sec.2B1.1 (Larceny, Embezzlement, and Other Forms of Theft) contains monetary distinctions which are more significant and more detailed than the monetary distinctions in Sec.2B3.1 (Robbery). Then, the probation officer might need to calculate the robbery guideline to assist the court in determining the appropriate degree of departure in a case in which the defendant pled guilty to theft but admitted committing robbery. This cumbersome, artificial procedure is avoided by using the exception rule in guilty or nolo contendere plea cases where it is applicable.

As with any plea agreement, the court must first determine that the agreement is acceptable, in accordance with the policies stated in Chapter Six, Part B (Plea Agreements). The limited exception provided here applies only after the court has determined that a plea, otherwise fitting the exception, is acceptable.

2. Section 1B1.2(b) directs the court, once it has determined the applicable guideline (i.e., the applicable guideline section from Chapter Two) under Sec.1B1.2(a) to determine any applicable specific offense characteristics (under that guideline), and any other applicable sentencing factors pursuant to the relevant conduct definition in Sec.1B1.3. Where there is more than one base offense level within a particular guideline, the determination of the applicable base offense level is treated in the same manner as a determination of a specific offense characteristic. Accordingly, the "relevant conduct" criteria of Sec.1B1.3 are to be used, unless conviction under a specific statute is expressly required.

3. In many instances, it will be appropriate that the court consider the actual conduct of the offender, even when such conduct does not constitute an element of the offense. As described above, this may occur when an offender stipulates certain facts in a plea agreement. It is more typically so when the court considers the applicability of specific offense characteristics within individual guidelines, when it considers various adjustments, and when it considers whether or not to depart from the guidelines for reasons relating to offense conduct. See Secs.1B1.3 (Relevant Conduct) and 1B1.4 (Information to be Used in Imposing Sentence).

4. Subsections (c) and (d) address circumstances in which the provisions of Chapter Three, Part D (Multiple Counts) are to be applied although there may be only one count of conviction. Subsection (c) provides that in the case of a stipulation to the commission of additional offense(s), the guidelines are to be applied as if the defendant had been convicted of an additional count for each of the offenses stipulated. For example, if the defendant is convicted of one count of robbery but, as part of a plea agreement, admits to having committed two additional robberies, the guidelines are to be applied as if the defendant had been convicted of three counts of robbery. Subsection (d) provides that a conviction on a conspiracy count charging conspiracy to commit more than one offense is treated as if the defendant had been convicted of a separate conspiracy count for each offense that he conspired to commit. For example, where a conviction on a single count of conspiracy establishes that the defendant conspired to commit three robberies, the guidelines are to be applied as if the defendant had been convicted on one count of conspiracy to commit the first robbery, one count of conspiracy to commit the second robbery, and one count of conspiracy to commit the third robbery.

5. Particular care must be taken in applying subsection (d) because there are cases in which the verdict or plea does not establish which offense(s) was the object of the conspiracy. In such cases, subsection (d) should only be applied with respect to an object offense alleged in the conspiracy count if the court, were it sitting as a trier of fact, would convict the defendant of conspiring to commit that object offense. Note, however, if the object offenses specified in the conspiracy count would be grouped together under Sec.3D1.2(d) (e.g., a conspiracy to steal three government checks) it is not necessary to engage in the foregoing analysis, because Sec.1B1.3(a)(2) governs consideration of the defendant's conduct.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective January 15, 1988 (see Appendix C, amendment 2); November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendments 73-75 and 303); November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendment 434); November 1, 1992 (see Appendix C, amendment 438).

Sec.1B1.3.Relevant Conduct (Factors that Determine the Guideline Range)

(a) Chapters Two (Offense Conduct) and Three (Adjustments). Unless otherwise specified, (i) the base offense level where the guideline specifies more than one base offense level, (ii) specific offense characteristics and (iii) cross references in Chapter Two, and (iv) adjustments in Chapter Three, shall be determined on the basis of the following:

(1) (A) all acts and omissions committed, aided, abetted, counseled, commanded, induced, procured, or willfully caused by the defendant; and

(B) in the case of a jointly undertaken criminal activity (a criminal plan, scheme, endeavor, or enterprise undertaken by the defendant in concert with others, whether or not charged as a conspiracy), all reasonably foreseeable acts and omissions of others in furtherance of the jointly undertaken criminal activity,

that occurred during the commission of the offense of conviction, in preparation for that offense, or in the course of attempting to avoid detection or responsibility for that offense;

(2) solely with respect to offenses of a character for which Sec.3D1.2(d) would require grouping of multiple counts, all acts and omissions described in subdivisions (1)(A) and (1)(B) above that were part of the same course of conduct or common scheme or plan as the offense of conviction;

(3) all harm that resulted from the acts and omissions specified in subsections (a)(1) and (a)(2) above, and all harm that was the object of such acts and omissions; and

(4) any other information specified in the applicable guideline.

(b) Chapters Four (Criminal History and Criminal Livelihood) and Five (Determining the Sentence). Factors in Chapters Four and Five that establish the guideline range shall be determined on the basis of the conduct and information specified in the respective guidelines.

Commentary

Application Notes:

1. The principles and limits of sentencing accountability under this guideline are not always the same as the principles and limits of criminal liability. Under subsections (a)(1) and (a)(2), the focus is on the specific acts and omissions for which the defendant is to be held accountable in determining the applicable guideline range, rather than on whether the defendant is criminally liable for an offense as a principal, accomplice, or conspirator.

2. A "jointly undertaken criminal activity" is a criminal plan, scheme, endeavor, or enterprise undertaken by the defendant in concert with others, whether or not charged as a conspiracy.

In the case of a jointly undertaken criminal activity, subsection (a)(1)(B) provides that a defendant is accountable for the conduct (acts and omissions) of others that was both:

(i)in furtherance of the jointly undertaken criminal activity; and

(ii)reasonably foreseeable in connection with that criminal activity.

Because a count may be worded broadly and include the conduct of many participants over a period of time, the scope of the criminal activity jointly undertaken by the defendant (the "jointly undertaken criminal activity") is not necessarily the same as the scope of the entire conspiracy, and hence relevant conduct is not necessarily the same for every participant. In order to determine the defendant's accountability for the conduct of others under subsection (a)(1)(B), the court must first determine the scope of the criminal activity the particular defendant agreed to jointly undertake (i.e., the scope of the specific conduct and objectives embraced by the defendant's agreement). The conduct of others that was both in furtherance of, and reasonably foreseeable in connection with, the criminal activity jointly undertaken by the defendant is relevant conduct under this provision. The conduct of others that was not in furtherance of the criminal activity jointly undertaken by the defendant, or was not reasonably foreseeable in connection with that criminal activity, is not relevant conduct under this provision.

In determining the scope of the criminal activity that the particular defendant agreed to jointly undertake (i.e., the scope of the specific conduct and objectives embraced by the defendant's agreement), the court may consider any explicit agreement or implicit agreement fairly inferred from the conduct of the defendant and others.

Note that the criminal activity that the defendant agreed to jointly undertake, and the reasonably foreseeable conduct of others in furtherance of that criminal activity, are not necessarily identical. For example, two defendants agree to commit a robbery and, during the course of that robbery, the first defendant assaults and injures a victim. The second defendant is accountable for the assault and injury to the victim (even if the second defendant had not agreed to the assault and had cautioned the first defendant to be careful not to hurt anyone) because the assaultive conduct was in furtherance of the jointly undertaken criminal activity (the robbery) and was reasonably foreseeable in connection with that criminal activity (given the nature of the offense).

With respect to offenses involving contraband (including controlled substances), the defendant is accountable for all quantities of contraband with which he was directly involved and, in the case of a jointly undertaken criminal activity, all reasonably foreseeable quantities of contraband that were within the scope of the criminal activity that he jointly undertook.

The requirement of reasonable foreseeability applies only in respect to the conduct (i.e., acts and omissions) of others under subsection (a)(1)(B). It does not apply to conduct that the defendant personally undertakes, aids, abets, counsels, commands, induces, procures, or willfully causes; such conduct is addressed under subsection (a)(1)(A).

Illustrations of Conduct for Which the Defendant is Accountable

(a) Acts and omissions aided or abetted by the defendant

(1) Defendant A is one of ten persons hired by Defendant B to off-load a ship containing marihuana. The off-loading of the ship is interrupted by law enforcement officers and one ton of marihuana is seized (the amount on the ship as well as the amount off-loaded). Defendant A and the other off-loaders are arrested and convicted of importation of marihuana. Regardless of the number of bales he personally unloaded, Defendant A is accountable for the entire one-ton quantity of marihuana. Defendant A aided and abetted the off-loading of the entire shipment of marihuana by directly participating in the off-loading of that shipment (i.e., the specific objective of the criminal activity he joined was the off-loading of the entire shipment). Therefore, he is accountable for the entire shipment under subsection (a)(1)(A) without regard to the issue of reasonable foreseeability. This is conceptually similar to the case of a defendant who transports a suitcase knowing that it contains a controlled substance and, therefore, is accountable for the controlled substance in the suitcase regardless of his knowledge or lack of knowledge of the actual type or amount of that controlled substance.

In certain cases, a defendant may be accountable for particular conduct under more than one subsection of this guideline. As noted in the preceding paragraph, Defendant A is accountable for the entire one-ton shipment of marihuana under subsection (a)(1)(A). Defendant A also is accountable for the entire one-ton shipment of marihuana on the basis of subsection (a)(1)(B)(applying to a jointly undertaken criminal activity). Defendant A engaged in a jointly undertaken criminal activity (the scope of which was the importation of the shipment of marihuana). A finding that the one-ton quantity of marihuana was reasonably foreseeable is warranted from the nature of the undertaking itself (the importation of marihuana by ship typically involves very large quantities of marihuana). The specific circumstances of the case (the defendant was one of ten persons off-loading the marihuana in bales) also support this finding. In an actual case, of course, if a defendant's accountability for particular conduct is established under one provision of this guideline, it is not necessary to review alternative provisions under which such accountability might be established.

(b) Acts and omissions aided or abetted by the defendant; requirement that the conduct of others be in furtherance of the jointly undertaken criminal activity and reasonably foreseeable

(1) Defendant C is the getaway driver in an armed bank robbery in which $15,000 is taken and a teller is assaulted and injured. Defendant C is accountable for the money taken under subsection (a)(1)(A) because he aided and abetted the act of taking the money (the taking of money was the specific objective of the offense he joined). Defendant C is accountable for the injury to the teller under subsection (a)(1)(B) because the assault on the teller was in furtherance of the jointly undertaken criminal activity (the robbery) and was reasonably foreseeable in connection with that criminal activity (given the nature of the offense).

As noted earlier, a defendant may be accountable for particular conduct under more than one subsection. In this example, Defendant C also is accountable for the money taken on the basis of subsection (a)(1)(B) because the taking of money was in furtherance of the jointly undertaken criminal activity (the robbery) and was reasonably foreseeable (as noted, the taking of money was the specific objective of the jointly undertaken criminal activity).

(c) Requirement that the conduct of others be in furtherance of the jointly undertaken criminal activity and reasonably foreseeable; scope of the criminal activity

(1) Defendant D pays Defendant E a small amount to forge an endorsement on an $800 stolen government check. Unknown to Defendant E, Defendant D then uses that check as a down payment in a scheme to fraudulently obtain $15,000 worth of merchandise. Defendant E is convicted of forging the $800 check and is accountable for the forgery of this check under subsection (a)(1)(A). Defendant E is not accountable for the $15,000 because the fraudulent scheme to obtain $15,000 was not in furtherance of the criminal activity he jointly undertook with Defendant D (i.e., the forgery of the $800 check).

(2) Defendants F and G, working together, design and execute a scheme to sell fraudulent stocks by telephone. Defendant F fraudulently obtains $20,000. Defendant G fraudulently obtains $35,000. Each is convicted of mail fraud. Defendants F and G each are accountable for the entire amount ($55,000). Each defendant is accountable for the amount he personally obtained under subsection (a)(1)(A). Each defendant is accountable for the amount obtained by his accomplice under subsection (a)(1)(B) because the conduct of each was in furtherance of the jointly undertaken criminal activity and was reasonably foreseeable in connection with that criminal activity.

(3) Defendants H and I engaged in an ongoing marihuana importation conspiracy in which Defendant J was hired only to help off-load a single shipment. Defendants H, I, and J are included in a single count charging conspiracy to import marihuana. Defendant J is accountable for the entire single shipment of marihuana he helped import under subsection (a)(1)(A) and any acts and omissions in furtherance of the importation of that shipment that were reasonably foreseeable (see the discussion in example (a)(1) above). He is not accountable for prior or subsequent shipments of marihuana imported by Defendants H or I because those acts were not in furtherance of his jointly undertaken criminal activity (the importation of the single shipment of marihuana).

(4) Defendant K is a wholesale distributor of child pornography. Defendant L is a retail-level dealer who purchases child pornography from Defendant K and resells it, but otherwise operates independently of Defendant K. Similarly, Defendant M is a retail-level dealer who purchases child pornography from Defendant K and resells it, but otherwise operates independently of Defendant K. Defendants L and M are aware of each other's criminal activity but operate independently. Defendant N is Defendant K's assistant who recruits customers for Defendant K and frequently supervises the deliveries to Defendant K's customers. Each defendant is convicted of a count charging conspiracy to distribute child pornography. Defendant K is accountable under subsection (a)(1)(A) for the entire quantity of child pornography sold to Defendants L and M. Defendant N also is accountable for the entire quantity sold to those defendants under subsection (a)(1)(B) because the entire quantity was within the scope of his jointly undertaken criminal activity and reasonably foreseeable. Defendant L is accountable under subsection (a)(1)(A) only for the quantity of child pornography that he purchased from Defendant K because the scope of his jointly undertaken criminal activity is limited to that amount. For the same reason, Defendant M is accountable under subsection (a)(1)(A) only for the quantity of child pornography that he purchased from Defendant K.

(5) Defendant O knows about her boyfriend's ongoing drug-trafficking activity, but agrees to participate on only one occasion by making a delivery for him at his request when he was ill. Defendant O is accountable under subsection (a)(1)(A) for the drug quantity involved on that one occasion. Defendant O is not accountable for the other drug sales made by her boyfriend because those sales were not in furtherance of her jointly undertaken criminal activity (i.e., the one delivery).

(6) Defendant P is a street-level drug dealer who knows of other street-level drug dealers in the same geographic area who sell the same type of drug as he sells. Defendant P and the other dealers share a common source of supply, but otherwise operate independently. Defendant P is not accountable for the quantities of drugs sold by the other street-level drug dealers because he is not engaged in a jointly undertaken criminal activity with them. In contrast, Defendant Q, another street-level drug dealer, pools his resources and profits with four other street-level drug dealers. Defendant Q is engaged in a jointly undertaken criminal activity and, therefore, he is accountable under subsection (a)(1)(B) for the quantities of drugs sold by the four other dealers during the course of his joint undertaking with them because those sales were in furtherance of the jointly undertaken criminal activity and reasonably foreseeable in connection with that criminal activity.

(7) Defendant R recruits Defendant S to distribute 500 grams of cocaine. Defendant S knows that Defendant R is the prime figure in a conspiracy involved in importing much larger quantities of cocaine. As long as Defendant S's agreement and conduct is limited to the distribution of the 500 grams, Defendant S is accountable only for that 500 gram amount (under subsection (a)(1)(A)), rather than the much larger quantity imported by Defendant R.

(8) Defendants T, U, V, and W are hired by a supplier to backpack a quantity of marihuana across the border from Mexico into the United States. Defendants T, U, V, and W receive their individual shipments from the supplier at the same time and coordinate their importation efforts by walking across the border together for mutual assistance and protection. Each defendant is accountable for the aggregate quantity of marihuana transported by the four defendants. The four defendants engaged in a jointly undertaken criminal activity, the object of which was the importation of the four backpacks containing marihuana (subsection (a)(1)(B)), and aided and abetted each other's actions (subsection (a)(1)(A)) in carrying out the jointly undertaken criminal activity. In contrast, if Defendants T, U, V, and W were hired individually, transported their individual shipments at different times, and otherwise operated independently, each defendant would be accountable only for the quantity of marihuana he personally transported (subsection (a)(1)(A)). As this example illustrates, in cases involving contraband (including controlled substances), the scope of the jointly undertaken criminal activity (and thus the accountability of the defendant for the contraband that was the object of that jointly undertaken activity) may depend upon whether, in the particular circumstances, the nature of the offense is more appropriately viewed as one jointly undertaken criminal activity or as a number of separate criminal activities.

3. "Offenses of a character for which Sec.3D1.2(d) would require grouping of multiple counts," as used in subsection (a)(2), applies to offenses for which grouping of counts would be required under Sec.3D1.2(d) had the defendant been convicted of multiple counts. Application of this provision does not require the defendant, in fact, to have been convicted of multiple counts. For example, where the defendant engaged in three drug sales of 10, 15, and 20 grams of cocaine, as part of the same course of conduct or common scheme or plan, subsection (a)(2) provides that the total quantity of cocaine involved (45 grams) is to be used to determine the offense level even if the defendant is convicted of a single count charging only one of the sales. If the defendant is convicted of multiple counts for the above noted sales, the grouping rules of Chapter Three, Part D (Multiple Counts) provide that the counts are grouped together. Although Chapter Three, Part D (Multiple Counts) applies to multiple counts of conviction, it does not limit the scope of subsection (a)(2). Subsection (a)(2) merely incorporates by reference the types of offenses set forth in Sec.3D1.2(d); thus, as discussed above, multiple counts of conviction are not required for subsection (a)(2) to apply.

As noted above, subsection (a)(2) applies to offenses of a character for which Sec.3D1.2(d) would require grouping of multiple counts, had the defendant been convicted of multiple counts. For example, the defendant sells 30 grams of cocaine (a violation of 21 U.S.C. Sec. 841) on one occasion and, as part of the same course of conduct or common scheme or plan, attempts to sell an additional 15 grams of cocaine (a violation of 21 U.S.C. 846) on another occasion. The defendant is convicted of one count charging the completed sale of 30 grams of cocaine. The two offenses (sale of cocaine and attempted sale of cocaine), although covered by different statutory provisions, are of a character for which Sec.3D1.2(d) would require the grouping of counts, had the defendant been convicted of both counts. Therefore, subsection (a)(2) applies and the total amount of cocaine (45 grams) involved is used to determine the offense level.

4. "Harm" includes bodily injury, monetary loss, property damage and any resulting harm.

5. If the offense guideline includes creating a risk or danger of harm as a specific offense characteristic, whether that risk or danger was created is to be considered in determining the offense level. See, e.g., Sec.2K1.4 (Arson; Property Damage by Use of Explosives); Sec.2Q1.2 (Mishandling of Hazardous or Toxic Substances or Pesticides). If, however, the guideline refers only to harm sustained (e.g., Sec.2A2.2 (Aggravated Assault); Sec.2B3.1 (Robbery)) or to actual, attempted or intended harm (e.g., Sec.2F1.1 (Fraud and Deceit); Sec.2X1.1 (Attempt, Solicitation, or Conspiracy)), the risk created enters into the determination of the offense level only insofar as it is incorporated into the base offense level. Unless clearly indicated by the guidelines, harm that is merely risked is not to be treated as the equivalent of harm that occurred. When not adequately taken into account by the applicable offense guideline, creation of a risk may provide a ground for imposing a sentence above the applicable guideline range. See generally Sec.1B1.4 (Information to be Used in Imposing Sentence); Sec.5K2.0 (Grounds for Departure). The extent to which harm that was attempted or intended enters into the determination of the offense level should be determined in accordance with Sec.2X1.1 (Attempt, Solicitation, or Conspiracy) and the applicable offense guideline.

6. A particular guideline (in the base offense level or in a specific offense characteristic) may expressly direct that a particular factor be applied only if the defendant was convicted of a particular statute. For example, in Sec.2S1.1, subsection (a)(1) applies if the defendant "is convicted under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 1956(a)(1)(A), (a)(2)(A), or (a)(3)(A)." Unless such an express direction is included, conviction under the statute is not required. Thus, use of a statutory reference to describe a particular set of circumstances does not require a conviction under the referenced statute. An example of this usage is found in Sec.2A3.4(a)(2) ("if the offense was committed by the means set forth in 18 U.S.C. Sec. 2242").

An express direction to apply a particular factor only if the defendant was convicted of a particular statute includes the determination of the offense level where the defendant was convicted of conspiracy, attempt, solicitation, aiding or abetting, accessory after the fact, or misprision of felony in respect to that particular statute. For example, Sec.2S1.1(a)(1) (which is applicable only if the defendant is convicted under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 1956(a)(1)(A), (a)(2)(A), or (a)(3)(A)) would be applied in determining the offense level under Sec.2X3.1 (Accessory After the Fact) where the defendant was convicted of accessory after the fact to a violation of 18 U.S.C. Sec. 1956(a)(1)(A), (a)(2)(A), or (a)(3)(A).

7. In the case of a partially completed offense (e.g., an offense involving an attempted theft of $800,000 and a completed theft of $30,000), the offense level is to be determined in accordance with Sec.2X1.1 (Attempt, Solicitation, or Conspiracy) whether the conviction is for the substantive offense, the inchoate offense (attempt, solicitation, or conspiracy), or both. See Application Note 4 in the Commentary to Sec.2X1.1. Note, however, that Application Note 4 is not applicable where the offense level is determined under Sec.2X1.1(c)(1).

8. For the purposes of subsection (a)(2), offense conduct associated with a sentence that was imposed prior to the acts or omissions constituting the instant federal offense (the offense of conviction) is not considered as part of the same course of conduct or common scheme or plan as the offense of conviction.

Examples: (1) The defendant was convicted for the sale of cocaine and sentenced to state prison. Immediately upon release from prison, he again sold cocaine to the same person, using the same accomplices and modus operandi. The instant federal offense (the offense of conviction) charges this latter sale. In this example, the offense conduct relevant to the state prison sentence is considered as prior criminal history, not as part of the same course of conduct or common scheme or plan as the offense of conviction. The prior state prison sentence is counted under Chapter Four (Criminal History and Criminal Livelihood). (2) The defendant engaged in two cocaine sales constituting part of the same course of conduct or common scheme or plan. Subsequently, he is arrested by state authorities for the first sale and by federal authorities for the second sale. He is convicted in state court for the first sale and sentenced to imprisonment; he is then convicted in federal court for the second sale. In this case, the cocaine sales are not separated by an intervening sentence. Therefore, under subsection (a)(2), the cocaine sale associated with the state conviction is considered as relevant conduct to the instant federal offense. The state prison sentence for that sale is not counted as a prior sentence; see Sec.4A1.2(a)(1).

Note, however, in certain cases, offense conduct associated with a previously imposed sentence may be expressly charged in the offense of conviction. Unless otherwise provided, such conduct will be considered relevant conduct under subsection (a)(1), not (a)(2).

9. "Common scheme or plan" and "same course of conduct" are two closely-related concepts.

(A) Common scheme or plan. For two or more offenses to constitute part of a common scheme or plan, they must be substantially connected to each other by at least one common factor, such as common victims, common accomplices, common purpose, or similar modus operandi. For example, the conduct of five defendants who together defrauded a group of investors by computer manipulations that unlawfully transferred funds over an eighteen-month period would qualify as a common scheme or plan on the basis of any of the above listed factors; i.e., the commonality of victims (the same investors were defrauded on an ongoing basis), commonality of offenders (the conduct constituted an ongoing conspiracy), commonality of purpose (to defraud the group of investors), or similarity of modus operandi (the same or similar computer manipulations were used to execute the scheme).

(B) Same course of conduct. Offenses that do not qualify as part of a common scheme or plan may nonetheless qualify as part of the same course of conduct if they are sufficiently connected or related to each other as to warrant the conclusion that they are part of a single episode, spree, or ongoing series of offenses. Factors that are appropriate to the determination of whether offenses are sufficiently connected or related to each other to be considered as part of the same course of conduct include the degree of similarity of the offenses and the time interval between the offenses. The nature of the offenses may also be a relevant consideration (e.g., a defendant's failure to file tax returns in three consecutive years appropriately would be considered as part of the same course of conduct because such returns are only required at yearly intervals).

10. In the case of solicitation, misprision, or accessory after the fact, the conduct for which the defendant is accountable includes all conduct relevant to determining the offense level for the underlying offense that was known, or reasonably should have been known, by the defendant.

Background: This section prescribes rules for determining the applicable guideline sentencing range, whereas Sec.1B1.4 (Information to be Used in Imposing Sentence) governs the range of information that the court may consider in adjudging sentence once the guideline sentencing range has been determined. Conduct that is not formally charged or is not an element of the offense of conviction may enter into the determination of the applicable guideline sentencing range. The range of information that may be considered at sentencing is broader than the range of information upon which the applicable sentencing range is determined.

Subsection (a) establishes a rule of construction by specifying, in the absence of more explicit instructions in the context of a specific guideline, the range of conduct that is relevant to determining the applicable offense level (except for the determination of the applicable offense guideline, which is governed by Sec.1B1.2(a)). No such rule of construction is necessary with respect to Chapters Four and Five because the guidelines in those Chapters are explicit as to the specific factors to be considered.

Subsection (a)(2) provides for consideration of a broader range of conduct with respect to one class of offenses, primarily certain property, tax, fraud and drug offenses for which the guidelines depend substantially on quantity, than with respect to other offenses such as assault, robbery and burglary. The distinction is made on the basis of Sec.3D1.2(d), which provides for grouping together (i.e., treating as a single count) all counts charging offenses of a type covered by this subsection.

However, the applicability of subsection (a)(2) does not depend upon whether multiple counts are alleged. Thus, in an embezzlement case, for example, embezzled funds that may not be specified in any count of conviction are nonetheless included in determining the offense level if they were part of the same course of conduct or part of the same scheme or plan as the count of conviction. Similarly, in a drug distribution case, quantities and types of drugs not specified in the count of conviction are to be included in determining the offense level if they were part of the same course of conduct or part of a common scheme or plan as the count of conviction. On the other hand, in a robbery case in which the defendant robbed two banks, the amount of money taken in one robbery would not be taken into account in determining the guideline range for the other robbery, even if both robberies were part of a single course of conduct or the same scheme or plan. (This is true whether the defendant is convicted of one or both robberies.)

Subsections (a)(1) and (a)(2) adopt different rules because offenses of the character dealt with in subsection (a)(2) (i.e., to which Sec.3D1.2(d) applies) often involve a pattern of misconduct that cannot readily be broken into discrete, identifiable units that are meaningful for purposes of sentencing. For example, a pattern of embezzlement may consist of several acts of taking that cannot separately be identified, even though the overall conduct is clear. In addition, the distinctions that the law makes as to what constitutes separate counts or offenses often turn on technical elements that are not especially meaningful for purposes of sentencing. Thus, in a mail fraud case, the scheme is an element of the offense and each mailing may be the basis for a separate count; in an embezzlement case, each taking may provide a basis for a separate count. Another consideration is that in a pattern of small thefts, for example, it is important to take into account the full range of related conduct. Relying on the entire range of conduct, regardless of the number of counts that are alleged or on which a conviction is obtained, appears to be the most reasonable approach to writing workable guidelines for these offenses. Conversely, when Sec.3D1.2(d) does not apply, so that convictions on multiple counts are considered separately in determining the guideline sentencing range, the guidelines prohibit aggregation of quantities from other counts in order to prevent "double counting" of the conduct and harm from each count of conviction. Continuing offenses present similar practical problems. The reference to Sec.3D1.2(d), which provides for grouping of multiple counts arising out of a continuing offense when the offense guideline takes the continuing nature into account, also prevents double counting.

Subsection (a)(4) requires consideration of any other information specified in the applicable guideline. For example, Sec.2A1.4 (Involuntary Manslaughter) specifies consideration of the defendant's state of mind; Sec.2K1.4 (Arson; Property Damage By Use of Explosives) specifies consideration of the risk of harm created.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective January 15, 1988 (see Appendix C, amendment 3); November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendments 76-78 and 303); November 1, 1990 (see Appendix C, amendment 309); November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendment 389); November 1, 1992 (see Appendix C, amendment 439).

Sec.1B1.4.Information to be Used in Imposing Sentence (Selecting a Point Within the Guideline Range or Departing from the Guidelines)

In determining the sentence to impose within the guideline range, or whether a departure from the guidelines is warranted, the court may consider, without limitation, any information concerning the background, character and conduct of the defendant, unless otherwise prohibited by law. See 18 U.S.C. Sec. 3661.

Commentary

Background: This section distinguishes between factors that determine the applicable guideline sentencing range (Sec.1B1.3) and information that a court may consider in imposing sentence within that range. The section is based on 18 U.S.C. Sec. 3661, which recodifies 18 U.S.C. Sec. 3577. The recodification of this 1970 statute in 1984 with an effective date of 1987 (99 Stat. 1728), makes it clear that Congress intended that no limitation would be placed on the information that a court may consider in imposing an appropriate sentence under the future guideline sentencing system. A court is not precluded from considering information that the guidelines do not take into account. For example, if the defendant committed two robberies, but as part of a plea negotiation entered a guilty plea to only one, the robbery that was not taken into account by the guidelines would provide a reason for sentencing at the top of the guideline range. In addition, information that does not enter into the determination of the applicable guideline sentencing range may be considered in determining whether and to what extent to depart from the guidelines. Some policy statements do, however, express a Commission policy that certain factors should not be considered for any purpose, or should be considered only for limited purposes. See, e.g., Chapter Five, Part H (Specific Offender Characteristics).

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective January 15, 1988 (see Appendix C, amendment 4); November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 303).

Sec.1B1.5.Interpretation of References to Other Offense Guidelines

(a) A cross reference (an instruction to apply another offense guideline) refers to the entire offense guideline (i.e., the base offense level, specific offense characteristics, cross references, and special instructions).

(b) (1) An instruction to use the offense level from another offense guideline refers to the offense level from the entire offense guideline (i.e., the base offense level, specific offense characteristics, cross references, and special instructions), except as provided in subdivision (2) below.

(b)(2) An instruction to use a particular subsection or table from another offense guideline refers only to the particular subsection or table referenced, and not to the entire offense guideline.

(c) If the offense level is determined by a reference to another guideline under subsection (a) or (b)(1) above, the adjustments in Chapter Three (Adjustments) also are determined in respect to the referenced offense guideline, except as otherwise expressly provided.

(d) A reference to another guideline under subsection (a) or (b)(1) above may direct that it be applied only if it results in the greater offense level. In such case, the greater offense level means the greater final offense level (i.e., the greater offense level taking into account both the Chapter Two offense level and any applicable Chapter Three adjustments).

Commentary

Application Notes:

1. References to other offense guidelines are most frequently designated "Cross References," but may also appear in the portion of the guideline entitled "Base Offense Level" (e.g., Secs.2D1.2(a)(1), (2), and 2H1.1(a)(2), or "Specific Offense Characteristics" (e.g., Sec.2A4.1(b)(7)). These references may be to a specific guideline, or may be more general (e.g., to the guideline for the "underlying offense"). Such references incorporate the specific offense characteristics, cross references, and special instructions as well as the base offense level. For example, if the guideline reads "2 plus the offense level from Sec.2A2.2 (Aggravated Assault)," the user would determine the offense level from Sec.2A2.2, including any applicable adjustments for planning, weapon use, degree of injury and motive, and then increase by 2 levels.

A reference may also be to a specific subsection of another guideline; e.g., the reference in Sec.2D1.10(a)(1) to "3 plus the offense level from the Drug Quantity Table in Sec.2D1.1". In such case, only the specific subsection of that other guideline is used.

2. A reference to another guideline may direct that such reference is to be used only if it results in a greater offense level. In such cases, the greater offense level means the greater final offense level (i.e., the greater offense level taking into account both the Chapter Two offense level and any applicable Chapter Three adjustments). Although the offense guideline that results in the greater offense level under Chapter Two will most frequently result in the greater final offense level, this will not always be the case. If, for example, a role or abuse of trust adjustment applies to the cross-referenced offense guideline, but not to the guideline initially applied, the greater Chapter Two offense level may not necessarily result in a greater final offense level.

3. A reference may direct that, if the conduct involved another offense, the offense guideline for such other offense is to be applied. Where there is more than one such other offense, the most serious such offense (or group of closely-related offenses in the case of offenses that would be grouped together under Sec.3D1.2(d)) is to be used. For example, if a defendant convicted of possession of a firearm by a felon, to which Sec.2K2.1 (Unlawful Receipt, Possession, or Transportation of Firearms or Ammunition; Prohibited Transactions Involving Firearms or Ammunition) applies, is found to have possessed that firearm during commission of a series of offenses, the cross reference at Sec.2K2.1(c) is applied to the offense resulting in the greatest offense level.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendments 79, 80, and 302); November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendment 429); November 1, 1992 (see Appendix C, amendment 440).

Sec.1B1.6.Structure of the Guidelines

The guidelines are presented in numbered chapters divided into alphabetical parts. The parts are divided into subparts and individual guidelines. Each guideline is identified by three numbers and a letter corresponding to the chapter, part, subpart and individual guideline.

The first number is the chapter, the letter represents the part of the chapter, the second number is the subpart, and the final number is the guideline. Section 2B1.1, for example, is the first guideline in the first subpart in Part B of Chapter Two. Or, Sec.3A1.2 is the second guideline in the first subpart in Part A of Chapter Three. Policy statements are similarly identified.

To illustrate:

(Illustration not available on JURIS)

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987.

Sec.1B1.7.Significance of Commentary

The Commentary that accompanies the guideline sections may serve a number of purposes. First, it may interpret the guideline or explain how it is to be applied. Failure to follow such commentary could constitute an incorrect application of the guidelines, subjecting the sentence to possible reversal on appeal. See 18 U.S.C. Sec. 3742. Second, the commentary may suggest circumstances which, in the view of the Commission, may warrant departure from the guidelines. Such commentary is to be treated as the legal equivalent of a policy statement. Finally, the commentary may provide background information, including factors considered in promulgating the guideline or reasons underlying promulgation of the guideline. As with a policy statement, such commentary may provide guidance in assessing the reasonableness of any departure from the guidelines.

Commentary

Portions of this document not labeled as guidelines or commentary also express the policy of the Commission or provide guidance as to the interpretation and application of the guidelines. These are to be construed as commentary and thus have the force of policy statements.

In stating that failure to follow certain commentary "could constitute an incorrect application of the guidelines," the Commission simply means that in seeking to understand the meaning of the guidelines courts likely will look to the commentary for guidance as an indication of the intent of those who wrote them. In such instances, the courts will treat the commentary much like legislative history or other legal material that helps determine the intent of a drafter.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987.

Sec.1B1.8.Use of Certain Information

(a) Where a defendant agrees to cooperate with the government by providing information concerning unlawful activities of others, and as part of that cooperation agreement the government agrees that self-incriminating information provided pursuant to the agreement will not be used against the defendant, then such information shall not be used in determining the applicable guideline range, except to the extent provided in the agreement.

(b) The provisions of subsection (a) shall not be applied to restrict the use of information:

(1) known to the government prior to entering into the cooperation agreement;

(2) concerning the existence of prior convictions and sentences in determining Sec.4A1.1 (Criminal History Category) and Sec.4B1.1 (Career Offender);

(3) in a prosecution for perjury or giving a false statement;

(4) in the event there is a breach of the cooperation agreement by the defendant; or

(5) in determining whether, or to what extent, a downward departure from the guidelines is warranted pursuant to a government motion under Sec.5K1.1 (Substantial Assistance to Authorities).

Commentary

Application Notes:

1. This provision does not authorize the government to withhold information from the court but provides that self-incriminating information obtained under a cooperation agreement is not to be used to determine the defendant's guideline range. Under this provision, for example, if a defendant is arrested in possession of a kilogram of cocaine and, pursuant to an agreement to provide information concerning the unlawful activities of co-conspirators, admits that he assisted in the importation of an additional three kilograms of cocaine, a fact not previously known to the government, this admission would not be used to increase his applicable guideline range, except to the extent provided in the agreement. Although the guideline itself affects only the determination of the guideline range, the policy of the Commission, as a corollary, is that information prohibited from being used to determine the applicable guideline range shall not be used to increase the defendant's sentence above the applicable guideline range by upward departure. In contrast, subsection (b)(5) provides that consideration of such information is appropriate in determining whether, and to what extent, a downward departure is warranted pursuant to a government motion under Sec.5K1.1 (Substantial Assistance to Authorities); e.g., a court may refuse to depart below the applicable guideline range on the basis of such information.

2. Subsection (b)(2) prohibits any cooperation agreement from restricting the use of information as to the existence of prior convictions and sentences in determining adjustments under Sec.4A1.1 (Criminal History Category) and Sec.4B1.1 (Career Offender). The Probation Service generally will secure information relevant to the defendant's criminal history independent of information the defendant provides as part of his cooperation agreement.

3. On occasion the defendant will provide incriminating information to the government during plea negotiation sessions before a cooperation agreement has been reached. In the event no agreement is reached, use of such information in a sentencing proceeding is restricted by Rule 11(e)(6) (Inadmissibility of Pleas, Plea Discussions, and Related Statements) of the Federal Rules of Criminal Procedure and Rule 410 (Inadmissibility of Pleas, Plea Discussions, and Related Statements) of the Rules of Evidence.

4. As with the statutory provisions governing use immunity, 18 U.S.C. Sec. 6002, this guideline does not apply to information used against the defendant in a prosecution for perjury, giving a false statement, or in the event the defendant otherwise fails to comply with the cooperation agreement.

5. This guideline limits the use of certain incriminating information furnished by a defendant in the context of a defendant-government agreement for the defendant to provide information concerning the unlawful activities of other persons. The guideline operates as a limitation on the use of such incriminating information in determining the applicable guideline range, and not merely as a restriction of the government's presentation of such information (e.g., where the defendant, subsequent to having entered into a cooperation agreement, provides such information to the probation officer preparing the presentence report, the use of such information remains protected by this section).

6. Unless the cooperation agreement relates to the provision of information concerning the unlawful activities of others, this guideline does not apply (i.e., an agreement by the defendant simply to detail the extent of his own unlawful activities, not involving an agreement to provide information concerning the unlawful activity of another person, is not covered by this guideline).

Historical Note: Effective June 15, 1988 (see Appendix C, amendment 5). Amended effective November 1, 1990 (see Appendix C, amendment 308); November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendment 390); November 1, 1992 (see Appendix C, amendment 441).

Sec.1B1.9.Class B or C Misdemeanors and Infractions

The sentencing guidelines do not apply to any count of conviction that is a Class B or C misdemeanor or an infraction.

Commentary

Application Notes:

1. Notwithstanding any other provision of the guidelines, the court may impose any sentence authorized by statute for each count that is a Class B or C misdemeanor or an infraction. A Class B misdemeanor is any offense for which the maximum authorized term of imprisonment is more than thirty days but not more than six months; a Class C misdemeanor is any offense for which the maximum authorized term of imprisonment is more than five days but not more than thirty days; an infraction is any offense for which the maximum authorized term of imprisonment is not more than five days.

2. The guidelines for sentencing on multiple counts do not apply to counts that are Class B or C misdemeanors or infractions. Sentences for such offenses may be consecutive to or concurrent with sentences imposed on other counts. In imposing sentence, the court should, however, consider the relationship between the Class B or C misdemeanor or infraction and any other offenses of which the defendant is convicted.

Background: For the sake of judicial economy, the Commission has exempted all Class B and C misdemeanors and infractions from the coverage of the guidelines.

Historical Note: Effective June 15, 1988 (see Appendix C, amendment 6). Amended effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 81).

Sec.1B1.10.Retroactivity of Amended Guideline Range (Policy Statement)

(a) Where a defendant is serving a term of imprisonment, and the guideline range applicable to that defendant has subsequently been lowered as a result of an amendment to the guidelines listed in subsection (d) below, a reduction in the defendant's term of imprisonment may be considered under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 3582(c)(2). If none of the amendments listed in subsection (d) is applicable, a reduction in the defendant's term of imprisonment under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 3582(c)(2) is not consistent with this policy statement.

(b) In determining whether a reduction in sentence is warranted for a defendant eligible for consideration under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 3582(c)(2), the court should consider the sentence that it would have originally imposed had the guidelines, as amended, been in effect at that time.

(c) Provided, that a reduction in a defendant's term of imprisonment may, in no event, exceed the number of months by which the maximum of the guideline range applicable to the defendant (from Chapter Five, Part A) has been lowered.

(d) Amendments covered by this policy statement are listed in Appendix C as follows: 126, 130, 156, 176, 269, 329, 341, 379, 380, 433, and 461.

Commentary

Application Note:

1. Although eligibility for consideration under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 3582(c)(2) is triggered only by an amendment listed in subsection (d) of this section, the amended guideline range referred to in subsections (b) and (c) of this section is to be determined by applying all amendments to the guidelines (i.e., as if the defendant was being sentenced under the guidelines currently in effect).

Background: Section 3582 (c)(2) of Title 18, United States Code, provides: "(I)n the case of a defendant who has been sentenced to a term of imprisonment based on a sentencing range that has subsequently been lowered by the Sentencing Commission pursuant to 28 U.S.C. Sec. 994(o), upon motion of the defendant or the Director of the Bureau of Prisons, or on its own motion, the court may reduce the term of imprisonment, after considering the factors set forth in section 3553(a) to the extent that they are applicable, if such a reduction is consistent with applicable policy statements issued by the Sentencing Commission."

This policy statement provides guidance for a court when considering a motion under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 3582(c)(2) and implements 28 U.S.C. Sec. 994(u), which provides: "If the Commission reduces the term of imprisonment recommended in the guidelines applicable to a particular offense or category of offenses, it shall specify in what circumstances and by what amount the sentences of prisoners serving terms of imprisonment for the offense may be reduced."

Among the factors considered by the Commission in selecting the amendments included in subsection (d) were the purpose of the amendment, the magnitude of the change in the guideline range made by the amendment, and the difficulty of applying the amendment retroactively.

The Commission has not included in this policy statement amendments that generally reduce the maximum of the guideline range by less than six months. This criterion is in accord with the legislative history of 28 U.S.C. Sec. 994(u) (formerly Sec. 994(t)), which states: "It should be noted that the Committee does not expect that the Commission will recommend adjusting existing sentences under the provision when guidelines are simply refined in a way that might cause isolated instances of existing sentences falling above the old guidelines or when there is only a minor downward adjustment in the guidelines. The Committee does not believe the courts should be burdened with adjustments in these cases." S. Rep. 98-225, 98th Cong., 1st Sess. 180 (1983).

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 306). Amended effective November 1, 1990 (see Appendix C, amendment 360); November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendment 423); November 1, 1992 (see Appendix C, amendment 469).

Sec.1B1.11.Use of Guidelines Manual in Effect on Date of Sentencing (Policy Statement)

(a) The court shall use the Guidelines Manual in effect on the date that the defendant is sentenced.

(b) (1) If the court determines that use of the Guidelines Manual in effect on the date that the defendant is sentenced would violate the ex post facto clause of the United States Constitution, the court shall use the Guidelines Manual in effect on the date that the offense of conviction was committed.

(2) The Guidelines Manual in effect on a particular date shall be applied in its entirety. The court shall not apply, for example, one guideline section from one edition of the Guidelines Manual and another guideline section from a different edition of the Guidelines Manual. However, if a court applies an earlier edition of the Guidelines Manual, the court shall consider subsequent amendments, to the extent that such amendments are clarifying rather than substantive changes.

Commentary

Application Note:

1. Subsection (b)(2) provides that if an earlier edition of the Guidelines Manual is used, it is to be used in its entirety, except that subsequent clarifying amendments are to be considered.

Example: A defendant is convicted of an antitrust offense committed in November 1989. He is to be sentenced in December 1992. Effective November 1, 1991, the Commission raised the base offense level for antitrust offenses. Effective November 1, 1992, the Commission lowered the guideline range in the Sentencing Table for cases with an offense level of 8 and criminal history category of I from 2-8 months to 0-6 months. Under the 1992 edition of the Guidelines Manual (effective November 1, 1992), the defendant has a guideline range of 4-10 months (final offense level of 9, criminal history category of I). Under the 1989 edition of the Guidelines Manual (effective November 1, 1989), the defendant has a guideline range of 2-8 months (final offense level of 8, criminal history category of I). If the court determines that application of the 1992 edition of the Guidelines Manual would violate the ex post facto clause of the United States Constitution, it shall apply the 1989 edition of the Guidelines Manual in its entirety. It shall not apply, for example, the offense level of 8 and criminal history category of I from the 1989 edition of the Guidelines Manual in conjunction with the amended guideline range of 0-6 months for this offense level and criminal history category from the 1992 edition of the Guidelines Manual.

Background: Under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 3553, the court is to apply the guidelines and policy statements in effect at the time of sentencing. Although aware of possible ex post facto clause challenges to application of the guidelines in effect at the time of sentencing, Congress did not believe that the ex post facto clause would apply to amended sentencing guidelines. S. Rep. No. 225, 98th Cong., 1st Sess. 77-78 (1983). While the Commission concurs in the policy expressed by Congress, courts to date generally have held that the ex post facto clause does apply to sentencing guideline amendments that subject the defendant to increased punishment.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1992 (see Appendix C, amendment 442).

CHAPTER TWO - OFFENSE CONDUCT
PART L - OFFENSES INVOLVING IMMIGRATION, NATURALIZATION, AND PASSPORTS
Introductory Commentary

Chapter Two pertains to offense conduct. The chapter is organized by offenses and divided into parts and related sections that may cover one statute or many. Each offense has a corresponding base offense level and may have one or more specific offense characteristics that adjust the offense level upward or downward. Certain factors relevant to the offense that are not covered in specific guidelines in Chapter Two are set forth in Chapter Three, Parts A (Victim- Related Adjustments), B (Role in the Offense), and C (Obstruction); Chapter Four, Part B (Career Offenders and Criminal Livelihood); and Chapter Five, Part K (Departures).

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987.

PART A - OFFENSES AGAINST THE PERSON

1. HOMICIDE

Sec.2A1.1.First Degree Murder

(a) Base Offense Level: 43

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. Secs. 1111, 2113(e), 2118(c)(2); 21 U.S.C. Sec. 848(e). For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).

Application Notes:

1. The Commission has concluded that in the absence of capital punishment life imprisonment is the appropriate punishment for premeditated killing. However, this guideline also applies when death results from the commission of certain felonies. Life imprisonment is not necessarily appropriate in all such situations. For example, if in robbing a bank, the defendant merely passed a note to the teller, as a result of which she had a heart attack and died, a sentence of life imprisonment clearly would not be appropriate.

If the defendant did not cause the death intentionally or knowingly, a downward departure may be warranted. The extent of the departure should be based upon the defendant's state of mind (e.g., recklessness or negligence), the degree of risk inherent in the conduct, and the nature of the underlying offense conduct. However, the Commission does not envision that departure below that specified in Sec.2A1.2 (Second Degree Murder) is likely to be appropriate. Also, because death obviously is an aggravating factor, it necessarily would be inappropriate to impose a sentence at a level below that which the guideline for the underlying offense requires in the absence of death.

2. If the defendant is convicted under 21 U.S.C. Sec. 848(e), a sentence of death may be imposed under the specific provisions contained in that statute. This guideline applies when a sentence of death is not imposed.

Background: The maximum penalty authorized by 18 U.S.C. Sec. 1111 for first degree murder is death or life imprisonment. Whether a mandatory minimum term of life imprisonment is applicable to every defendant convicted of first degree murder under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 1111 is a matter of statutory interpretation for the courts. The discussion in Application Note 1, supra, regarding circumstances in which a downward departure may be warranted is relevant in the event the penalty provisions of 18 U.S.C. Sec. 1111 are construed to permit a sentence less than life imprisonment, or in the event the defendant is convicted under a statute that expressly authorizes a sentence of less than life imprisonment (e.g., 18 U.S.C. Secs. 2113(e), 2118(c)(2), 21 U.S.C. Sec. 848(e)).

The maximum penalty authorized under 21 U.S.C. Sec. 848(e) is death or life imprisonment. If a term of imprisonment is imposed, the statutorily required minimum term is twenty years.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 82); November 1, 1990 (see Appendix C, amendment 310).

Sec.2A1.2.Second Degree Murder

(a) Base Offense Level: 33

Commentary

Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. Sec. 1111. For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).

Background: The maximum term of imprisonment authorized by statute for second degree murder is life.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987.

Sec.2A1.3.Voluntary Manslaughter

(a) Base Offense Level: 25

Commentary

Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. Sec. 1112. For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).

Background: The maximum term of imprisonment authorized by statute for voluntary manslaughter is ten years.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987.

Sec.2A1.4.Involuntary Manslaughter

(a) Base Offense Level:

(1) 10, if the conduct was criminally negligent; or

(2) 14, if the conduct was reckless.

Commentary

Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. Sec. 1112. For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).

Application Notes:

1. "Reckless" refers to a situation in which the defendant was aware of the risk created by his conduct and the risk was of such a nature and degree that to disregard that risk constituted a gross deviation from the standard of care that a reasonable person would exercise in such a situation. The term thus includes all, or nearly all, convictions for involuntary manslaughter under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 1112. A homicide resulting from driving, or similarly dangerous actions, while under the influence of alcohol or drugs ordinarily should be treated as reckless.

2. "Criminally negligent" refers to conduct that involves a gross deviation from the standard of care that a reasonable person would exercise under the circumstances, but which is not reckless. Offenses with this characteristic usually will be encountered as assimilative crimes.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987.

Sec.2A1.5.Conspiracy or Solicitation to Commit Murder

(a) Base Offense Level: 28

(b) Specific Offense Characteristic

(1) If the offense involved the offer or the receipt of anything of pecuniary value for undertaking the murder, increase by 4 levels.

(c) Cross References

(1) If the offense resulted in the death of a victim, apply Sec.2A1.1 (First Degree Murder).

(2) If the offense resulted in an attempted murder or assault with intent to commit murder, apply Sec.2A2.1 (Assault With Intent to Commit Murder; Attempted Murder).

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. Secs. 351(d), 371, 373, 1117, 1751(d).

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1990 (see Appendix C, amendment 311).

2. ASSAULT

Sec.2A2.1.Assault With Intent to Commit Murder; Attempted Murder

(a) Base Offense Level:

(1) 28, if the object of the offense would have constituted first degree murder; or

(2) 22, otherwise.

(b) Specific Offense Characteristics

(1) (A) If the victim sustained permanent or life-threatening bodily injury, increase by 4 levels; (B) if the victim sustained serious bodily injury, increase by 2 levels; or (C) if the degree of injury is between that specified in subdivisions (A) and (B), increase by 3 levels.

(2) If the offense involved the offer or the receipt of anything of pecuniary value for undertaking the murder, increase by 4 levels.

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. Secs. 113(a), 351(c), 1113, 1116(a), 1751(c). For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).

Application Notes:

1. Definitions of "serious bodily injury" and "permanent or life-threatening bodily injury" are found in the Commentary to Sec.1B1.1 (Application Instructions).

2. "First degree murder," as used in subsection (a)(1), means conduct that, if committed within the special maritime and territorial jurisdiction of the United States, would constitute first degree murder under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 1111.

3. If the offense created a substantial risk of death or serious bodily injury to more than one person, an upward departure may be warranted.

Background: This section applies to the offenses of assault with intent to commit murder and attempted murder. An attempted manslaughter, or assault with intent to commit manslaughter, is covered under Sec.2A2.2 (Aggravated Assault).

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendments 83 and 84); November 1, 1990 (see Appendix C, amendment 311); November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendment 391).

Sec.2A2.2.Aggravated Assault

(a) Base Offense Level: 15

(b) Specific Offense Characteristics

(1) If the assault involved more than minimal planning, increase by 2 levels.

(2) (A) If a firearm was discharged, increase by 5 levels; (B) if a dangerous weapon (including a firearm) was otherwise used, increase by 4 levels; (C) if a dangerous weapon (including a firearm) was brandished or its use was threatened, increase by 3 levels.

(3) If the victim sustained bodily injury, increase the offense level according to the seriousness of the injury:

Degree of Bodily Injury Increase in Level (A) Bodily Injury add 2 (B) Serious Bodily Injury add 4 (C) Permanent or Life-Threatening Bodily Injury add 6 (D) If the degree of injury is between that specified in subdivisions (A) and (B), add 3 levels; or (E) If the degree of injury is between that specified in subdivisions (B) and (C), add 5 levels. Provided, however, that the cumulative adjustments from (2) and (3) shall not exceed 9 levels.

(4) If the assault was motivated by a payment or offer of money or other thing of value, increase by 2 levels.

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. Secs. 111, 112, 113(b),(c),(f), 114, 115(a), (b)(1), 351(e), 1751(e). For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).

Application Notes:

1. "Aggravated assault" means a felonious assault that involved (a) a dangerous weapon with intent to do bodily harm (i.e., not merely to frighten), or (b) serious bodily injury, or (c) an intent to commit another felony.

2. Definitions of "more than minimal planning," "firearm," "dangerous weapon," "brandished," "otherwise used," "bodily injury," "serious bodily injury," and "permanent or life-threatening bodily injury," are found in the Commentary to Sec.1B1.1 (Application Instructions).

3. This guideline also covers attempted manslaughter and assault with intent to commit manslaughter. Assault with intent to commit murder is covered by Sec.2A2.1. Assault with intent to commit rape is covered by Sec.2A3.1.

Background: This section applies to serious (aggravated) assaults. Such offenses occasionally may involve planning or be committed for hire. Consequently, the structure follows Sec.2A2.1.

There are a number of federal provisions that address varying degrees of assault and battery. The punishments under these statutes differ considerably, even among provisions directed to substantially similar conduct. For example, if the assault is upon certain federal officers "while engaged in or on account of . . . official duties," the maximum term of imprisonment under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 111 is three years. If a dangerous weapon is used in the assault on a federal officer, the maximum term of imprisonment is ten years. However, if the same weapon is used to assault a person not otherwise specifically protected, the maximum term of imprisonment under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 113(c) is five years. If the assault results in serious bodily injury, the maximum term of imprisonment under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 113(f) is ten years, unless the injury constitutes maiming by scalding, corrosive, or caustic substances under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 114, in which case the maximum term of imprisonment is twenty years. Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendments 85 and 86); November 1, 1990 (see Appendix C, amendment 311).

Sec.2A2.3.Minor Assault

(a) Base Offense Level:

(1) 6, if the conduct involved physical contact, or if a dangerous weapon (including a firearm) was possessed and its use was threatened; or

(2) 3, otherwise.

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. Secs. 112, 115(a), 115(b)(1), 351(e), 1751(e). For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).

Application Notes:

1. "Minor assault" means a misdemeanor assault, or a felonious assault not covered by Sec.2A2.2.

2. Definitions of "firearm" and "dangerous weapon" are found in the Commentary to Sec.1B1.1 (Application Instructions).

Background: Minor assault and battery are covered in this section.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective October 15, 1988 (see Appendix C, amendment 64); November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendments 87 and 88).

Sec.2A2.4.Obstructing or Impeding Officers

(a) Base Offense Level: 6

(b) Specific Offense Characteristic

(1) If the conduct involved physical contact, or if a dangerous weapon (including a firearm) was possessed and its use was threatened, increase by 3 levels.

(c) Cross Reference

(1) If the conduct constituted aggravated assault, apply Sec.2A2.2 (Aggravated Assault).

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. Secs. 111, 1501, 1502, 3056(d).

Application Notes:

1. The base offense level reflects the fact that the victim was a governmental officer performing official duties. Therefore, do not apply Sec.3A1.2 (Official Victim) unless subsection (c) requires the offense level to be determined under Sec.2A2.2 (Aggravated Assault).

2. Definitions of "firearm" and "dangerous weapon" are found in the Commentary to Sec.1B1.1 (Application Instructions).

3. The base offense level does not assume any significant disruption of governmental functions. In situations involving such disruption, an upward departure may be warranted. See Sec.5K2.7 (Disruption of Governmental Function).

Background: Violations of 18 U.S.C. Secs. 1501, 1502, and 3056(d) are misdemeanors; violation of 18 U.S.C. Sec. 111 is a felony. The guideline has been drafted to provide offense levels that are identical to those otherwise provided for assaults involving an official victim; when no assault is involved, the offense level is 6.

Historical Note: Effective October 15, 1988 (see Appendix C, amendment 64). Amended effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendments 89 and 90); November 1, 1992 (see Appendix C, amendment 443).

3. CRIMINAL SEXUAL ABUSE

Sec.2A3.1.Criminal Sexual Abuse; Attempt to Commit Criminal Sexual Abuse

(a) Base Offense Level: 27

(b) Specific Offense Characteristics

(1) If the offense was committed by the means set forth in 18 U.S.C. Sec. 2241(a) or (b) (including, but not limited to, the use or display of any dangerous weapon), increase by 4 levels.

(2) (A) If the victim had not attained the age of twelve years, increase by 4 levels; otherwise, (B) if the victim was under the age of sixteen, increase by 2 levels.

(3) If the victim was (A) in the custody, care, or supervisory control of the defendant; or (B) a person held in the custody of a correctional facility, increase by 2 levels.

(4) (A) If the victim sustained permanent or life-threatening bodily injury, increase by 4 levels; (B) if the victim sustained serious bodily injury, increase by 2 levels; or (C) if the degree of injury is between that specified in subdivisions (A) and (B), increase by 3 levels.

(5) If the victim was abducted, increase by 4 levels.

(c) Special Instruction

(1) If the offense occurred in a correctional facility and the victim was a corrections employee, the offense shall be deemed to have an official victim for purposes of subsection (a) of Sec.3A1.2 (Official Victim).

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. Secs. 2241, 2242. For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).

Application Notes:

1. "Permanent or life-threatening bodily injury," "serious bodily injury," and "abducted" are defined in the Commentary to Sec.1B1.1 (Application Instructions).

2. "The means set forth in 18 U.S.C. Sec. 2241(a) or (b)" are: by using force against the victim; by threatening or placing the victim in fear that any person will be subject to death, serious bodily injury, or kidnapping; by rendering the victim unconscious; or by administering by force or threat of force, or without the knowledge or permission of the victim, a drug, intoxicant, or other similar substance and thereby substantially impairing the ability of the victim to appraise or control conduct. This provision would apply, for example, where any dangerous weapon was used, brandished, or displayed to intimidate the victim.

3. Subsection (b)(3), as it pertains to a victim in the custody, care, or supervisory control of the defendant, is intended to have broad application and is to be applied whenever the victim is entrusted to the defendant, whether temporarily or permanently. For example, teachers, day care providers, baby-sitters, or other temporary caretakers are among those who would be subject to this enhancement. In determining whether to apply this enhancement, the court should look to the actual relationship that existed between the defendant and the victim and not simply to the legal status of the defendant-victim relationship.

4. If the adjustment in subsection (b)(3) applies, do not apply Sec.3B1.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill).

Background: Sexual offenses addressed in this section are crimes of violence. Because of their dangerousness, attempts are treated the same as completed acts of criminal sexual abuse. The maximum term of imprisonment authorized by statute is life imprisonment. The base offense level represents sexual abuse as set forth in 18 U.S.C. Sec. 2242. An enhancement is provided for use of force; threat of death, serious bodily injury, or kidnapping; or certain other means as defined in 18 U.S.C. Sec. 2241. This includes any use or threatened use of a dangerous weapon.

An enhancement is provided when the victim is less than sixteen years of age. An additional enhancement is provided where the victim is less than twelve years of age. Any criminal sexual abuse with a child less than twelve years of age, regardless of "consent," is governed by Sec.2A3.1.

An enhancement for a custodial relationship between defendant and victim is also provided. Whether the custodial relationship is temporary or permanent, the defendant in such a case is a person the victim trusts or to whom the victim is entrusted. This represents the potential for greater and prolonged psychological damage. Also, an enhancement is provided where the victim was an inmate of, or a person employed in, a correctional facility. Finally, enhancements are provided for permanent, life-threatening, or serious bodily injury and abduction.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendments 91 and 92); November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendment 392); November 1, 1992 (see Appendix C, amendment 444).

Sec.2A3.2.Criminal Sexual Abuse of a Minor (Statutory Rape) or Attempt to Commit Such Acts

(a) Base Offense Level: 15

(b) Specific Offense Characteristic

(1) If the victim was in the custody, care, or supervisory control of the defendant, increase by 2 levels.

(c) Cross Reference

(1) If the offense involved criminal sexual abuse or attempt to commit criminal sexual abuse (as defined in 18 U.S.C. Sec. 2241 or Sec. 2242), apply Sec.2A3.1 (Criminal Sexual Abuse; Attempt to Commit Criminal Sexual Abuse).

Commentary

Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. Sec. 2243(a). For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).

Application Notes:

1. If the defendant committed the criminal sexual act in furtherance of a commercial scheme such as pandering, transporting persons for the purpose of prostitution, or the production of pornography, an upward departure may be warranted. See Chapter Five, Part K (Departures).

2. Subsection (b)(1) is intended to have broad application and is to be applied whenever the victim is entrusted to the defendant, whether temporarily or permanently. For example, teachers, day care providers, baby-sitters, or other temporary caretakers are among those who would be subject to this enhancement. In determining whether to apply this enhancement, the court should look to the actual relationship that existed between the defendant and the victim and not simply to the legal status of the defendant-victim relationship.

3. If the adjustment in subsection (b)(1) applies, do not apply Sec.3B1.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill).

Background: This section applies to sexual acts that would be lawful but for the age of the victim. It is assumed that at least a four-year age difference exists between the victim and the defendant, as specified in 18 U.S.C. Sec. 2243(a). An enhancement is provided for a defendant who victimizes a minor under his supervision or care.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 93); November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendment 392); November 1, 1992 (see Appendix C, amendment 444).

Sec.2A3.3.Criminal Sexual Abuse of a Ward or Attempt to Commit Such Acts

(a) Base Offense Level: 9

Commentary

Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. Sec. 2243(b). For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).

Application Note:

1. A ward is a person in official detention under the custodial, supervisory, or disciplinary authority of the defendant.

Background: The offense covered by this section is a misdemeanor. The maximum term of imprisonment authorized by statute is one year.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 94).

Sec.2A3.4.Abusive Sexual Contact or Attempt to Commit Abusive Sexual Contact

(a) Base Offense Level:

(1) 16, if the offense was committed by the means set forth in 18 U.S.C. Sec. 2241(a) or (b);

(2) 12, if the offense was committed by the means set forth in 18 U.S.C. Sec. 2242;

(3) 10, otherwise.

(b) Specific Offense Characteristics

(1) If the victim had not attained the age of twelve years, increase by 4 levels; but if the resulting offense level is less than 16, increase to level 16.

(2) If the base offense level is determined under subsection (a)(1) or (2), and the victim had attained the age of twelve years but had not attained the age of sixteen years, increase by 2 levels.

(3) If the victim was in the custody, care, or supervisory control of the defendant, increase by 2 levels.

(c) Cross References

(1) If the offense involved criminal sexual abuse or attempt to commit criminal sexual abuse (as defined in 18 U.S.C. Sec. 2241 or Sec. 2242), apply Sec.2A3.1 (Criminal Sexual Abuse; Attempt to Commit Criminal Sexual Abuse).

(2) If the offense involved criminal sexual abuse of a minor or attempt to commit criminal sexual abuse of a minor (as defined in 18 U.S.C. Sec. 2243(a)), apply Sec.2A3.2 (Criminal Sexual Abuse of a Minor or Attempt to Commit Such Acts), if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above.

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. Sec. 2244(a)(1),(2),(3). For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).

Application Notes:

1. "The means set forth in 18 U.S.C. Sec. 2241(a) or (b)" are by using force against the victim; by threatening or placing the victim in fear that any person will be subjected to death, serious bodily injury, or kidnapping; by rendering the victim unconscious; or by administering by force or threat of force, or without the knowledge or permission of the victim, a drug, intoxicant, or other similar substance and thereby substantially impairing the ability of the victim to appraise or control conduct.

2. "The means set forth in 18 U.S.C. Sec. 2242" are by threatening or placing the victim in fear (other than by threatening or placing the victim in fear that any person will be subjected to death, serious bodily injury, or kidnapping); or by victimizing an individual who is incapable of appraising the nature of the conduct or physically incapable of declining participation in, or communicating unwillingness to engage in, that sexual act.

3. Subsection (b)(3) is intended to have broad application and is to be applied whenever the victim is entrusted to the defendant, whether temporarily or permanently. For example, teachers, day care providers, baby-sitters, or other temporary caretakers are among those who would be subject to this enhancement. In determining whether to apply this enhancement, the court should look to the actual relationship that existed between the defendant and the victim and not simply to the legal status of the defendant-victim relationship.

4. If the adjustment in subsection (b)(3) applies, do not apply Sec.3B1.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill).

Background: This section covers abusive sexual contact not amounting to criminal sexual abuse (criminal sexual abuse is covered under Secs.2A3.1-3.3). Alternative base offense levels are provided to take account of the different means used to commit the offense. Enhancements are provided for victimizing children or minors. The enhancement under subsection (b)(2) does not apply, however, where the base offense level is determined under subsection (a)(3) because an element of the offense to which that offense level applies is that the victim had attained the age of twelve years but had not attained the age of sixteen years. For cases involving consensual sexual contact involving victims that have achieved the age of 12 but are under age 16, the offense level assumes a substantial difference in sexual experience between the defendant and the victim. If the defendant and the victim are similar in sexual experience, a downward departure may be warranted. For such cases, the Commission recommends a downward departure to the equivalent of an offense level of 6.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 95); November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendment 392); November 1, 1992 (see Appendix C, amendment 444).

4. KIDNAPPING, ABDUCTION, OR UNLAWFUL RESTRAINT

Sec.2A4.1.Kidnapping, Abduction, Unlawful Restraint

(a) Base Offense Level: 24

(b) Specific Offense Characteristics

(1) If a ransom demand or a demand upon government was made, increase by 6 levels.

(2) (A) If the victim sustained permanent or life-threatening bodily injury, increase by 4 levels; (B) if the victim sustained serious bodily injury, increase by 2 levels; or (C) if the degree of injury is between that specified in subdivisions (A) and (B), increase by 3 levels.

(3) If a dangerous weapon was used, increase by 2 levels.

(4) (A) If the victim was not released before thirty days had elapsed, increase by 2 levels.

(B) If the victim was not released before seven days had elapsed, increase by 1 level.

(C) If the victim was released before twenty-four hours had elapsed, decrease by 1 level.

(5) If the victim was sexually exploited, increase by 3 levels.

(6) If the victim is a minor and, in exchange for money or other consideration, was placed in the care or custody of another person who had no legal right to such care or custody of the victim, increase by 3 levels.

(7) If the victim was kidnapped, abducted, or unlawfully restrained during the commission of, or in connection with, another offense or escape therefrom; or if another offense was committed during the kidnapping, abduction, or unlawful restraint, increase to

(A) the offense level from the Chapter Two offense guideline applicable to that other offense if such offense guideline includes an adjustment for kidnapping, abduction, or unlawful restraint, or otherwise takes such conduct into account; or

(B) 4 plus the offense level from the offense guideline applicable to that other offense, but in no event greater than level 43, in any other case, if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above.

(c) Cross Reference

(1) If the victim was killed under circumstances that would constitute murder under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 1111 had such killing taken place within the territorial or maritime jurisdiction of the United States, apply Sec.2A1.1 (First Degree Murder).

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. Secs. 115(b)(2), 351(b), (d), 1201, 1203, 1751(b). For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).

Application Notes:

1. Definitions of "serious bodily injury" and "permanent or life-threatening bodily injury" are found in the Commentary to Sec.1B1.1 (Application Instructions).

2. "A dangerous weapon was used" means that a firearm was discharged, or a "firearm" or "dangerous weapon" was "otherwise used" (as defined in the Commentary to Sec.1B1.1 (Application Instructions)).

3. For the purpose of subsection (b)(4)(C), "released" includes allowing the victim to escape or turning him over to law enforcement authorities without resistance.

4. "Sexually exploited" includes offenses set forth in 18 U.S.C. Secs. 2241-2244, 2251, and 24212423.

5. In the case of a conspiracy, attempt, or solicitation to kidnap, Sec.2X1.1 (Attempt, Solicitation, or Conspiracy) requires that the court apply any adjustment that can be determined with reasonable certainty. Therefore, for example, if an offense involved conspiracy to kidnap for the purpose of committing murder, subsection (b)(7) would reference first degree murder (resulting in an offense level of 43, subject to a possible 3-level reduction under Sec.2X1.1(b)). Similarly, for example, if an offense involved a kidnapping during which a participant attempted to murder the victim under circumstances that would have constituted first degree murder had death occurred, the offense referenced under subsection (b)(7) would be the offense of first degree murder.

Background: Federal kidnapping cases generally encompass three categories of conduct: limited duration kidnapping where the victim is released unharmed; kidnapping that occurs as part of or to facilitate the commission of another offense (often, sexual assault); and kidnapping for ransom or political demand.

The guideline contains an adjustment for the length of time that the victim was detained. The adjustment recognizes the increased suffering involved in lengthy kidnappings and provides an incentive to release the victim.

An enhancement is provided when the offense is committed for ransom or to facilitate the commission of another offense. Should the application of this guideline result in a penalty less than the result achieved by applying the guideline for the underlying offense, apply the guideline for the underlying offense (e.g., Sec.2A3.1, Criminal Sexual Abuse).

Section 401 of Public Law 101-647 amended 18 U.S.C. Sec. 1201 to require that courts take into account certain specific offense characteristics in cases involving a victim under eighteen years of age and directed the Commission to include those specific offense characteristics within the guidelines. Where the guidelines did not already take into account the conduct identified by the Act, additional specific offense characteristics have been provided.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 96); November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendment 363); November 1, 1992 (see Appendix C, amendment 445).

Sec.2A4.2.Demanding or Receiving Ransom Money

(a) Base Offense Level: 23

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. Secs. 876, 877, 1202. For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).

Background: This section specifically includes conduct prohibited by 18 U.S.C. Sec. 1202, requiring that ransom money be received, possessed, or disposed of with knowledge of its criminal origins. The actual demand for ransom under these circumstances is reflected in Sec.2A4.1. This section additionally includes extortionate demands through the use of the United States Postal Service, behavior proscribed by 18 U.S.C. Secs. 876-877.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987.

5. AIR PIRACY

Sec.2A5.1.Aircraft Piracy or Attempted Aircraft Piracy

(a) Base Offense Level: 38

(b) Specific Offense Characteristic

(1) If death resulted, increase by 5 levels.

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 49 U.S.C. Sec. 1472(i), (n). For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).

Background: This section covers aircraft piracy both within the special aircraft jurisdiction of the United States, 49 U.S.C. Sec. 1472(i), and aircraft piracy outside that jurisdiction when the defendant is later found in the United States, 49 U.S.C. Sec. 1472(n). Seizure of control of an aircraft may be by force or violence, or threat of force or violence, or by any other form of intimidation. The presence of a weapon is assumed in the base offense level.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987.

Sec.2A5.2.Interference with Flight Crew Member or Flight Attendant

(a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greatest):

(1) 30, if the defendant intentionally endangered the safety of the aircraft and passengers; or

(2) 18, if the defendant recklessly endangered the safety of the aircraft and passengers; or

(3) if an assault occurred, the offense level from the most analogous assault guideline, Secs.2A2.1-2A2.4; or

(4) 9.

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 49 U.S.C. Sec. 1472(c), (j). For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).

Background: An adjustment is provided where the defendant intentionally or recklessly endangered the safety of the aircraft and passengers. The offense of carrying a weapon aboard an aircraft, which is proscribed by 49 U.S.C. Sec. 1472(l), is covered in Sec.2K1.5 (Possessing Dangerous Weapons or Materials While Boarding or Aboard an Aircraft).

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendments 97 and 303).

Sec.2A5.3.Committing Certain Crimes Aboard Aircraft

(a) Base Offense Level: The offense level applicable to the underlying offense.

Commentary

Statutory Provision: 49 U.S.C. Sec. 1472(k)(1).

Application Notes:

1. "Underlying offense" refers to the offense listed in 49 U.S.C. Sec. 1472(k)(1) of which the defendant is convicted.

2. If the conduct intentionally or recklessly endangered the safety of the aircraft or passengers, an upward departure may be warranted.

Historical Note: Effective October 15, 1988 (see Appendix C, amendment 65). Amended effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 98).

6. THREATENING COMMUNICATIONS

Sec.2A6.1.Threatening Communications

(a) Base Offense Level: 12

(b) Specific Offense Characteristics

(1) If the defendant engaged in any conduct evidencing an intent to carry out such threat, increase by 6 levels.

(2) If specific offense characteristic Sec.2A6.1(b)(1) does not apply, and the defendant's conduct involved a single instance evidencing little or no deliberation, decrease by 4 levels.

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. Secs. 871, 876, 877, 878(a), 879. For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).

Application Note:

1. The Commission recognizes that this offense includes a particularly wide range of conduct and that it is not possible to include all of the potentially relevant circumstances in the offense level. Factors not incorporated in the guideline may be considered by the court in determining whether a departure from the guidelines is warranted. See Chapter Five, Part K (Departures).

Background: These statutes cover a wide range of conduct, the seriousness of which depends upon the defendant's intent and the likelihood that the defendant would carry out the threat. The specific offense characteristics are intended to distinguish such cases.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987.

PART B - OFFENSES INVOLVING PROPERTY

1. THEFT, EMBEZZLEMENT, RECEIPT OF STOLEN PROPERTY, AND PROPERTY DESTRUCTION

Introductory Commentary

These sections address the most basic forms of property offenses: theft, embezzlement, transactions in stolen goods, and simple property damage or destruction. (Arson is dealt with separately in Part K, Offenses Involving Public Safety.) These guidelines apply to offenses prosecuted under a wide variety of federal statutes, as well as offenses that arise under the Assimilative Crimes Act.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 303).

Sec.2B1.1.Larceny, Embezzlement, and Other Forms of Theft

(a) Base Offense Level: 4

(b) Specific Offense Characteristics

(1) If the loss exceeded $100, increase the offense level as follows:

Loss (Apply the Greatest) Increase in Level (A) $100 or less no increase (B) More than $100 add 1 (C) More than $1,000 add 2 (D) More than $2,000 add 3 (E) More than $5,000 add 4 (F) More than $10,000 add 5 (G) More than $20,000 add 6 (H) More than $40,000 add 7 (I) More than $70,000 add 8 (J) More than $120,000 add 9 (K) More than $200,000 add 10 (L) More than $350,000 add 11 (M) More than $500,000 add 12 (N) More than $800,000 add 13 (O) More than $1,500,000 add 14 (P) More than $2,500,000 add 15 (Q) More than $5,000,000 add 16 (R) More than $10,000,000 add 17 (S) More than $20,000,000 add 18 (T) More than $40,000,000 add 19 (U) More than $80,000,000 add 20.

(2) If a firearm, destructive device, or controlled substance was taken, increase by 1 level; but if the resulting offense level is less than 7, increase to level 7.

(3) If the theft was from the person of another, increase by 2 levels.

(4) If undelivered United States mail was taken, and the offense level as determined above is less than level 6, increase to level 6.

(5) If the offense involved more than minimal planning, increase by 2 levels.

(6) If the offense involved an organized scheme to steal vehicles or vehicle parts, and the offense level as determined above is less than level 14, increase to level 14.

(7) If the offense

(A) substantially jeopardized the safety and soundness of a financial institution; or

(B) affected a financial institution and the defendant derived more than $1,000,000 in gross receipts from the offense,

increase by 4 levels. If the resulting offense level is less than level 24, increase to level 24.
Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. Secs. 225, 641, 656, 657, 659, 1702, 1708, 2113(b), 2312, 2317. For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).

Application Notes:

1. "More than minimal planning," "firearm," and "destructive device" are defined in the Commentary to Sec.1B1.1 (Application Instructions).

2. "Loss" means the value of the property taken, damaged, or destroyed. Ordinarily, when property is taken or destroyed the loss is the fair market value of the particular property at issue. Where the market value is difficult to ascertain or inadequate to measure harm to the victim, the court may measure loss in some other way, such as reasonable replacement cost to the victim. When property is damaged, the loss is the cost of repairs, not to exceed the loss had the property been destroyed. Examples: (1) In the case of a theft of a check or money order, the loss is the loss that would have occurred if the check or money order had been cashed. (2) In the case of a defendant apprehended taking a vehicle, the loss is the value of the vehicle even if the vehicle is recovered immediately.

In the case of a partially completed offense (e.g., an offense involving a completed theft that is part of a larger, attempted theft), the offense level is to be determined in accordance with the provisions of Sec.2X1.1 (Attempt, Solicitation, or Conspiracy) whether the conviction is for the substantive offense, the inchoate offense (attempt, solicitation, or conspiracy), or both; see Application Note 4 in the Commentary to Sec.2X1.1.

3. The loss need not be determined with precision, and may be inferred from any reasonably reliable information available, including the scope of the operation.

4. The loss includes any unauthorized charges made with stolen credit cards, but in no event less than $100 per card. See Commentary to Secs.2X1.1 (Attempt, Solicitation, or Conspiracy) and 2F1.1 (Fraud and Deceit).

5. Controlled substances should be valued at their estimated street value.

6. "Undelivered United States mail" means mail that has not actually been received by the addressee or his agent (e.g., it includes mail that is in the addressee's mail box).

7. "From the person of another" refers to property, taken without the use of force, that was being held by another person or was within arms' reach. Examples include pick-pocketing or nonforcible purse-snatching, such as the theft of a purse from a shopping cart.

8. Subsection (b)(6), referring to an "organized scheme to steal vehicles or vehicle parts," provides an alternative minimum measure of loss in the case of an ongoing, sophisticated operation such as an auto theft ring or "chop shop." "Vehicles" refers to all forms of vehicles, including aircraft and watercraft.

9. "Financial institution," as used in this guideline, is defined to include any institution described in 18 U.S.C. Secs. 20, 656, 657, 1005-1007, and 1014; any state or foreign bank, trust company, credit union, insurance company, investment company, mutual fund, savings (building and loan) association, union or employee pension fund; any health, medical or hospital insurance association; brokers and dealers registered, or required to be registered, with the Securities and Exchange Commission; futures commodity merchants and commodity pool operators registered, or required to be registered, with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission; and any similar entity, whether or not insured by the federal government. "Union or employee pension fund" and "any health, medical, or hospital insurance association," as used above, primarily include large pension funds that serve many individuals (e.g., pension funds of large national and international organizations, unions, and corporations doing substantial interstate business), and associations that undertake to provide pension, disability, or other benefits (e.g., medical or hospitalization insurance) to large numbers of persons.

10. An offense shall be deemed to have "substantially jeopardized the safety and soundness of a financial institution" if, as a consequence of the offense, the institution became insolvent; substantially reduced benefits to pensioners or insureds; was unable on demand to refund fully any deposit, payment, or investment; was so depleted of its assets as to be forced to merge with another institution in order to continue active operations; or was placed in substantial jeopardy of any of the above.

11. "The defendant derived more than $1,000,000 in gross receipts from the offense," as used in subsection (b)(7)(B), generally means that the gross receipts to the defendant individually, rather than to all participants, exceeded $1,000,000. "Gross receipts from the offense" includes all property, real or personal, tangible or intangible, which is obtained directly or indirectly as a result of such offense. See 18 U.S.C. Sec. 982(a)(4).

12. If the defendant is convicted under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 225 (relating to a continuing financial crimes enterprise), the offense level is that applicable to the underlying series of offenses comprising the "continuing financial crimes enterprise."

13. If subsection (b)(7)(A) or (B) applies, there shall be a rebuttable presumption that the offense involved "more than minimal planning."

Background: The value of property taken plays an important role in determining sentences for theft offenses, because it is an indicator of both the harm to the victim and the gain to the defendant. Because of the structure of the Sentencing Table (Chapter 5, Part A), subsection (b)(1) results in an overlapping range of enhancements based on the loss from the theft.

The guidelines provide an enhancement for more than minimal planning, which includes most offense behavior involving affirmative acts on multiple occasions. Planning and repeated acts are indicative of an intention and potential to do considerable harm. Also, planning is often related to increased difficulties of detection and proof.

Consistent with statutory distinctions, an increased minimum offense level is provided for the theft of undelivered mail. Theft of undelivered mail interferes with a governmental function, and the scope of the theft may be difficult to ascertain.

Studies show that stolen firearms are used disproportionately in the commission of crimes. The guidelines provide an enhancement for theft of a firearm to ensure that some amount of imprisonment is required. An enhancement is also provided when controlled substances are taken. Such thefts may involve a greater risk of violence, as well as a likelihood that the substance will be abused.

Theft from the person of another, such as pickpocketing or non-forcible purse-snatching, receives an enhanced sentence because of the increased risk of physical injury. This guideline does not include an enhancement for thefts from the person by means of force or fear; such crimes are robberies.

A minimum offense level of 14 is provided for offenses involving an organized scheme to steal vehicles or vehicle parts. Typically, the scope of such activity is substantial (i.e., the value of the stolen property, combined with an enhancement for "more than minimal planning" would itself result in an offense level of at least 14), but the value of the property is particularly difficult to ascertain in individual cases because the stolen property is rapidly resold or otherwise disposed of in the course of the offense. Therefore, the specific offense characteristic of "organized scheme" is used as an alternative to "loss" in setting the offense level.

Subsection (b)(7)(A) implements, in a broader form, the instruction to the Commission in Section 961(m) of Public Law 101-73.

Subsection (b)(7)(B) implements the instruction to the Commission in Section 2507 of Public Law 101-647.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective June 15, 1988 (see Appendix C, amendment 7); November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendments 99-101 and 303); November 1, 1990 (see Appendix C, amendments 312, 317, and 361); November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendments 364 and 393).

Sec.2B1.2.Receiving, Transporting, Transferring, Transmitting, or Possessing Stolen Property

(a) Base Offense Level: 4

(b) Specific Offense Characteristics

(1) If the value of the stolen property exceeded $100, increase by the corresponding number of levels from the table in Sec.2B1.1.

(2) If the property included a firearm, destructive device, or controlled substance, increase by 1 level; but if the resulting offense level is less than 7, increase to 7.

(3) If the property included undelivered United States mail and the offense level as determined above is less than level 6, increase to level 6.

(4) (A) If the offense was committed by a person in the business of receiving and selling stolen property, increase by 4 levels; or

(B) If the offense involved more than minimal planning, increase by 2 levels.

(5) If the offense involved an organized scheme to receive stolen vehicles or vehicle parts, and the offense level as determined above is less than level 14, increase to level 14.

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. Secs. 553(a)(1), 659, 662, 1708, 2312-2317. For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).

Application Notes:

1. "More than minimal planning," "firearm," and "destructive device" are defined in the Commentary to Sec.1B1.1 (Application Instructions).

2. Valuation of property is discussed in the Commentary to Sec.2B1.1.

3. "Undelivered United States mail" means mail that has not actually been received by the addressee or his agent (e.g., it includes mail that is in the addressee's mail box).

4. Subsection (b)(5), referring to an "organized scheme to receive stolen vehicles or vehicle parts," provides an alternative minimum measure of loss in the case of an ongoing, sophisticated operation such as an auto theft ring or "chop shop." "Vehicles" refers to all forms of vehicles, including aircraft and watercraft. See Commentary to Sec.2B1.1 (Larceny, Embezzlement, and Other Forms of Theft).

Background: The treatment accorded receiving stolen property parallels that given theft. Persons who receive stolen property for resale receive a sentence enhancement because the amount of property is likely to underrepresent the scope of their criminality and the extent to which they encourage or facilitate other crimes.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective January 15, 1988 (see Appendix C, amendment 8); June 15, 1988 (see Appendix C, amendment 9); November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendments 102-104); November 1, 1990 (see Appendix C, amendments 312 and 361).

Sec.2B1.3.Property Damage or Destruction

(a) Base Offense Level: 4

(b) Specific Offense Characteristics

(1) If the loss exceeded $100, increase by the corresponding number of levels from the table in Sec.2B1.1.

(2) If undelivered United States mail was destroyed, and the offense level as determined above is less than level 6, increase to level 6.

(3) If the offense involved more than minimal planning, increase by 2 levels.

(c) Cross Reference

(1) If the offense involved arson, or property damage by use of explosives, apply Sec.2K1.4 (Arson; Property Damage by Use of Explosives).

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. Secs. 1361, 1363, 1702, 1703 (if vandalism or malicious mischief, including destruction of mail is involved). For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).

Application Notes:

1. "More than minimal planning" is defined in the Commentary to Sec.1B1.1 (Application Instructions).

2. Valuation of loss is discussed in the Commentary to Sec.2B1.1 (Larceny, Embezzlement, and Other Forms of Theft).

3. "Undelivered United States mail" means mail that has not been received by the addressee or his agent (e.g., it includes mail that is in the addressee's mailbox).

4. In some cases, the monetary value of the property damaged or destroyed may not adequately reflect the extent of the harm caused. For example, the destruction of a $500 telephone line may cause an interruption in service to thousands of people for several hours. In such instances, an upward departure would be warranted.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective June 15, 1988 (see Appendix C, amendment 10); November 1, 1990 (see Appendix C, amendments 312 and 313).

2. BURGLARY AND TRESPASS

Sec.2B2.1.Burglary of a Residence

(a) Base Offense Level: 17

(b) Specific Offense Characteristics

(1) If the offense involved more than minimal planning, increase by 2 levels.

(2) If the loss exceeded $2,500, increase the offense level as follows:

Loss (Apply the Greatest) Increase in Level (A) $2,500 or less no increase (B) More than $2,500 add 1 (C) More than $10,000 add 2 (D) More than $50,000 add 3 (E) More than $250,000 add 4 (F) More than $800,000 add 5 (G) More than $1,500,000 add 6 (H) More than $2,500,000 add 7 (I) More than $5,000,000 add 8.

(3) If a firearm, destructive device, or controlled substance was taken, or if the taking of such item was an object of the offense, increase by 1 level.

(4) If a dangerous weapon (including a firearm) was possessed, increase by 2 levels.

Commentary

Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. Sec. 1153.

Application Notes:

1. "More than minimal planning," "firearm," "destructive device," and "dangerous weapon" are defined in the Commentary to Sec.1B1.1 (Application Instructions).

2. Valuation of loss is discussed in the Commentary to Sec.2B1.1 (Larceny, Embezzlement, and Other Forms of Theft).

3. Subsection (b)(4) does not apply to possession of a dangerous weapon (including a firearm) that was stolen during the course of the offense.

Background: The base offense level for residential burglary is higher than for other forms of burglary because of the increased risk of physical and psychological injury. Weapon possession, but not use, is a specific offense characteristic because use of a weapon (including to threaten) ordinarily would make the offense robbery. Weapon use would be a ground for upward departure.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective January 15, 1988 (see Appendix C, amendment 11); June 15, 1988 (see Appendix C, amendment 12); November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendments 105 and 106); November 1, 1990 (see Appendix C, amendments 315 and 361).

Sec.2B2.2.Burglary of Other Structures

(a) Base Offense Level: 12

(b) Specific Offense Characteristics

(1) If the offense involved more than minimal planning, increase by 2 levels.

(2) If the loss exceeded $2,500, increase by the corresponding number of levels from the table in Sec.2B2.1.

(3) If a firearm, destructive device, or controlled substance was taken, or if the taking of such item was an object of the offense, increase by 1 level.

(4) If a dangerous weapon (including a firearm) was possessed, increase by 2 levels.

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. Secs. 2113(a), 2115, 2117, 2118(b). For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).

Application Notes:

1. "More than minimal planning," "firearm," "destructive device," and "dangerous weapon" are defined in the Commentary to Sec.1B1.1 (Application Instructions).

2. Valuation of loss is discussed in the Commentary to Sec.2B1.1 (Larceny, Embezzlement, and Other Forms of Theft).

3. Subsection (b)(4) does not apply to possession of a dangerous weapon (including a firearm) that was stolen during the course of the offense.

Background: The offense level for burglary is significantly higher than that for theft for low losses, but is approximately the same for very high losses. Weapon possession, but not use, is a specific offense characteristic because use of a weapon (including to threaten) ordinarily would make the offense robbery. Weapon use would be a ground for upward departure.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective June 15, 1988 (see Appendix C, amendment 13); November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 107); November 1, 1990 (see Appendix C, amendments 315 and 361).

Sec.2B2.3.Trespass

(a) Base Offense Level: 4

(b) Specific Offense Characteristics

(1) If the trespass occurred at a secured government facility, a nuclear energy facility, or a residence, increase by 2 levels.

(2) If a dangerous weapon (including a firearm) was possessed, increase by 2 levels.

Commentary

Statutory Provision: 42 U.S.C. Sec. 7270b. For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).

Application Note:

1. "Firearm" and "dangerous weapon" are defined in the Commentary to Sec.1B1.1 (Application Instructions).

Background: Most trespasses punishable under federal law involve federal lands or property. The trespass section provides an enhancement for offenses involving trespass on secured government installations, such as nuclear facilities, to protect a significant federal interest. Additionally, an enhancement is provided for trespass at a residence.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendments 108 and 109).

3. ROBBERY, EXTORTION, AND BLACKMAIL

Sec.2B3.1.Robbery

(a) Base Offense Level: 20

(b) Specific Offense Characteristics

(1) If the property of a financial institution or post office was taken, or if the taking of such property was an object of the offense, increase by 2 levels.

(2)(A) If a firearm was discharged, increase by 7 levels; (B) if a firearm was otherwise used, increase by 6 levels; (C) if a firearm was brandished, displayed, or possessed, increase by 5 levels; (D) if a dangerous weapon was otherwise used, increase by 4 levels; (E) if a dangerous weapon was brandished, displayed, or possessed, increase by 3 levels; or (F) if an express threat of death was made, increase by 2 levels.

(3) If any victim sustained bodily injury, increase the offense level according to the seriousness of the injury:

Degree of Bodily Injury Increase in Level (A) Bodily Injury add 2 (B) Serious Bodily Injury add 4 (C) Permanent or Life-Threatening Bodily Injury add 6 (D) If the degree of injury is between that specified in subdivisions (A) and (B), add 3 levels; or (E) If the degree of injury is between that specified in subdivisions (B) and (C), add 5 levels. Provided, however, that the cumulative adjustments from (2) and (3) shall not exceed 11 levels.

(4) (A) If any person was abducted to facilitate commission of the offense or to facilitate escape, increase by 4 levels; or (B) if any person was physically restrained to facilitate commission of the offense or to facilitate escape, increase by 2 levels.

(5) If a firearm, destructive device, or controlled substance was taken, or if the taking of such item was an object of the offense, increase by 1 level.

(6) If the loss exceeded $10,000, increase the offense level as follows:

Loss (Apply the Greatest) Increase in Level (A) $10,000 or less no increase (B) More than $10,000 add 1 (C) More than $50,000 add 2 (D) More than $250,000 add 3 (E) More than $800,000 add 4 (F) More than $1,500,000 add 5 (G) More than $2,500,000 add 6 (H) More than $5,000,000 add 7.
Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. Secs. 1951, 2113, 2114, 2118(a). For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).

Application Notes:

1. "Firearm," "destructive device," "dangerous weapon," "otherwise used," "brandished," "bodily injury," "serious bodily injury," "permanent or life-threatening bodily injury," "abducted," and "physically restrained" are defined in the Commentary to Sec.1B1.1 (Application Instructions).

2. When an object that appeared to be a dangerous weapon was brandished, displayed, or possessed, treat the object as a dangerous weapon for the purposes of subsection (b)(2)(E).

3. Valuation of loss is discussed in the Commentary to Sec.2B1.1 (Larceny, Embezzlement, and Other Forms of Theft).

4. The combined adjustments for weapon involvement and injury are limited to a maximum enhancement of 11 levels.

5. If the defendant intended to murder the victim, an upward departure may be warranted; see Sec.2A2.1 (Assault With Intent to Commit Murder; Attempted Murder).

6. If the defendant was convicted under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 2113(e) and in committing the offense or attempting to flee or escape, a participant killed any person, apply Sec.2A1.1 (First Degree Murder). Otherwise, if death results, see Chapter Five, Part K (Departures).

7. An "express threat of death," as used in subsection (b)(2)(F), may be in the form of an oral or written statement, act, gesture, or combination thereof. For example, an oral or written demand using words such as "Give me the money or I will kill you", "Give me the money or I will pull the pin on the grenade I have in my pocket", "Give me the money or I will shoot you", "Give me your money or else (where the defendant draws his hand across his throat in a slashing motion)", or "Give me the money or you are dead" would constitute an express threat of death. The court should consider that the intent of the underlying provision is to provide an increased offense level for cases in which the offender(s) engaged in conduct that would instill in a reasonable person, who is a victim of the offense, significantly greater fear than that necessary to constitute an element of the offense of robbery.

Background: Possession or use of a weapon, physical injury, and unlawful restraint sometimes occur during a robbery. The guideline provides for a range of enhancements where these factors are present.

Although in pre-guidelines practice the amount of money taken in robbery cases affected sentence length, its importance was small compared to that of the other harm involved. Moreover, because of the relatively high base offense level for robbery, an increase of 1 or 2 levels brings about a considerable increase in sentence length in absolute terms. Accordingly, the gradations for property loss increase more slowly than for simple property offenses.

The guideline provides an enhancement for robberies where a victim was forced to accompany the defendant to another location, or was physically restrained by being tied, bound, or locked up.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective June 15, 1988 (see Appendix C, amendments 14 and 15); November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendments 110 and 111); November 1, 1990 (see Appendix C, amendments 314, 315, and 361); November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendment 365).

Sec.2B3.2.Extortion by Force or Threat of Injury or Serious Damage

(a) Base Offense Level: 18

(b) Specific Offense Characteristics

(1) If the offense involved an express or implied threat of death, bodily injury, or kidnapping, increase by 2 levels.

(2) If the greater of the amount demanded or the loss to the victim exceeded $10,000, increase by the corresponding number of levels from the table in Sec.2B3.1(b)(6).

(3) (A)(i) If a firearm was discharged, increase by 7 levels; (ii) if a firearm was otherwise used, increase by 6 levels; (iii) if a firearm was brandished, displayed, or possessed, increase by 5 levels; (iv) if a dangerous weapon was otherwise used, increase by 4 levels; or (v) if a dangerous weapon was brandished, displayed, or possessed, increase by 3 levels; or

(B) If the offense involved preparation to carry out a threat of (i) death, (ii) serious bodily injury, (iii) kidnapping, or (iv) product tampering; or if the participant(s) otherwise demonstrated the ability to carry out such threat, increase by 3 levels.

(4) If any victim sustained bodily injury, increase the offense level according to the seriousness of the injury:

Degree of Bodily Injury Increase in Level (A) Bodily Injury add 2 (B) Serious Bodily Injury add 4 (C) Permanent or Life-Threatening Bodily Injury add 6 (D) If the degree of injury is between that specified in subdivisions (A) and (B), add 3 levels; or (E) If the degree of injury is between that specified in subdivisions (B) and (C), add 5 levels. Provided, however, that the cumulative adjustments from (3) and (4) shall not exceed 11 levels.

(5) (A) If any person was abducted to facilitate commission of the offense or to facilitate escape, increase by 4 levels; or (B) if any person was physically restrained to facilitate commission of the offense or to facilitate escape, increase by 2 levels.

(c) Cross Reference

(1) If the offense was tantamount to attempted murder, apply Sec.2A2.1 (Assault With Intent to Commit Murder; Attempted Murder) if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above.

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. Secs. 875(b), 876, 877, 1951. For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).

Application Notes:

1. "Firearm," "dangerous weapon," "otherwise used," "brandished," "bodily injury," "serious bodily injury," "permanent or life-threatening bodily injury," "abducted," and "physically restrained" are defined in the Commentary to Sec.1B1.1 (Application Instructions).

2. This guideline applies if there was any threat, express or implied, that reasonably could be interpreted as one to injure a person or physically damage property, or any comparably serious threat, such as to drive an enterprise out of business. Even if the threat does not in itself imply violence, the possibility of violence or serious adverse consequences may be inferred from the circumstances of the threat or the reputation of the person making it. An ambiguous threat, such as "pay up or else," or a threat to cause labor problems, ordinarily should be treated under this section.

3. Guidelines for bribery involving public officials are found in Part C, Offenses Involving Public Officials. "Extortion under color of official right," which usually is solicitation of a bribe by a public official, is covered under Sec.2C1.1 unless there is use of force or a threat that qualifies for treatment under this section. Certain other extortion offenses are covered under the provisions of Part E, Offenses Involving Criminal Enterprises and Racketeering.

4. The combined adjustments for weapon involvement and injury are limited to a maximum enhancement of 11 levels.

5. "Loss to the victim," as used in subsection (b)(2), means any demand paid plus any additional consequential loss from the offense (e.g., the cost of defensive measures taken in direct response to the offense).

6. In certain cases, an extortionate demand may be accompanied by conduct that does not qualify as a display of a dangerous weapon under subsection (b)(3)(A)(v) but is nonetheless similar in seriousness, demonstrating the defendant's preparation or ability to carry out the threatened harm (e.g., an extortionate demand containing a threat to tamper with a consumer product accompanied by a workable plan showing how the product's tamper-resistant seals could be defeated, or a threat to kidnap a person accompanied by information showing study of that person's daily routine). Subsection (b)(3)(B) addresses such cases.

7. If the offense involved the threat of death or serious bodily injury to numerous victims (e.g., in the case of a plan to derail a passenger train or poison consumer products), an upward departure may be warranted.

8. If the offense involved organized criminal activity, or a threat to a family member of the victim, an upward departure may be warranted.

Background: The Hobbs Act, 18 U.S.C. Sec. 1951, prohibits extortion, attempted extortion, and conspiracy to extort. It provides for a maximum term of imprisonment of twenty years. 18 U.S.C. Secs. 875-877 prohibits communication of extortionate demands through various means. The maximum penalty under these statutes varies from two to twenty years. Violations of 18 U.S.C. Sec. 875 involve threats or demands transmitted by interstate commerce. Violations of 18 U.S.C. Sec. 876 involve the use of the United States mails to communicate threats, while violations of 18 U.S.C. Sec. 877 involve mailing threatening communications from foreign countries.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendments 112, 113, and 303); November 1, 1990 (see Appendix C, amendment 316); November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendment 366).

Sec.2B3.3.Blackmail and Similar Forms of Extortion

(a) Base Offense Level: 9

(b) Specific Offense Characteristic

(1) If the greater of the amount obtained or demanded exceeded $2,000, increase by the corresponding number of levels from the table in Sec.2F1.1.

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. Secs. 873, 875-877, 1951. For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).

Application Note:

1. This section applies only to blackmail and similar forms of extortion where there clearly is no threat of violence to person or property. "Blackmail" (18 U.S.C. Sec. 873) is defined as a threat to disclose a violation of United States law unless money or some other item of value is given.

Background: Under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 873, the maximum term of imprisonment authorized for blackmail is one year. Extortionate threats to injure a reputation, or other threats that are less serious than those covered by Sec.2B3.2, may also be prosecuted under 18 U.S.C. Secs. 875-877, which carry higher maximum sentences.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 114).

4. COMMERCIAL BRIBERY AND KICKBACKS

Sec.2B4.1.Bribery in Procurement of Bank Loan and Other Commercial Bribery

(a) Base Offense Level: 8

(b) Specific Offense Characteristics

(1) If the greater of the value of the bribe or the improper benefit to be conferred exceeded $2,000, increase the offense level by the corresponding number of levels from the table in Sec.2F1.1.

(2) If the offense

(A) substantially jeopardized the safety and soundness of a financial institution; or

(B) affected a financial institution and the defendant derived more than $1,000,000 in gross receipts from the offense,

increase by 4 levels. If the resulting offense level is less than level 24, increase to level 24.

(c) Special Instruction for Fines - Organizations

(1) In lieu of the pecuniary loss under subsection (a)(3) of Sec.8C2.4 (Base Fine), use the greatest of: (A) the value of the unlawful payment; (B) the value of the benefit received or to be received in return for the unlawful payment; or (C) the consequential damages resulting from the unlawful payment.

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 15 U.S.C. Secs. 78dd-1, 78dd-2; 18 U.S.C. Secs. 215, 224, 225; 26 U.S.C. Secs. 9012(e), 9042(d); 41 U.S.C. Secs. 53, 54; 42 U.S.C. Secs. 1395nn(b)(1), (2), 1396h(b)(1),(2); 49 U.S.C. Secs. 11907(a), (b). For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).

Application Notes:

1. This guideline covers commercial bribery offenses and kickbacks that do not involve officials of federal, state, or local government. See Part C, Offenses Involving Public Officials, if governmental officials are involved.

2. The "value of the improper benefit to be conferred" refers to the value of the action to be taken or effected in return for the bribe. See Commentary to Sec.2C1.1 (Offering, Giving, Soliciting, or Receiving a Bribe; Extortion Under Color of Official Right).

3. "Financial institution," as used in this guideline, is defined to include any institution described in 18 U.S.C. Secs. 20, 656, 657, 1005-1007, and 1014; any state or foreign bank, trust company, credit union, insurance company, investment company, mutual fund, savings (building and loan) association, union or employee pension fund; any health, medical or hospital insurance association; brokers and dealers registered, or required to be registered, with the Securities and Exchange Commission; futures commodity merchants and commodity pool operators registered, or required to be registered, with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission; and any similar entity, whether or not insured by the federal government. "Union or employee pension fund" and "any health, medical, or hospital insurance association," as used above, primarily include large pension funds that serve many individuals (e.g., pension funds of large national and international organizations, unions, and corporations doing substantial interstate business), and associations that undertake to provide pension, disability, or other benefits (e.g., medical or hospitalization insurance) to large numbers of persons.

4. An offense shall be deemed to have "substantially jeopardized the safety and soundness of a financial institution" if, as a consequence of the offense, the institution became insolvent; substantially reduced benefits to pensioners or insureds; was unable on demand to refund fully any deposit, payment, or investment; was so depleted of its assets as to be forced to merge with another institution in order to continue active operations; or was placed in substantial jeopardy of any of the above.

5. "The defendant derived more than $1,000,000 in gross receipts from the offense," as used in subsection (b)(2)(B), generally means that the gross receipts to the defendant individually, rather than to all participants, exceeded $1,000,000. "Gross receipts from the offense" includes all property, real or personal, tangible or intangible, which is obtained directly or indirectly as a result of such offense. See 18 U.S.C. Sec. 982(a)(4).

6. If the defendant is convicted under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 225 (relating to a continuing financial crimes enterprise), the offense level is that applicable to the underlying series of offenses comprising the "continuing financial crimes enterprise."

Background: This guideline applies to violations of various federal bribery statutes that do not involve governmental officials. The base offense level is to be enhanced based upon the value of the unlawful payment or the value of the action to be taken or effected in return for the unlawful payment, whichever is greater.

One of the more commonly prosecuted offenses to which this guideline applies is offering or accepting a fee in connection with procurement of a loan from a financial institution in violation of 18 U.S.C. Sec. 215.

As with non-commercial bribery, this guideline considers not only the amount of the bribe but also the value of the action received in return. Thus, for example, if a bank officer agreed to the offer of a $25,000 bribe to approve a $250,000 loan under terms for which the applicant would not otherwise qualify, the court, in increasing the offense level, would use the greater of the $25,000 bribe, and the savings in interest over the life of the loan compared with alternative loan terms. If a gambler paid a player $5,000 to shave points in a nationally televised basketball game, the value of the action to the gambler would be the amount that he and his confederates won or stood to gain. If that amount could not be estimated, the amount of the bribe would be used to determine the appropriate increase in offense level.

This guideline also applies to making prohibited payments to induce the award of subcontracts on federal projects for which the maximum term of imprisonment authorized was recently increased from two to ten years. 41 U.S.C. Secs. 51, 53-54. Violations of 42 U.S.C. Secs. 1395nn(b)(1) and (b)(2), involve the offer or acceptance of a payment to refer an individual for services or items paid for under the Medicare program. Similar provisions in 42 U.S.C. Secs. 1396h(b)(1) and (b)(2) cover the offer or acceptance of a payment for referral to the Medicaid program.

This guideline also applies to violations of law involving bribes and kickbacks in expenses incurred for a presidential nominating convention or presidential election campaign. These offenses are prohibited under 26 U.S.C. Secs. 9012(e) and 9042(d), which apply to candidates for President and Vice President whose campaigns are eligible for federal matching funds.

This guideline also applies to violations of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, 15 U.S.C. Secs. 78dd-1 and 78dd-2, and to violations of 18 U.S.C. Sec. 224, sports bribery, as well as certain violations of the Interstate Commerce Act.

Subsection (b)(2)(A) implements, in a broader form, the instruction to the Commission in Section 961(m) of Public Law 101-73.

Subsection (b)(2)(B) implements the instruction to the Commission in Section 2507 of Public Law 101-647.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1990 (see Appendix C, amendment 317); November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendments 364 and 422); November 1, 1992 (see Appendix C, amendment 468).

5. COUNTERFEITING, FORGERY, AND INFRINGEMENT OF COPYRIGHT OR TRADEMARK

Sec.2B5.1.Offenses Involving Counterfeit Bearer Obligations of the United States

(a) Base Offense Level: 9

(b) Specific Offense Characteristics

(1) If the face value of the counterfeit items exceeded $2,000, increase by the corresponding number of levels from the table at Sec.2F1.1 (Fraud and Deceit).

(2) If the defendant manufactured or produced any counterfeit obligation or security of the United States, or possessed or had custody of or control over a counterfeiting device or materials used for counterfeiting, and the offense level as determined above is less than 15, increase to 15.

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. Secs. 471-474, 476, 477, 500, 501, 1003. For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).

Application Notes:

1. This guideline applies to counterfeiting of United States currency and coins, food stamps, postage stamps, treasury bills, bearer bonds and other items that generally could be described as bearer obligations of the United States, i.e., that are not made out to a specific payee.

2. "Counterfeit," as used in this section, means an instrument that purports to be genuine but is not, because it has been falsely made or manufactured in its entirety. Offenses involving genuine instruments that have been altered are covered under Sec.2B5.2.

3. Subsection (b)(2) does not apply to persons who merely photocopy notes or otherwise produce items that are so obviously counterfeit that they are unlikely to be accepted even if subjected to only minimal scrutiny.

Background: Possession of counterfeiting devices to copy obligations (including securities) of the United States is treated as an aggravated form of counterfeiting because of the sophistication and planning involved in manufacturing counterfeit obligations and the public policy interest in protecting the integrity of government obligations. Similarly, an enhancement is provided for a defendant who produces, rather than merely passes, the counterfeit items.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective January 15, 1988 (see Appendix C, amendment 16); November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 115).

Sec.2B5.2.Forgery; Offenses Involving Altered or Counterfeit Instruments Other than Counterfeit Bearer Obligations of the United States

Apply Sec.2F1.1 (Fraud and Deceit).

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. Secs. 471-473, 500, 510, 1003, 2314, 2315. For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective January 15, 1988 (see Appendix C, amendment 17); November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 116).

Sec.2B5.3.Criminal Infringement of Copyright

(a) Base Offense Level: 6

(b) Specific Offense Characteristic

(1) If the retail value of the infringing items exceeded $2,000, increase by the corresponding number of levels from the table in Sec.2F1.1 (Fraud and Deceit).

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 17 U.S.C. Sec. 506(a); 18 U.S.C. Secs. 2319, 2511. For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).

Background: This guideline treats copyright violations much like fraud. Note that the enhancement is based on the value of the infringing items, which will generally exceed the loss or gain due to the offense.

The Electronic Communications Act of 1986 prohibits the interception of satellite transmission for purposes of direct or indirect commercial advantage or private financial gain. Such violations are similar to copyright offenses and are therefore covered by this guideline.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987.

Sec.2B5.4.Criminal Infringement of Trademark

(a) Base Offense Level: 6

(b) Specific Offense Characteristic

(1) If the retail value of the infringing items exceeded $2,000, increase by the corresponding number of levels from the table in Sec.2F1.1 (Fraud and Deceit).

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. Secs. 2318, 2320.

Background: The Commission concluded that trademark infringement is roughly comparable to copyright infringement.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987.

6. MOTOR VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS

Sec.2B6.1.Altering or Removing Motor Vehicle Identification Numbers, or Trafficking in Motor Vehicles or Parts with Altered or Obliterated Identification Numbers

(a) Base Offense Level: 8

(b) Specific Offense Characteristics

(1) If the retail value of the motor vehicles or parts involved exceeded $2,000, increase the offense level by the corresponding number of levels from the table in Sec.2F1.1 (Fraud and Deceit).

(2) If the defendant was in the business of receiving and selling stolen property, increase by 2 levels.

(3) If the offense involved an organized scheme to steal vehicles or vehicle parts, or to receive stolen vehicles or vehicle parts, and the offense level as determined above is less than level 14, increase to level 14.

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. Secs. 511, 553(a)(2), 2321.

Application Note:

1. Subsection (b)(3), referring to an "organized scheme to steal vehicles or vehicle parts, or to receive stolen vehicles or vehicle parts," provides an alternative minimum measure of loss in the case of an ongoing, sophisticated operation such as an auto theft ring or "chop shop." "Vehicles" refers to all forms of vehicles, including aircraft and watercraft. See Commentary to Sec.2B1.1 (Larceny, Embezzlement, and Other Forms of Theft).

Background: The statutes covered in this guideline prohibit altering or removing motor vehicle identification numbers, importing or exporting, or trafficking in motor vehicles or parts knowing that the identification numbers have been removed, altered, tampered with, or obliterated. Violations of 18 U.S.C. Secs. 511 and 553(a)(2) carry a maximum of five years imprisonment. Violations of 18 U.S.C. Sec. 2321 carry a maximum of ten years imprisonment.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendments 117-119).

PART C - OFFENSES INVOLVING PUBLIC OFFICIALS
Introductory Commentary

The Commission believes that pre-guidelines sentencing practice did not adequately reflect the seriousness of public corruption offenses. Therefore, these guidelines provide for sentences that are considerably higher than average pre-guidelines practice.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987.

Sec.2C1.1.Offering, Giving, Soliciting, or Receiving a Bribe; Extortion Under Color of Official Right

(a) Base Offense Level: 10

(b) Specific Offense Characteristics

(1) If the offense involved more than one bribe or extortion, increase by 2 levels.

(2) (If more than one applies, use the greater):

(A If the value of the payment, the benefit received or to be received in return for the payment, or the loss to the government from the offense, whichever is greatest, exceeded $2,000, increase by the corresponding number of levels from the table in Sec.2F1.1 (Fraud and Deceit).

(B) If the offense involved a payment for the purpose of influencing an elected official or any official holding a high level decision- making or sensitive position, increase by 8 levels.

(c) Cross References

(1) If the offense was committed for the purpose of facilitating the commission of another criminal offense, apply the offense guideline applicable to a conspiracy to commit that other offense if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above.

(2) If the offense was committed for the purpose of concealing, or obstructing justice in respect to, another criminal offense, apply Sec.2X3.1 (Accessory After the Fact) or Sec.2J1.2 (Obstruction of Justice), as appropriate, in respect to that other offense if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above.

(3) If the offense involved a threat of physical injury or property destruction, apply Sec.2B3.2 (Extortion by Force or Threat of Injury or Serious Damage) if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above.

(d) Special Instruction for Fines - Organizations

(1) In lieu of the pecuniary loss under subsection (a)(3) of Sec.8C2.4 (Base Fine), use the greatest of: (A) the value of the unlawful payment; (B) the value of the benefit received or to be received in return for the unlawful payment; or (C) the consequential damages resulting from the unlawful payment.

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. Secs. 201(b)(1), (2), 872, 1951. For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).

Application Notes:

1. "Official holding a high level decision-making or sensitive position" includes, for example, prosecuting attorneys, judges, agency administrators, supervisory law enforcement officers, and other governmental officials with similar levels of responsibility.

2. "Loss" is discussed in the Commentary to Sec.2B1.1 (Larceny, Embezzlement, and Other Forms of Theft) and includes both actual and intended loss. The value of "the benefit received or to be received" means the net value of such benefit. Examples: (1) A government employee, in return for a $500 bribe, reduces the price of a piece of surplus property offered for sale by the government from $10,000 to $2,000; the value of the benefit received is $8,000. (2) A $150,000 contract on which $20,000 profit was made was awarded in return for a bribe; the value of the benefit received is $20,000. Do not deduct the value of the bribe itself in computing the value of the benefit received or to be received. In the above examples, therefore, the value of the benefit received would be the same regardless of the value of the bribe.

3. Do not apply Sec.3B1.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill) except where the offense level is determined under Sec.2C1.1(c)(1), (2), or (3). In such cases, an adjustment from Sec.3B1.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill) may apply.

4. In some cases the monetary value of the unlawful payment may not be known or may not adequately reflect the seriousness of the offense. For example, a small payment may be made in exchange for the falsification of inspection records for a shipment of defective parachutes or the destruction of evidence in a major narcotics case. In part, this issue is addressed by the adjustments in Sec.2C1.1(b)(2), and Sec.2C1.1(c)(1), (2), and (3). However, in cases in which the seriousness of the offense is still not adequately reflected, an upward departure is warranted. See Chapter Five, Part K (Departures).

5. Where the court finds that the defendant's conduct was part of a systematic or pervasive corruption of a governmental function, process, or office that may cause loss of public confidence in government, an upward departure may be warranted. See Chapter Five, Part K (Departures).

6. Subsection (b)(1) provides an adjustment for offenses involving more than one incident of either bribery or extortion. Related payments that, in essence, constitute a single incident of bribery or extortion (e.g., a number of installment payments for a single action) are to be treated as a single bribe or extortion, even if charged in separate counts.

Background: This section applies to a person who offers or gives a bribe for a corrupt purpose, such as inducing a public official to participate in a fraud or to influence his official actions, or to a public official who solicits or accepts such a bribe. The maximum term of imprisonment authorized by statute for these offenses is fifteen years under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 201(b) and (c), twenty years under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 1951, and three years under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 872.

The object and nature of a bribe may vary widely from case to case. In some cases, the object may be commercial advantage (e.g., preferential treatment in the award of a government contract). In others, the object may be issuance of a license to which the recipient is not entitled. In still others, the object may be the obstruction of justice. Consequently, a guideline for the offense must be designed to cover diverse situations.

In determining the net value of the benefit received or to be received, the value of the bribe is not deducted from the gross value of such benefit; the harm is the same regardless of value of the bribe paid to receive the benefit. Where the value of the bribe exceeds the value of the benefit or the value of the benefit cannot be determined, the value of the bribe is used because it is likely that the payer of such a bribe expected something in return that would be worth more than the value of the bribe. Moreover, for deterrence purposes, the punishment should be commensurate with the gain to the payer or the recipient of the bribe, whichever is higher.

Under Sec.2C1.1(b)(2)(B), if the payment was for the purpose of influencing an official act by certain officials, the offense level is increased by 8 levels if this increase is greater than that provided under Sec.2C1.1(b)(2)(A).

Under Sec.2C1.1(c)(1), if the payment was to facilitate the commission of another criminal offense, the guideline applicable to a conspiracy to commit that other offense will apply if the result is greater than that determined above. For example, if a bribe was given to a law enforcement officer to allow the smuggling of a quantity of cocaine, the guideline for conspiracy to import cocaine would be applied if it resulted in a greater offense level.

Under Sec.2C1.1(c)(2), if the payment was to conceal another criminal offense or obstruct justice in respect to another criminal offense, the guideline from Sec.2X3.1 (Accessory After the Fact) or Sec.2J1.2 (Obstruction of Justice), as appropriate, will apply if the result is greater than that determined above. For example, if a bribe was given for the purpose of concealing the offense of espionage, the guideline for accessory after the fact to espionage would be applied.

Under Sec.2C1.1(c)(3), if the offense involved forcible extortion, the guideline from Sec.2B3.2 (Extortion by Force or Threat of Injury or Serious Damage) will apply if the result is greater than that determined above.

When the offense level is determined under Sec.2C1.1(c)(1), (2), or (3), an adjustment from Sec.3B1.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill) may apply.

Section 2C1.1 also applies to extortion by officers or employees of the United States in violation of 18 U.S.C. Sec. 872, and Hobbs Act extortion, or attempted extortion, under color of official right, in violation of 18 U.S.C. Sec. 1951. The Hobbs Act, 18 U.S.C. Sec. 1951(b)(2), applies in part to any person who acts "under color of official right." This statute applies to extortionate conduct by, among others, officials and employees of state and local governments. The panoply of conduct that may be prosecuted under the Hobbs Act varies from a city building inspector who demands a small amount of money from the owner of an apartment building to ignore code violations to a state court judge who extracts substantial interest-free loans from attorneys who have cases pending in his court.

Offenses involving attempted bribery are frequently not completed because the victim reports the offense to authorities or is acting in an undercover capacity. Failure to complete the offense does not lessen the defendant's culpability in attempting to use public position for personal gain. Therefore, solicitations and attempts are treated as equivalent to the underlying offense.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective January 15, 1988 (see Appendix C, amendment 18); November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendments 120-122); November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendments 367 and 422).

Sec.2C1.2.Offering, Giving, Soliciting, or Receiving a Gratuity

(a) Base Offense Level: 7

(b) Specific Offense Characteristics

(1) If the offense involved more than one gratuity, increase by 2 levels.

(2) (If more than one applies, use the greater):

(A) If the value of the gratuity exceeded $2,000, increase by the corresponding number of levels from the table in Sec.2F1.1 (Fraud and Deceit).

(B) If the gratuity was given, or to be given, to an elected official or any official holding a high level decision-making or sensitive position, increase by 8 levels.

(c) Special Instruction for Fines - Organizations

(1) In lieu of the pecuniary loss under subsection (a)(3) of Sec.8C2.4 (Base Fine), use the value of the unlawful payment.

Commentary

Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. Sec. 201(c)(1). For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).

Application Notes:

1. "Official holding a high level decision-making or sensitive position" includes, for example, prosecuting attorneys, judges, agency administrators, supervisory law enforcement officers, and other governmental officials with similar levels of responsibility.

2. Do not apply the adjustment in Sec.3B1.3 (Abuse of Position or Trust or Use of Special Skill).

3. In some cases, the public official is the instigator of the offense. In others, a private citizen who is attempting to ingratiate himself or his business with the public official may be the initiator. This factor may appropriately be considered in determining the placement of the sentence within the applicable guideline range.

4. Related payments that, in essence, constitute a single gratuity (e.g., separate payments for airfare and hotel for a single vacation trip) are to be treated as a single gratuity, even if charged in separate counts.

Background: This section applies to the offering, giving, soliciting, or receiving of a gratuity to a public official in respect to an official act. A corrupt purpose is not an element of this offense. The maximum term of imprisonment authorized by statute for these offenses is two years. An adjustment is provided where the value of the gratuity exceeded $2,000, or where the public official was an elected official or held a high level decision-making or sensitive position.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 121); November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendment 422).

Sec.2C1.3.Conflict of Interest

(a) Base Offense Level: 6

(b) Specific Offense Characteristic

(1) If the offense involved actual or planned harm to the government, increase by 4 levels.

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. Secs. 203, 205, 207, 208. For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).

Application Note:

1. Do not apply the adjustment in Sec.3B1.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill).

Background: This section applies to financial and non-financial conflicts of interest by present and former federal officers and employees. The maximum term of imprisonment authorized by statute is two years.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987.

Sec.2C1.4.Payment or Receipt of Unauthorized Compensation

(a) Base Offense Level: 6

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. Secs. 209, 1909.

Application Note:

1. Do not apply the adjustment in Sec.3B1.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill).

Background: Violations of 18 U.S.C. Sec. 209 involve the unlawful supplementation of salary of various federal employees. 18 U.S.C. Sec. 1909 prohibits bank examiners from performing any service for compensation for banks or bank officials. Both offenses are misdemeanors for which the maximum term of imprisonment authorized by statute is one year.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987.

Sec.2C1.5.Payments to Obtain Public Office

(a) Base Offense Level: 8

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. Secs. 210, 211.

Application Note:

1. Do not apply the adjustment in Sec.3B1.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill).

Background: Under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 210, it is unlawful to pay, offer, or promise anything of value to a person, firm, or corporation in consideration of procuring appointive office. Under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 211, it is unlawful to solicit or accept anything of value in consideration of a promise of the use of influence in obtaining appointive federal office. Both offenses are misdemeanors for which the maximum term of imprisonment authorized by statute is one year.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987.

Sec.2C1.6.Loan or Gratuity to Bank Examiner, or Gratuity for Adjustment of Farm Indebtedness, or Procuring Bank Loan, or Discount of Commercial Paper

(a) Base Offense Level: 7

(b) Specific Offense Characteristic

(1) If the value of the gratuity exceeded $2,000, increase by the corresponding number of levels from the table in Sec.2F1.1 (Fraud and Deceit).

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. Secs. 212-214, 217.

Application Note:

1. Do not apply the adjustment in Sec.3B1.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill).

Background: Violations of 18 U.S.C. Secs. 212 and 213 involve the offer to, or acceptance by, a bank examiner of a loan or gratuity. Violations of 18 U.S.C. Sec. 214 involve the offer or receipt of anything of value for procuring a loan or discount of commercial paper from a Federal Reserve bank. Violations of 18 U.S.C. Sec. 217 involve the acceptance of a fee or other consideration by a federal employee for adjusting or cancelling a farm debt. These offenses are misdemeanors for which the maximum term of imprisonment authorized by statute is one year.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987.

Sec.2C1.7.Fraud Involving Deprivation of the Intangible Right to the Honest Services of Public Officials; Conspiracy to Defraud by Interference with Governmental Functions

(a) Base Offense Level: 10

(b) Specific Offense Characteristic

(1) (If more than one applies, use the greater):

(A) If the loss to the government, or the value of anything obtained or to be obtained by a public official or others acting with a public official, whichever is greater, exceeded $2,000, increase by the corresponding number of levels from the table in Sec.2F1.1 (Fraud and Deceit); or

(B) If the offense involved an elected official or any official holding a high level decision-making or sensitive position, increase by 8 levels.

(c) Cross References

(1) If the offense was committed for the purpose of facilitating the commission of another criminal offense, apply the offense guideline applicable to a conspiracy to commit that other offense if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above.

(2) If the offense was committed for the purpose of concealing, or obstructing justice in respect to, another criminal offense, apply Sec.2X3.1 (Accessory After the Fact) or Sec.2J1.2 (Obstruction of Justice), as appropriate, in respect to that other offense if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above.

(3) If the offense involved a threat of physical injury or property destruction, apply Sec.2B3.2 (Extortion by Force or Threat of Injury or Serious Damage) if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above.

(4) If the offense is covered more specifically under Sec.2C1.1 (Offering, Giving, Soliciting, or Receiving a Bribe; Extortion Under Color of Official Right), Sec.2C1.2 (Offering, Giving, Soliciting, or Receiving a Gratuity), or Sec.2C1.3 (Conflict of Interest), apply the offense guideline that most specifically covers the offense.

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. Secs. 371, 1341-1343.

Application Notes:

1. This guideline applies only to offenses committed by public officials or others acting with them that involve (A) depriving others of the intangible right to honest services (such offenses may be prosecuted under 18 U.S.C. Secs. 1341-1343), or (B) conspiracy to defraud the United States by interfering with governmental functions (such offenses may be prosecuted under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 371). "Public official," as used in this guideline, includes officers and employees of federal, state, or local government.

2. "Official holding a high level decision-making or sensitive position" includes, for example, prosecuting attorneys, judges, agency administrators, supervisory law enforcement officers, and other governmental officials with similar levels of responsibility.

3. "Loss" is discussed in the Commentary to Sec.2B1.1 (Larceny, Embezzlement, and Other Forms of Theft) and includes both actual and intended loss.

4. Do not apply Sec.3B1.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill) except where the offense level is determined under Sec.2C1.7(c)(1), (2), or (3). In such cases, an adjustment from Sec.3B1.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill) may apply.

5. Where the court finds that the defendant's conduct was part of a systematic or pervasive corruption of a governmental function, process, or office that may cause loss of public confidence in government, an upward departure may be warranted. See Chapter Five, Part K (Departures).

Background: The maximum term of imprisonment authorized by statute under 18 U.S.C. Secs. 371 and 1341-1343 is five years.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendment 368). Amended effective November 1, 1992 (see Appendix C, amendment 468).

PART D - OFFENSES INVOLVING DRUGS

1. UNLAWFUL MANUFACTURING, IMPORTING, EXPORTING, TRAFFICKING, OR POSSESSION; CONTINUING CRIMINAL ENTERPRISE

Sec.2D1.1.Unlawful Manufacturing, Importing, Exporting, or Trafficking (Including Possession with Intent to Commit These Offenses); Attempt or Conspiracy

(a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greatest):

(1) 43, if the defendant is convicted under 21 U.S.C.Sec. 841(b)(1)(A), (b)(1)(B), or (b)(1)(C), or 21 U.S.C. Sec. 960(b)(1), (b)(2), or (b)(3), and the offense of conviction establishes that death or serious bodily injury resulted from the use of the substance and that the defendant committed the offense after one or more prior convictions for a similar offense; or

(2) 38, if the defendant is convicted under 21 U.S.C. Sec.841(b)(1)(A), (b)(1)(B), or (b)(1)(C), or 21 U.S.C. Sec. 960(b)(1), (b)(2), or (b)(3), and the offense of conviction establishes that death or serious bodily injury resulted from the use of the substance; or

(3) the offense level specified in the Drug Quantity Table set forth in subsection (c) below.

(b) Specific Offense Characteristics

(1) If a dangerous weapon (including a firearm) was possessed, increase by 2 levels.

(2) If the defendant unlawfully imported or exported a controlled substance under circumstances in which (A) an aircraft other than a regularly scheduled commercial air carrier was used to import or export the controlled substance, or (B) the defendant acted as a pilot, copilot, captain, navigator, flight officer, or any other operation officer aboard any craft or vessel carrying a controlled substance, increase by 2 levels. If the resulting offense level is less than level 26, increase to level 26.

(c) DRUG QUANTITY TABLE
Controlled Substances and Quantity// Base Offense Level (1) Level 42

300 KG or more of Heroin (or the equivalent amount of other Schedule I or II Opiates);

1500 KG or more of Cocaine (or the equivalent amount of other Schedule I or II Stimulants);

15 KG or more of Cocaine Base;

300 KG or more of PCP, or 30 KG or more of PCP (actual);

300 KG or more of Methamphetamine, or 30 KG or more of Methamphetamine (actual), or 30 KG or more of "Ice";

3 KG or more of LSD (or the equivalent amount of other Schedule I or II Hallucinogens);

120 KG or more of Fentanyl;

30 KG or more of a Fentanyl Analogue;

300,000 KG or more of Marihuana;

60,000 KG or more of Hashish;

6,000 KG or more of Hashish Oil.

(2) Level 40

At least 100 KG but less than 300 KG of Heroin (or the equivalent amount of other Schedule I or II Opiates);

At least 500 KG but less than 1500 KG of Cocaine (or the equivalent amount of other Schedule I or II Stimulants);

At least 5 KG but less than 15 KG of Cocaine Base;

At least 100 KG but less than 300 KG of PCP, or at least 10 KG but less than 30 KG of PCP (actual);

At least 100 KG but less than 300 KG of Methamphetamine, or at least 10 KG but less than 30 KG of Methamphetamine (actual), or at least 10 KG but less than 30 KG of "Ice";

At least 1 KG but less than 3 KG of LSD (or the equivalent amount of other Schedule I or II Hallucinogens);

At least 40 KG but less than 120 KG of Fentanyl;

At least 10 KG but less than 30 KG of a Fentanyl Analogue;

At least 100,000 KG but less than 300,000 KG of Marihuana;

At least 20,000 KG but less than 60,000 KG of Hashish;

At least 2,000 KG but less than 6,000 KG of Hashish Oil.

(3) Level 38

At least 30 KG but less than 100 KG of Heroin (or the equivalent amount of other Schedule I or II Opiates);

At least 150 KG but less than 500 KG of Cocaine (or the equivalent amount of other Schedule I or II Stimulants);

At least 1.5 KG but less than 5 KG of Cocaine Base;

At least 30 KG but less than 100 KG of PCP, or at least 3 KG but less than 10 KG of PCP (actual);

At least 30 KG but less than 100 KG of Methamphetamine, or at least 3 KG but less than 10 KG of Methamphetamine (actual), or at least 3 KG but less than 10 KG of "Ice";

At least 300 G but less than 1 KG of LSD (or the equivalent amount of other Schedule I or II Hallucinogens);

At least 12 KG but less than 40 KG of Fentanyl;

At least 3 KG but less than 10 KG of a Fentanyl Analogue;

At least 30,000 KG but less than 100,000 KG of Marihuana;

At least 6,000 KG but less than 20,000 KG of Hashish;

At least 600 KG but less than 2,000 KG of Hashish Oil.

(4) Level 36

At least 10 KG but less than 30 KG of Heroin (or the equivalent amount of other Schedule I or II Opiates);

At least 50 KG but less than 150 KG of Cocaine (or the equivalent amount of other Schedule I or II Stimulants);

At least 500 G but less than 1.5 KG of Cocaine Base;

At least 10 KG but less than 30 KG of PCP, or at least 1 KG but less than 3 KG of PCP (actual);

At least 10 KG but less than 30 KG of Methamphetamine, or at least 1 KG but less than 3 KG of Methamphetamine (actual), or at least 1 KG but less than 3 KG of "Ice";

At least 100 G but less than 300 G of LSD (or the equivalent amount of other Schedule I or II Hallucinogens);

At least 4 KG but less than 12 KG of Fentanyl;

At least 1 KG but less than 3 KG of a Fentanyl Analogue;

At least 10,000 KG but less than 30,000 KG of Marihuana;

At least 2,000 KG but less than 6,000 KG of Hashish;

At least 200 KG but less than 600 KG of Hashish Oil.

(5) Level 34

At least 3 KG but less than 10 KG of Heroin (or the equivalent amount of other Schedule I or II Opiates);

At least 15 KG but less than 50 KG of Cocaine (or the equivalent amount of other Schedule I or II Stimulants);

At least 150 G but less than 500 G of Cocaine Base;

At least 3 KG but less than 10 KG of PCP, or at least 300 G but less than 1 KG of PCP (actual);

At least 3 KG but less than 10 KG of Methamphetamine, or at least 300 G but less than 1 KG of Methamphetamine (actual), or at least 300 G but less than 1 KG of "Ice";

At least 30 G but less than 100 G of LSD (or the equivalent amount of other Schedule I or II Hallucinogens);

At least 1.2 KG but less than 4 KG of Fentanyl;

At least 300 G but less than 1 KG of a Fentanyl Analogue;

At least 3,000 KG but less than 10,000 KG of Marihuana;

At least 600 KG but less than 2,000 KG of Hashish;

At least 60 KG but less than 200 KG of Hashish Oil.

(6) Level 32

At least 1 KG but less than 3 KG of Heroin (or the equivalent amount of other Schedule I or II Opiates);

At least 5 KG but less than 15 KG of Cocaine (or the equivalent amount of other Schedule I or II Stimulants);

At least 50 G but less than 150 G of Cocaine Base;

At least 1 KG but less than 3 KG of PCP, or at least 100 G but less than 300 G of PCP (actual);

At least 1 KG but less than 3 KG of Methamphetamine, or at least 100 G but less than 300 G of Methamphetamine (actual), or at least 100 G but less than 300 G of "Ice";

At least 10 G but less than 30 G of LSD (or the equivalent amount of other Schedule I or II Hallucinogens);

At least 400 G but less than 1.2 KG of Fentanyl;

At least 100 G but less than 300 G of a Fentanyl Analogue;

At least 1,000 KG but less than 3,000 KG of Marihuana;

At least 200 KG but less than 600 KG of Hashish;

At least 20 KG but less than 60 KG of Hashish Oil.

(7) Level 30

At least 700 G but less than 1 KG of Heroin (or the equivalent amount of other Schedule I or II Opiates);

At least 3.5 KG but less than 5 KG of Cocaine (or the equivalent amount of other Schedule I or II Stimulants);

At least 35 G but less than 50 G of Cocaine Base;

At least 700 G but less than 1 KG of PCP, or at least 70 G but less than 100 G of PCP (actual);

At least 700 G but less than 1 KG of Methamphetamine, or at least 70 G but less than 100 G of Methamphetamine (actual), or at least 70 G but less than 100 G of "Ice";

At least 7 G but less than 10 G of LSD (or the equivalent amount of other Schedule I or II Hallucinogens);

At least 280 G but less than 400 G of Fentanyl;

At least 70 G but less than 100 G of a Fentanyl Analogue;

At least 700 KG but less than 1,000 KG of Marihuana;

At least 140 KG but less than 200 KG of Hashish;

At least 14 KG but less than 20 KG of Hashish Oil.

(8) Level 28

At least 400 G but less than 700 G of Heroin (or the equivalent amount of other Schedule I or II Opiates);

At least 2 KG but less than 3.5 KG of Cocaine (or the equivalent amount of other Schedule I or II Stimulants);

At least 20 G but less than 35 G of Cocaine Base;

At least 400 G but less than 700 G of PCP, or at least 40 G but less than 70 G of PCP (actual);

At least 400 G but less than 700 G of Methamphetamine, or at least 40 G but less than 70 G of Methamphetamine (actual), or at least 40 G but less than 70 G of "Ice";

At least 4 G but less than 7 G of LSD (or the equivalent amount of other Schedule I or II Hallucinogens);

At least 160 G but less than 280 G of Fentanyl;

At least 40 G but less than 70 G of a Fentanyl Analogue;

At least 400 KG but less than 700 KG of Marihuana;

At least 80 KG but less than 140 KG of Hashish;

At least 8 KG but less than 14 KG of Hashish Oil.

(9) Level 26

At least 100 G but less than 400 G of Heroin (or the equivalent amount of other Schedule I or II Opiates);

At least 500 G but less than 2 KG of Cocaine (or the equivalent amount of other Schedule I or II Stimulants);

At least 5 G but less than 20 G of Cocaine Base;

At least 100 G but less than 400 G of PCP, or at least 10 G but less than 40 G of PCP (actual);

At least 100 G but less than 400 G of Methamphetamine, or at least 10 G but less than 40 G of Methamphetamine (actual), or at least 10 G but less than 40 G of "Ice";

At least 1 G but less than 4 G of LSD (or the equivalent amount of other Schedule I or II Hallucinogens);

At least 40 G but less than 160 G of Fentanyl;

At least 10 G but less than 40 G of a Fentanyl Analogue;

At least 100 KG but less than 400 KG of Marihuana;

At least 20 KG but less than 80 KG of Hashish;

At least 2 KG but less than 8 KG of Hashish Oil.

(10) Level 24

At least 80 G but less than 100 G of Heroin (or the equivalent amount of other Schedule I or II Opiates);

At least 400 G but less than 500 G of Cocaine (or the equivalent amount of other Schedule I or II Stimulants);

At least 4 G but less than 5 G of Cocaine Base;

At least 80 G but less than 100 G of PCP, or at least 8 G but less than 10 G of PCP (actual);

At least 80 G but less than 100 G of Methamphetamine, or at least 8 G but less than 10 G of Methamphetamine (actual), or at least 8 G but less than 10 G of "Ice";

At least 800 MG but less than 1 G of LSD (or the equivalent amount of other Schedule I or II Hallucinogens);

At least 32 G but less than 40 G of Fentanyl;

At least 8 G but less than 10 G of a Fentanyl Analogue;

At least 80 KG but less than 100 KG of Marihuana;

At least 16 KG but less than 20 KG of Hashish;

At least 1.6 KG but less than 2 KG of Hashish Oil.

(11) At Level 22

At least 60 G but less than 80 G of Heroin (or the equivalent amount of other Schedule I or II Opiates);

At least 300 G but less than 400 G of Cocaine (or the equivalent amount of other Schedule I or II Stimulants);

At least 3 G but less than 4 G of Cocaine Base;

At least 60 G but less than 80 G of PCP, or at least 6 G but less than 8 G of PCP (actual);

At least 60 G but less than 80 G of Methamphetamine, or at least 6 G but less than 8 G of Methamphetamine (actual), or at least 6 G but less than 8 G of "Ice";

At least 600 MG but less than 800 MG of LSD (or the equivalent amount of other Schedule I or II Hallucinogens);

At least 24 G but less than 32 G of Fentanyl;

At least 6 G but less than 8 G of a Fentanyl Analogue;

At least 60 KG but less than 80 KG of Marihuana;

At least 12 KG but less than 16 KG of Hashish;

At least 1.2 KG but less than 1.6 KG of Hashish Oil.

(12) At Level 20

At least 40 G but less than 60 G of Heroin (or the equivalent amount of other Schedule I or II Opiates);

At least 200 G but less than 300 G of Cocaine (or the equivalent amount of other Schedule I or II Stimulants);

At least 2 G but less than 3 G of Cocaine Base;

At least 40 G but less than 60 G of PCP, or at least 4 G but less than 6 G of PCP (actual);

At least 40 G but less than 60 G of Methamphetamine, or at least 4 G but less than 6 G of Methamphetamine (actual), or at least 4 G but less than 6 G of "Ice";

At least 400 MG but less than 600 MG of LSD (or the equivalent amount of other Schedule I or II Hallucinogens);

At least 16 G but less than 24 G of Fentanyl;

At least 4 G but less than 6 G of a Fentanyl Analogue;

At least 40 KG but less than 60 KG of Marihuana;

At least 8 KG but less than 12 KG of Hashish;

At least 800 G but less than 1.2 KG of Hashish Oil;

20 KG or more of Secobarbital (or the equivalent amount of other Schedule I or II Depressants) or Schedule III substances (except anabolic steroids);

40,000 or more units of anabolic steroids.

(13) Level 18

At least 20 G but less than 40 G of Heroin (or the equivalent amount of other Schedule I or II Opiates);

At least 100 G but less than 200 G of Cocaine (or the equivalent amount of other Schedule I or II Stimulants);

At least 1 G but less than 2 G of Cocaine Base;

At least 20 G but less than 40 G of PCP, or at least 2 G but less than 4 G of PCP (actual);

At least 20 G but less than 40 G of Methamphetamine, or at least 2 G but less than 4 G of Methamphetamine (actual), or at least 2 G but less than 4 G of "Ice";

At least 200 MG but less than 400 MG of LSD (or the equivalent amount of other Schedule I or II Hallucinogens);

At least 8 G but less than 16 G of Fentanyl;

At least 2 G but less than 4 G of a Fentanyl Analogue;

At least 20 KG but less than 40 KG of Marihuana;

At least 5 KG but less than 8 KG of Hashish;

At least 500 G but less than 800 G of Hashish Oil;

At least 10 KG but less than 20 KG of Secobarbital (or the equivalent amount of other Schedule I or II Depressants) or Schedule III substances (except anabolic steroids);

At least 20,000 but less than 40,000 units of anabolic steroids.

(14) Level 16

At least 10 G but less than 20 G of Heroin (or the equivalent amount of other Schedule I or II Opiates);

At least 50 G but less than 100 G of Cocaine (or the equivalent amount of other Schedule I or II Stimulants);

At least 500 MG but less than 1 G of Cocaine Base;

At least 10 G but less than 20 G of PCP, or at least 1 G but less than 2 G of PCP (actual);

At least 10 G but less than 20 G of Methamphetamine, or at least 1 G but less than 2 G of Methamphetamine (actual), or at least 1 G but less than 2 G of "Ice";

At least 100 MG but less than 200 MG of LSD (or the equivalent amount of other Schedule I or II Hallucinogens);

At least 4 G but less than 8 G of Fentanyl;

At least 1 G but less than 2 G of a Fentanyl Analogue;

At least 10 KG but less than 20 KG of Marihuana;

At least 2 KG but less than 5 KG of Hashish;

At least 200 G but less than 500 G of Hashish Oil;

At least 5 KG but less than 10 KG of Secobarbital (or the equivalent amount of other Schedule I or II Depressants) or Schedule III substances (except anabolic steroids);

At least 10,000 but less than 20,000 units of anabolic steroids.

(15) Level 14

At least 5 G but less than 10 G of Heroin (or the equivalent amount of other Schedule I or II Opiates);

At least 25 G but less than 50 G of Cocaine (or the equivalent amount of other Schedule I or II Stimulants);

At least 250 MG but less than 500 MG of Cocaine Base;

At least 5 G but less than 10 G of PCP, or at least 500 MG but less than 1 G of PCP (actual);

At least 5 G but less than 10 G of Methamphetamine, or at least

500 MG but less than 1 G of Methamphetamine (actual), or at least 500 MG but less than 1 G of "Ice";

At least 50 MG but less than 100 MG of LSD (or the equivalent amount of other Schedule I or II Hallucinogens);

At least 2 G but less than 4 G of Fentanyl;

At least 500 MG but less than 1 G of a Fentanyl Analogue;

At least 5 KG but less than 10 KG of Marihuana;

At least 1 KG but less than 2 KG of Hashish;

At least 100 G but less than 200 G of Hashish Oil;

At least 2.5 KG but less than 5 KG of Secobarbital (or the equivalent amount of other Schedule I or II Depressants) or Schedule III substances (except anabolic steroids);

At least 5,000 but less than 10,000 units of anabolic steroids.

(16) Level 12

Less than 5 G Heroin (or the equivalent amount of other Schedule I or II Opiates);

Less than 25 G Cocaine (or the equivalent amount of other Schedule I or II Stimulants);

Less than 250 MG of Cocaine Base;

Less than 5 G of PCP, or less than 500 MG of PCP (actual);

Less than 5 G of Methamphetamine, or less than 500 MG of Methamphetamine (actual), or less than 500 MG of "Ice";

Less than 50 MG of LSD (or the equivalent amount of other Schedule I or II Hallucinogens);

Less than 2 G of Fentanyl;

Less than 500 MG of a Fentanyl Analogue;

At least 2.5 KG but less than 5 KG of Marihuana;

At least 500 G but less than 1 KG of Hashish;

At least 50 G but less than 100 G of Hashish Oil;

At least 1.25 KG but less than 2.5 KG of Secobarbital (or the equivalent amount of other Schedule I or II Depressants) or Schedule III substances (except anabolic steroids);

At least 2,500 but less than 5,000 units of anabolic steroids;

20 KG or more of Schedule IV substances.

(17) Level 10

At least 1 KG but less than 2.5 KG of Marihuana;

At least 200 G but less than 500 G of Hashish;

At least 20 G but less than 50 G of Hashish Oil;

At least 500 G but less than 1.25 KG of Secobarbital (or the equivalent amount of other Schedule I or II Depressants) or Schedule III substances (except anabolic steroids);

At least 1,000 but less than 2,500 units of anabolic steroids;

At least 8 KG but less than 20 KG of Schedule IV substances.

(18) Level 8

At least 250 G but less than 1 KG of Marihuana;

At least 50 G but less than 200 G of Hashish;

At least 5 G but less than 20 G of Hashish Oil;

At least 125 G but less than 500 G of Secobarbital (or the equivalent amount of other Schedule I or II Depressants) or Schedule III substances (except anabolic steroids);

At least 250 but less than 1,000 units of anabolic steroids;

At least 2 KG but less than 8 KG of Schedule IV substances;

20 KG or more of Schedule V substances.

(19) Level 6

Less than 250 G of Marihuana;

Less than 50 G of Hashish;

Less than 5 G of Hashish Oil;

Less than 125 G of Secobarbital (or the equivalent amount of other Schedule I or II Depressants) or Schedule III substances (except anabolic steroids);

Less than 250 units of anabolic steroids;

Less than 2 KG of Schedule IV substances;

Less than 20 KG of Schedule V substances.

/*/ Unless otherwise specified, the weight of a controlled substance set forth in the table refers to the entire weight of any mixture or substance containing a detectable amount of the controlled substance. If a mixture or substance contains more than one controlled substance, the weight of the entire mixture or substance is assigned to the controlled substance that results in the greater offense level. The terms "PCP (actual)" and "Methamphetamine (actual)" refer to the weight of the controlled substance, itself, contained in the mixture or substance. For example, a mixture weighing 10 grams containing PCP at 50% purity contains 5 grams of PCP (actual). In the case of a mixture or substance containing PCP or methamphetamine, use the offense level determined by the entire weight of the mixture or substance, or the offense level determined by the weight of the PCP (actual) or methamphetamine (actual), whichever is greater.

"Ice," for the purposes of this guideline, means a mixture or substance containing d-methamphetamine hydrochloride of at least 80% purity.

In the case of an offense involving marihuana plants, if the offense involved (A) 50 or more marihuana plants, treat each plant as equivalent to 1 KG of marihuana; (B) fewer than 50 marihuana plants, treat each plant as equivalent to 100 G of marihuana. Provided, however, that if the actual weight of the marihuana is greater, use the actual weight of the marihuana.

In the case of anabolic steroids, one "unit" means a 10 cc vial of an injectable steroid or fifty tablets. All vials of injectable steroids are to be converted on the basis of their volume to the equivalent number of 10 cc vials (e.g., one 50 cc vial is to be counted as five 10 cc vials).

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 21 U.S.C. Secs. 841(a), (b)(1)-(3), 960(a), (b). For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).

Application Notes:

1. "Mixture or substance" as used in this guideline has the same meaning as in 21 U.S.C. Sec. 841.

2. The statute and guideline also apply to "counterfeit" substances, which are defined in 21 U.S.C. Sec. 802 to mean controlled substances that are falsely labeled so as to appear to have been legitimately manufactured or distributed.

3. Definitions of "firearm" and "dangerous weapon" are found in the Commentary to Sec.1B1.1 (Application Instructions). The enhancement for weapon possession reflects the increased danger of violence when drug traffickers possess weapons. The adjustment should be applied if the weapon was present, unless it is clearly improbable that the weapon was connected with the offense. For example, the enhancement would not be applied if the defendant, arrested at his residence, had an unloaded hunting rifle in the closet. The enhancement also applies to offenses that are referenced to Sec.2D1.1; see Secs.2D1.2(a)(1) and (2), 2D1.5(a)(1), 2D1.6, 2D1.7(b)(1), 2D1.8, 2D1.11(c)(1), 2D1.12(b)(1), and 2D2.1(b)(1).

4. Distribution of "a small amount of marihuana for no remuneration", 21 U.S.C. Sec. 841(b)(4), is treated as simple possession, to which Sec.2D2.1 applies.

5. Any reference to a particular controlled substance in these guidelines includes all salts, isomers, and all salts of isomers. Any reference to cocaine includes ecgonine and coca leaves, except extracts of coca leaves from which cocaine and ecgonine have been removed.

6. Where there are multiple transactions or multiple drug types, the quantities of drugs are to be added. Tables for making the necessary conversions are provided below.

7. Where a mandatory (statutory) minimum sentence applies, this mandatory minimum sentence may be "waived" and a lower sentence imposed (including a sentence below the applicable guideline range), as provided in 28 U.S.C. Sec. 994(n), by reason of a defendant's "substantial assistance in the investigation or prosecution of another person who has committed an offense." See Sec.5K1.1 (Substantial Assistance to Authorities).

8. A defendant who used special skills in the commission of the offense may be subject to an enhancement under Sec.3B1.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill). Certain professionals often occupy essential positions in drug trafficking schemes. These professionals include doctors, pilots, boat captains, financiers, bankers, attorneys, chemists, accountants, and others whose special skill, trade, profession, or position may be used to significantly facilitate the commission of a drug offense.

9. Trafficking in controlled substances, compounds, or mixtures of unusually high purity may warrant an upward departure, except in the case of PCP or methamphetamine for which the guideline itself provides for the consideration of purity (see the footnote to the Drug Quantity Table). The purity of the controlled substance, particularly in the case of heroin, may be relevant in the sentencing process because it is probative of the defendant's role or position in the chain of distribution. Since controlled substances are often diluted and combined with other substances as they pass down the chain of distribution, the fact that a defendant is in possession of unusually pure narcotics may indicate a prominent role in the criminal enterprise and proximity to the source of the drugs. As large quantities are normally associated with high purities, this factor is particularly relevant where smaller quantities are involved.

10. The Commission has used the sentences provided in, and equivalences derived from, the statute (21 U.S.C. Sec. 841(b)(1)), as the primary basis for the guideline sentences. The statute, however, provides direction only for the more common controlled substances, i.e., heroin, cocaine, PCP, methamphetamine, fentanyl, LSD and marihuana. The Drug Equivalency Tables set forth below provide conversion factors for other substances, which the Drug Quantity Table refers to as "equivalents" of these drugs. For example, one gram of a substance containing oxymorphone, a Schedule I opiate, is to be treated as the equivalent of five kilograms of marihuana in applying the Drug Quantity Table.

The Drug Equivalency Tables also provide a means for combining differing controlled substances to obtain a single offense level. In each case, convert each of the drugs to its marihuana equivalent, add the quantities, and look up the total in the Drug Quantity Table to obtain the combined offense level.

For certain types of controlled substances, the marihuana equivalencies in the Drug Equivalency Tables are "capped" at specified amounts (e.g., the combined equivalent weight of all Schedule V controlled substances shall not exceed 999 grams of marihuana). Where there are controlled substances from more than one schedule (e.g., a quantity of a Schedule IV substance and a quantity of a Schedule V substance), determine the marihuana equivalency for each schedule separately (subject to the cap, if any, applicable to that schedule). Then add the marihuana equivalencies to determine the combined marihuana equivalency (subject to the cap, if any, applicable to the combined amounts).

Note: Because of the statutory equivalences, the ratios in the Drug Equivalency Tables do not necessarily reflect dosages based on pharmacological equivalents.

Examples:

a. The defendant is convicted of selling 70 grams of a substance containing PCP (Level 22) and 250 milligrams of a substance containing LSD (Level 18). The PCP converts to 70 kilograms of marihuana; the LSD converts to 25 kilograms of marihuana. The total is therefore equivalent to 95 kilograms of marihuana, for which the Drug Quantity Table provides an offense level of 24.

b. The defendant is convicted of selling 500 grams of marihuana (Level 8) and five kilograms of diazepam (Level 8). The diazepam, a Schedule IV drug, is equivalent to 625 grams of marihuana. The total, 1.125 kilograms of marihuana, has an offense level of 10 in the Drug Quantity Table.

c. The defendant is convicted of selling 80 grams of cocaine (Level 16) and five kilograms of marihuana (Level 14). The cocaine is equivalent to 16 kilograms of marihuana. The total is therefore equivalent to 21 kilograms of marihuana, which has an offense level of 18 in the Drug Quantity Table.

d. The defendant is convicted of selling 28 kilograms of a Schedule III substance, 50 kilograms of a Schedule IV substance, and 100 kilograms of a Schedule V substance. The marihuana equivalency for the Schedule III substance is 56 kilograms of marihuana (below the cap of 59.99 kilograms of marihuana set forth as the maximum equivalent weight for Schedule III substances). The marihuana equivalency for the Schedule IV substance is subject to a cap of 4.99 kilograms of marihuana set forth as the maximum equivalent weight for Schedule IV substances (without the cap it would have been 6.25 kilograms). The marihuana equivalency for the Schedule V substance is subject to the cap of 999 grams of marihuana set forth as the maximum equivalent weight for Schedule V substances (without the cap it would have been 1.25 kilograms). The combined equivalent weight, determined by adding together the above amounts, is subject to the cap of 59.99 kilograms of marihuana set forth as the maximum combined equivalent weight for Schedule III, IV, and V substances. Without the cap, the combined equivalent weight would have been 61.99 (56 + 4.99 + .999) kilograms.

DRUG EQUIVALENCY TABLES

Schedule I or II Opiates/*/

1 gm of Heroin = 1 kg of marihuana 1 gm of Alpha-Methylfentanyl = 10 kg of marihuana 1 gm of Dextromoramide = 670 gm of marihuana 1 gm of Dipipanone = 250 gm of marihuana 1 gm of 3-Methylfentanyl = 10 kg of marihuana 1 gm of 1-Methyl-4-phenyl -4-propionoxypiperidine/MPPP = 700 gm of marihuana 1 gm of 1-(2-Phenylethyl)-4-phenyl -4-acetyloxypiperidine/PEPAP = 700 gm of marihuana 1 gm of Alphaprodine = 100 gm of marihuana 1 gm of Fentanyl (N-phenyl-N- (1-(2-phenylethyl)-4-piperidinyl) Propanamide) = 2.5 kg of marihuana 1 gm of Hydromorphone /Dihydromorphinone = 2.5 kg of marihuana 1 gm of Levorphanol = 2.5 kg of marihuana 1 gm of Meperidine/Pethidine = 50 gm of marihuana 1 gm of Methadone = 500 gm of marihuana 1 gm of 6-Monoacetylmorphine = 1 kg of marihuana 1 gm of Morphine = 500 gm of marihuana 1 gm of Oxycodone = 500 gm of marihuana 1 gm of Oxymorphone = 5 kg of marihuana 1 gm of Racemorphan = 800 gm of marihuana 1 gm of Codeine = 80 gm of marihuana 1 gm of Dextropropoxyphene/ Propoxyphene-Bulk = 50 gm of marihuana 1 gm of Ethylmorphine = 165 gm of marihuana 1 gm of Hydrocodone/ Dihydrocodeinone= 500 gm of marihuana 1 gm of Mixed Alkaloids of Opium/ Papaveretum = 250 gm of marihuana 1 gm of Opium = 50 gm of marihuana

/*/Provided, that the minimum offense level from the Drug Quantity Table for any of these controlled substances individually, or in combination with another controlled substance, is level 12.

Cocaine and Other Schedule I and II Stimulants (and their immediate precursors)/*/

1 gm of Cocaine = 200 gm of marihuana 1 gm of N-Ethylamphetamine = 80 gm of marihuana 1 gm of Fenethylline = 40 gm of marihuana 1 gm of Amphetamine = 200 gm of marihuana 1 gm of Dextroamphetamine = 200 gm of marihuana 1 gm of Methamphetamine = 1 kg of marihuana 1 gm of Methamphetamine (Actual) = 10 kg of marihuana 1 gm of "Ice" = 10 kg of marihuana 1 gm of L-Methamphetamine/ Levo-methamphetamine/ L-Desoxyephedrine= 40 gm of marihuana 1 gm of 4-Methylaminorex

("Euphoria")= 100 gm of marihuana

1 gm of Methylphenidate (Ritalin)=100 gm of marihuana 1 gm of Phenmetrazine = 80 gm of marihuana 1 gm Phenylacetone/P2P (when possessed for the purpose of manufacturing methamphetamine)= 416 gm of marihuana 1 gm Phenylacetone/P2P (in any other case) = 75 gm of marihuana 1 gm of Cocaine Base ("Crack") = 20 kg of marihuana 1 gm of Aminorex = 100 gm of marihuana 1 gm of Methcathinone = 380 gm of marihuana 1 gm of N-N-Dimethylamphetamine = 40 gm of marihuana

/*/Provided, that the minimum offense level from the Drug Quantity Table for any of these controlled substances individually, or in combination with another controlled substance, is level 12.

LSD, PCP, and Other Schedule I and II Hallucinogens (and their immediate precursors)/*/

1 gm of Bufotenine = 70 gm of marihuana 1 gm of D-Lysergic Acid Diethylamide/Lysergide/LSD = 100 kg of marihuana 1 gm of Diethyltryptamine/DET = 80 gm of marihuana 1 gm of Dimethyltryptamine/DMT = 100 gm of marihuana 1 gm of Mescaline = 10 gm of marihuana 1 gm of Mushrooms containing Psilocin and/or Psilocybin (Dry)= 1 gm of marihuana 1 gm of Mushrooms containing Psilocin and/or Psilocybin (Wet)=0.1 gm of marihuana 1 gm of Peyote (Dry) = 0.5 gm of marihuana 1 gm of Peyote (Wet) = 0.05 gm of marihuana 1 gm of Phencyclidine/PCP = 1 kg of marihuana 1 gm of Phencyclidine (actual) /PCP (actual) = 10 kg of marihuana 1 gm of Psilocin = 500 gm of marihuana 1 gm of Psilocybin = 500 gm of marihuana 1 gm of Pyrrolidine Analog of Phencyclidine/PHP = 1 kg of marihuana 1 gm of Thiophene Analog of Phencyclidine/TCP = 1 kg of marihuana 1 gm of 4-Bromo-2, 5-Dimethoxyamphetamine/DOB = 2.5 kg of marihuana 1 gm of 2,5-Dimethoxy-4- methylamphetamine/DOM = 1.67 kg of marihuana 1 gm of 3,4-Methylenedi- oxyamphetamine/MDA = 50 gm of marihuana 1 gm of 3,4-Methylenedi- oxymethamphetamine/MDMA = 35 gm of marihuana 1 gm of 3,4-Methylenedi- oxy-N-ethylamphetamine/MDEA= 30 gm of marihuana 1 gm of 1-Piperidinocyclo- hexanecarbonitrile/PCC = 680 gm of marihuana 1 gm of Phenylcyclohexamine (PCE) = 5.79 kg of marihuana

/*/Provided, that the minimum offense level from the Drug Quantity Table for any of these controlled substances individually, or in combination with another controlled substance, is level 12.

Schedule I Marihuana

1 gm of Marihuana/Cannabis, granulated, powdered, etc. = 1 gm of marihuana 1 gm of Hashish Oil = 50 gm of marihuana 1 gm of Cannabis Resin or Hashish = 5 gm of marihuana 1 gm of Tetrahydrocannabinol, Organic = 167 gm of marihuana 1 gm of Tetrahydrocannabinol, Synthetic = 167 gm of marihuana

Secobarbital and Other Schedule I or II Depressants/**/

1 gm of Amobarbital = 2 gm of marihuana 1 gm of Glutethimide = 0.4 gm of marihuana 1 gm of Methaqualone = 0.7 gm of marihuana 1 gm of Pentobarbital = 2 gm of marihuana 1 gm of Secobarbital = 2 gm of marihuana

/**/Provided, that the combined equivalent weight of all Schedule I or II depressants, Schedule III substances, Schedule IV substances, and Schedule V substances shall not exceed 59.99 kilograms of marihuana.

Schedule III Substances/***/

1 gm of a Schedule III Substance (except anabolic steroids) = 2 gm of marihuana 1 unit of anabolic steroids = 1 gm of marihuana

/***/Provided, that the combined equivalent weight of all Schedule III substances, Schedule I or II depressants,Schedule IV substances, and Schedule V substances shall not exceed 59.99 kilograms of marihuana.

Schedule IV Substances/****/

1 gm of a Schedule IV Substance = 0.125 gm of marihuana

/****/Provided, that the combined equivalent weight of all Schedule IV and V substances shall not exceed 4.99 kilograms of marihuana.

Schedule V Substances/*****/

1 gm of a Schedule V Substance = 0.0125 gm of marihuana

/*****/Provided, that the combined equivalent weight of Schedule V substances shall not exceed 999 grams of marihuana.

To facilitate conversions to drug equivalencies, the following table is provided:

MEASUREMENT CONVERSION TABLE 1 oz = 28.35 gm 1 lb = 453.6 gm 1 lb = 0.4536 kg 1 gal = 3.785 liters 1 qt = 0.946 liters 1 gm = 1 ml (liquid) 1 liter = 1,000 ml 1 kg = 1,000 gm 1 gm = 1,000 mg 1 grain = 64.8 mg.

11. If the number of doses, pills, or capsules but not the weight of the controlled substance is known, multiply the number of doses, pills, or capsules by the typical weight per dose in the table below to estimate the total weight of the controlled substance (e.g., 100 doses of Mescaline at 500 mg per dose = 50 gms of mescaline). The Typical Weight Per Unit Table, prepared from information provided by the Drug Enforcement Administration, displays the typical weight per dose, pill, or capsule for certain controlled substances. Do not use this table if any more reliable estimate of the total weight is available from case-specific information.

TYPICAL WEIGHT PER UNIT (DOSE, PILL, OR CAPSULE) TABLE
Hallucinogens
LSD (Lysergic acid diethylamide) 0.05 mg MDA* 100 mg Mescaline 500 mg PCP* 5 mg Peyote (dry) 12 gm Peyote (wet) 120 gm Psilocin* 10 mg Psilocybe mushrooms (dry) 5 gm Psilocybe mushrooms (wet) 50 gm Psilocybin/*/ 10 mg 2,5-Dimethoxy-4-methylamphetamine (STP, DOM)*3 mg
Depressants
Methaqualone// 300 mg
Marihuana
1 marihuana cigarette 0.5 gm
Stimulants
Amphetamine// 10 mg Methamphetamine/*/ 5 mg Phenmetrazine (Preludin)/*/ 75 mg

/*/For controlled substances marked with an asterisk, the weight per unit shown is the weight of the actual controlled substance, and not generally the weight of the mixture or substance containing the controlled substance. Therefore, use of this table provides a very conservative estimate of the total weight.

12. Types and quantities of drugs not specified in the count of conviction may be considered in determining the offense level. See Sec.1B1.3(a)(2) (Relevant Conduct). Where there is no drug seizure or the amount seized does not reflect the scale of the offense, the court shall approximate the quantity of the controlled substance. In making this determination, the court may consider, for example, the price generally obtained for the controlled substance, financial or other records, similar transactions in controlled substances by the defendant, and the size or capability of any laboratory involved.

If the offense involved both a substantive drug offense and an attempt or conspiracy (e.g., sale of five grams of heroin and an attempt to sell an additional ten grams of heroin), the total quantity involved shall be aggregated to determine the scale of the offense.

In an offense involving negotiation to traffic in a controlled substance, the weight under negotiation in an uncompleted distribution shall be used to calculate the applicable amount. However, where the court finds that the defendant did not intend to produce and was not reasonably capable of producing the negotiated amount, the court shall exclude from the guideline calculation the amount that it finds the defendant did not intend to produce and was not reasonably capable of producing.

13. If subsection (b)(2)(B) applies, do not apply Sec.3B1.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill).

14. D-lysergic acid, which is generally used to make LSD, is classified as a Schedule III controlled substance (to which Sec.2D1.1 applies) and as a listed precursor (to which Sec.2D1.11 applies). Where the defendant is convicted under 21 U.S.C. Secs. 841(b)(1)(D) or 860(b)(4) of an offense involving d-lysergic acid, apply Sec.2D1.1 or Sec.2D1.11, whichever results in the greater offense level. See Application Note 5 in the Commentary to Sec.1B1.1 (Application Instructions). Where the defendant is accountable for an offense involving the manufacture of LSD, see Application Note 12 above pertaining to the determination of the scale of the offense.

15. Certain pharmaceutical preparations are classified as Schedule III, IV, or V controlled substances by the Drug Enforcement Administration under 21 C.F.R. Sec. 1308.13-15 even though they contain a small amount of a Schedule I or II controlled substance. For example, Tylenol 3 is classified as a Schedule III controlled substance even though it contains a small amount of codeine, a Schedule II opiate. For the purposes of the guidelines, the classification of the controlled substance under 21 C.F.R. Sec. 1308.13-15 is the appropriate classification.

Background: Offenses under 21 U.S.C. Secs. 841 and 960 receive identical punishment based upon the quantity of the controlled substance involved, the defendant's criminal history, and whether death or serious bodily injury resulted from the offense.

The base offense levels in Sec.2D1.1 are either provided directly by the Anti-Drug Abuse Act of 1986 or are proportional to the levels established by statute, and apply to all unlawful trafficking. Levels 32 and 26 in the Drug Quantity Table are the distinctions provided by the Anti-Drug Abuse Act; however, further refinement of drug amounts is essential to provide a logical sentencing structure for drug offenses. To determine these finer distinctions, the Commission consulted numerous experts and practitioners, including authorities at the Drug Enforcement Administration, chemists, attorneys, probation officers, and members of the Organized Crime Drug Enforcement Task Forces, who also advocate the necessity of these distinctions.

The base offense levels at levels 26 and 32 establish guideline ranges with a lower limit as close to the statutory minimum as possible; e.g., level 32 ranges from 121 to 151 months, where the statutory minimum is ten years or 120 months.

In cases involving fifty or more marihuana plants, an equivalency of one plant to one kilogram of marihuana is derived from the statutory penalty provisions of 21 U.S.C. Sec. 841(b)(1)(A), (B), and (D). In cases involving fewer than fifty plants, the statute is silent as to the equivalency. For cases involving fewer than fifty plants, the Commission has adopted an equivalency of 100 grams per plant, or the actual weight of the usable marihuana, whichever is greater. The decision to treat each plant as equal to 100 grams is premised on the fact that the average yield from a mature marihuana plant equals 100 grams of marihuana. In controlled substance offenses, an attempt is assigned the same offense level as the object of the attempt. Consequently, the Commission adopted the policy that, in the case of fewer than fifty marihuana plants, each plant is to be treated as the equivalent of an attempt to produce 100 grams of marihuana, except where the actual weight of the usable marihuana is greater.

Specific Offense Characteristic (b)(2) is derived from Section 6453 of the Anti-Drug Abuse Act of 1988.

Frequently, a term of supervised release to follow imprisonment is required by statute for offenses covered by this guideline. Guidelines for the imposition, duration, and conditions of supervised release are set forth in Chapter Five, Part D (Supervised Release).

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective January 15, 1988 (see Appendix C, amendments 19, 20, and 21); November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendments 123-134, 302, and 303); November 1, 1990 (see Appendix C, amendment 318); November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendments 369-371 and 394-396); November 1, 1992 (see Appendix C, amendments 446 and 447).

Sec.2D1.2.Drug Offenses Occurring Near Protected Locations or Involving Underage or Pregnant Individuals; Attempt or Conspiracy

(a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greatest):

(1) 2 plus the offense level from Sec.2D1.1 applicable to the quantity of controlled substances directly involving a protected location or an underage or pregnant individual; or

(2) 1 plus the offense level from Sec.2D1.1 applicable to the total quantity of controlled substances involved in the offense; or

(3) 26, if the offense involved a person less than eighteen years of age; or

(4) 13, otherwise.

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 21 U.S.C. Secs. 859 (formerly 21 U.S.C. Sec. 845), 860 (formerly 21 U.S.C. Sec. 845a), 861 (formerly 21 U.S.C. Sec. 845b).

Application Note:

1. Where only part of the relevant offense conduct directly involved a protected location or an underage or pregnant individual, subsections (a)(1) and (a)(2) may result in different offense levels. For example, if the defendant, as part of the same course of conduct or common scheme or plan, sold 5 grams of heroin near a protected location and 10 grams of heroin elsewhere, the offense level from subsection (a)(1) would be level 16 (2 plus the offense level for the sale of 5 grams of heroin, the amount sold near the protected location); the offense level from subsection (a)(2) would be level 17 (1 plus the offense level for the sale of 15 grams of heroin, the total amount of heroin involved in the offense).

Background: This section implements the direction to the Commission in Section 6454 of the AntiDrug Abuse Act of 1988.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective January 15, 1988 (see Appendix C, amendment 22); November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 135); November 1, 1990 (see Appendix C, amendment 319); November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendment 421); November 1, 1992 (see Appendix C, amendment 447).

Sec.2D1.3. (Deleted)

Historical Note: Section 2D1.3 (Distributing Controlled Substances to Individuals Younger than Twenty-One Years, to Pregnant Women, or Within 1000 Feet of a School or College), effective November 1, 1987, amended effective January 15, 1988 (see Appendix C, amendment 23), was deleted by consolidation with Sec.2D1.2 effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 135).

Sec.2D1.4. (Deleted)

Historical Note: Section 2D1.4 (Attempts and Conspiracies), effective November 1, 1987, amended effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendments 136-138), was deleted by consolidation with the guidelines applicable to the underlying substantive offenses effective November 1, 1992 (see Appendix C, amendment 447).

Sec.2D1.5.Continuing Criminal Enterprise; Attempt or Conspiracy

(a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greater):

(1) 4 plus the offense level from Sec.2D1.1 applicable to the underlying offense; or

(2) 38.

Commentary

Statutory Provision: 21 U.S.C. Sec. 848.

Application Notes:

1. Do not apply any adjustment from Chapter Three, Part B (Role in the Offense).

2. If as part of the enterprise the defendant sanctioned the use of violence, or if the number of persons managed by the defendant was extremely large, an upward departure may be warranted.

3. Under 21 U.S.C. Sec. 848, certain conduct for which the defendant has previously been sentenced may be charged as part of the instant offense to establish a "continuing series of violations." A sentence resulting from a conviction sustained prior to the last overt act of the instant offense is to be considered a prior sentence under Sec.4A1.2(a)(1) and not part of the instant offense.

4. Violations of 21 U.S.C. Sec. 848 will be grouped with other drug offenses for the purpose of applying Chapter Three, Part D (Multiple Counts).

Background: Because a conviction under 21 U.S.C. Sec. 848 establishes that a defendant controlled and exercised authority over one of the most serious types of ongoing criminal activity, this guideline provides a minimum base offense level of 38. An adjustment from Chapter Three, Part B is not authorized because the offense level of this guideline already reflects an adjustment for role in the offense.

Title 21 U.S.C. Sec. 848 provides a 20-year minimum mandatory penalty for the first conviction, a 30-year minimum mandatory penalty for a second conviction, and a mandatory life sentence for principal administrators of extremely large enterprises. If the application of the guidelines results in a sentence below the minimum sentence required by statute, the statutory minimum shall be the guideline sentence. See Sec.5G1.1(b).

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective October 15, 1988 (see Appendix C, amendment 66); November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 139); November 1, 1992 (see Appendix C, amendment 447).

Sec.2D1.6.Use of Communication Facility in Committing Drug Offense; Attempt or Conspiracy

(a) Base Offense Level: the offense level applicable to the underlying offense.

Commentary

Statutory Provision: 21 U.S.C. Sec. 843(b).

Application Note:

1. Where the offense level for the underlying offense is to be determined by reference to Sec.2D1.1, see Application Note 12 of the Commentary to Sec.2D1.1 for guidance in determining the scale of the offense. Note that the Drug Quantity Table in Sec.2D1.1 provides a minimum offense level of 12 where the offense involves heroin (or other Schedule I or II Opiates), cocaine (or other Schedule I or II Stimulants), cocaine base, PCP, Methamphetamine, LSD (or other Schedule I or II Hallucinogens), Fentanyl, or Fentanyl Analogue (Sec.2D1.1(c)(16)); and a minimum offense level of 6 otherwise (Sec.2D1.1(c)(19)).

Background: This section covers the use of a communication facility in committing a drug offense. A communication facility includes any public or private instrument used in the transmission of writing, signs, signals, pictures, and sound; e.g., telephone, wire, radio.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1990 (see Appendix C, amendment 320); November 1, 1992 (see Appendix C, amendment 447).

Sec.2D1.7.Unlawful Sale or Transportation of Drug Paraphernalia; Attempt or Conspiracy

(a) Base Offense Level: 12

(b) Cross Reference

(1) If the offense involved a controlled substance, apply Sec.2D1.1 (Unlawful Manufacturing, Importing, Exporting, or Trafficking) or Sec.2D2.1 (Unlawful Possession), as appropriate, if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above.

Commentary

Statutory Provision: 21 U.S.C. Sec. 863 (formerly 21 U.S.C. Sec. 857).

Application Note:

1. The typical case addressed by this guideline involves small-scale trafficking in drug paraphernalia (generally from a retail establishment that also sells items that are not unlawful). In a case involving a large-scale dealer, distributor, or manufacturer, an upward departure may be warranted. Conversely, where the offense was not committed for pecuniary gain (e.g., transportation for the defendant's personal use), a downward departure may be warranted.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendment 397); November 1, 1992 (see Appendix C, amendment 447).

Sec.2D1.8.Renting or Managing a Drug Establishment; Attempt or Conspiracy

(a) Base Offense Level:

(1) The offense level from Sec.2D1.1 applicable to the underlying controlled substance offense, except as provided below.

(2) If the defendant had no participation in the underlying controlled substance offense other than allowing use of the premises, the offense level shall be 4 levels less than the offense level from Sec.2D1.1 applicable to the underlying controlled substance offense, but not greater than level 16.

(b) Special Instruction

(1) If the offense level is determined under subsection (a)(2), do not apply an adjustment under Sec.3B1.2 (Mitigating Role).

Commentary

Statutory Provision: 21 U.S.C. Sec. 856.

Application Note:

1. Subsection (a)(2) does not apply unless the defendant had no participation in the underlying controlled substance offense other than allowing use of the premises. For example, subsection (a)(2) would not apply to a defendant who possessed a dangerous weapon in connection with the offense, a defendant who guarded the cache of controlled substances, a defendant who arranged for the use of the premises for the purpose of facilitating a drug transaction, a defendant who allowed the use of more than one premises, a defendant who made telephone calls to facilitate the underlying controlled substance offense, or a defendant who otherwise assisted in the commission of the underlying controlled substance offense. Furthermore, subsection (a)(2) does not apply unless the defendant initially leased, rented, purchased, or otherwise acquired a possessory interest in the premises for a legitimate purpose. Finally, subsection (a)(2) does not apply if the defendant had previously allowed any premises to be used as a drug establishment without regard to whether such prior misconduct resulted in a conviction.

Background: This section covers the offense of knowingly opening, maintaining, managing, or controlling any building, room, or enclosure for the purpose of manufacturing, distributing, storing, or using a controlled substance contrary to law (e.g., a "crack house").

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendment 394); November 1, 1992 (see Appendix C, amendments 447 and 448).

Sec.2D1.9.Placing or Maintaining Dangerous Devices on Federal Property to Protect the Unlawful Production of Controlled Substances; Attempt or Conspiracy

(a) Base Offense Level: 23

Commentary

Statutory Provision: 21 U.S.C. Sec. 841(e)(1).

Background: This section covers the offense of assembling, placing, or causing to be placed, or maintaining a "booby-trap" on federal property where a controlled substance is being manufactured or distributed.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1992 (see Appendix C, amendment 447).

Sec.2D1.10.Endangering Human Life While Illegally Manufacturing a Controlled Substance; Attempt or Conspiracy

(a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greater):

(1) 3 plus the offense level from the Drug Quantity Table in Sec.2D1.1; or

(2) 20.

Commentary

Statutory Provision: 21 U.S.C. Sec. 858.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 140). Amended effective November 1, 1992 (see Appendix C, amendment 447).

Sec.2D1.11.Unlawfully Distributing, Importing, Exporting or Possessing a Listed Chemical; Attempt or Conspiracy

(a) Base Offense Level: The offense level from the Chemical Quantity Table set forth in subsection (d) below.

(b) Specific Offense Characteristics

(1) If a dangerous weapon (including a firearm) was possessed, increase by 2 levels.

(2) If the defendant is convicted of violating 21 U.S.C. Secs. 841(d)(2), (g)(1), or 960(d)(2), decrease by 3 levels, unless the defendant knew or believed that the listed chemical was to be used to manufacture a controlled substance unlawfully.

(c) Cross Reference

(1) If the offense involved unlawfully manufacturing a controlled substance, or attempting to manufacture a controlled substance unlawfully, apply Sec.2D1.1 (Unlawful Manufacturing, Importing, Exporting, Trafficking) if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above.

(d) CHEMICAL QUANTITY TABLE/*/
Listed Chemicals and Quantity Base Offense Level (1) Listed Precursor Chemicals Level 28

20 KG or more of Benzyl Cyanide;

200 G or more of D-Lysergic Acid;

20 KG or more of Ephedrine;

200 G or more of Ergonovine;

400 G or more of Ergotamine;

20 KG or more of Ethylamine;

44 KG or more of Hydriodic Acid;

320 KG or more of Isoafrole;

4 KG or more of Methylamine;

500 KG or more of N-Methylephedrine;

500 KG or more of N-Methylpseudoephedrine;

200 KG or more of Norpseudoephedrine;

20 KG or more of Phenylacetic Acid;

200 KG or more of Phenylpropanolamine;

10 KG or more of Piperidine;

320 KG or more of Piperonal;

1.6 KG or more of Propionic Anhydride;

20 KG or more of Pseudoephedrine;

320 KG or more of Safrole;

400 KG or more of 3, 4-Methylenedioxyphenyl-2-propanone;

Listed Essential Chemicals

11 KG or more of Acetic Anhydride;

1175 KG or more of Acetone;

20 KG or more of Benzyl Chloride;

1075 KG or more of Ethyl Ether;

1200 KG or more of Methyl Ethyl Ketone;

10 KG or more of Potassium Permanganate;

1300 KG or more of Toluene.

(2) Listed Precursor Chemicals Level 26

At least 6 KG but less than 20 KG of Benzyl Cyanide;

At least 60 G but less than 200 G of D-Lysergic Acid;

At least 6 KG but less than 20 KG of Ephedrine;

At least 60 G but less than 200 G of Ergonovine;

At least 120 G but less than 400 G of Ergotamine;

At least 6 KG but less than 20 KG of Ethylamine;

At least 13.2 KG but less than 44 KG of Hydriodic Acid;

At least 96 KG but less than 320 KG of Isoafrole;

At least 1.2 KG but less than 4 KG of Methylamine;

At least 150 KG but less than 500 KG of N-Methylephedrine;

At least 150 KG but less than 500 KG of N-Methylpseudoephedrine;

At least 60 KG but less than 200 KG of Norpseudoephedrine;

At least 6 KG but less than 20 KG of Phenylacetic Acid;

At least 60 KG but less than 200 KG of Phenylpropanolamine;

At least 3 KG but less than 10 KG of Piperidine;

At least 96 KG but less than 320 KG of Piperonal;

At least 480 G but less than 1.6 KG of Propionic Anhydride;

At least 6 KG but less than 20 KG of Pseudoephedrine;

At least 96 KG but less than 320 KG of Safrole;

At least 120 KG but less than 400 KG of 3, 4-Methylenedioxyphenyl-2-propanone;

Listed Essential Chemicals

At least 3.3 KG but less than 11 KG of Acetic Anhydride;

At least 352.5 KG but less than 1175 KG of Acetone;

At least 6 KG but less than 20 KG of Benzyl Chloride;

At least 322.5 KG but less than 1075 KG of Ethyl Ether;

At least 360 KG but less than 1200 KG of Methyl Ethyl Ketone;

At least 3 KG but less than 10 KG of Potassium Permanganate;

At least 390 KG but less than 1300 KG of Toluene.

(3) Listed Precursor Chemicals Level 24

At least 2 KG but less than 6 KG of Benzyl Cyanide;

At least 20 G but less than 60 G of D-Lysergic Acid;

At least 2 KG but less than 6 KG of Ephedrine;

At least 20 G but less than 60 G of Ergonovine;

At least 40 G but less than 120 G of Ergotamine;

At least 2 KG but less than 6 KG of Ethylamine;

At least 4.4 KG but less than 13.2 KG of Hydriodic Acid;

At least 32 KG but less than 96 KG of Isoafrole;

At least 400 G but less than 1.2 KG of Methylamine;

At least 50 KG but less than 150 KG of N-Methylephedrine;

At least 50 KG but less than 150 KG of N-Methylpseudoephedrine;

At least 20 KG but less than 60 KG of Norpseudoephedrine;

At least 2 KG but less than 6 KG of Phenylacetic Acid;

At least 20 KG but less than 60 KG of Phenylpropanolamine;

At least 1 KG but less than 3 KG of Piperidine;

At least 32 KG but less than 96 KG of Piperonal;

At least 160 G but less than 480 G of Propionic Anhydride;

At least 2 KG but less than 6 KG of Pseudoephedrine;

At least 32 KG but less than 96 KG of Safrole;

At least 40 KG but less than 120 KG of 3, 4-Methylenedioxyphenyl-2-propanone;

Listed Essential Chemicals

At least 1.1 KG but less than 3.3 KG of Acetic Anhydride;

At least 117.5 KG but less than 352.5 KG of Acetone;

At least 2 KG but less than 6 KG of Benzyl Chloride;

At least 107.5 KG but less than 322.5 KG of Ethyl Ether;

At least 120 KG but less than 360 KG of Methyl Ethyl Ketone;

At least 1 KG but less than 3 KG of Potassium Permanganate;

At least 130 KG but less than 390 KG of Toluene.

(4) Listed Precursor Chemicals Level 22

At least 1.4 KG but less than 2 KG of Benzyl Cyanide;

At least 14 G but less than 20 G of D-Lysergic Acid;

At least 1.4 KG but less than 2 KG of Ephedrine;

At least 14 G but less than 20 G of Ergonovine;

At least 28 G but less than 40 G of Ergotamine;

At least 1.4 KG but less than 2 KG of Ethylamine;

At least 3.08 KG but less than 4.4 KG of Hydriodic Acid;

At least 22.4 KG but less than 32 KG of Isoafrole;

At least 280 G but less than 400 G of Methylamine;

At least 35 KG but less than 50 KG of N-Methylephedrine;

At least 35 KG but less than 50 KG of N-Methylpseudoephedrine;

At least 14 KG but less than 20 KG of Norpseudoephedrine;

At least 1.4 KG but less than 2 KG of Phenylacetic Acid;

At least 14 KG but less than 20 KG of Phenylpropanolamine;

At least 700 G but less than 1 KG of Piperidine;

At least 22.4 KG but less than 32 KG of Piperonal;

At least 112 G but less than 160 G of Propionic Anhydride;

At least 1.4 KG but less than 2 KG of Pseudoephedrine;

At least 22.4 KG but less than 32 KG of Safrole;

At least 28 KG but less than 40 KG of 3, 4-Methylenedioxyphenyl-2-propanone;

Listed Essential Chemicals

At least 726 G but less than 1.1 KG of Acetic Anhydride;

At least 82.25 KG but less than 117.5 KG of Acetone;

At least 1.4 KG but less than 2 KG of Benzyl Chloride;

At least 75.25 KG but less than 107.5 KG of Ethyl Ether;

At least 84 KG but less than 120 KG of Methyl Ethyl Ketone;

At least 700 G but less than 1 KG of Potassium Permanganate;

At least 91 KG but less than 130 KG of Toluene.

(5) Listed Precursor Chemicals Level 20

At least 800 G but less than 1.4 KG of Benzyl Cyanide;

At least 8 G but less than 14 G of D-Lysergic Acid;

At least 800 G but less than 1.4 KG of Ephedrine;

At least 8 G but less than 14 G of Ergonovine;

At least 16 G but less than 28 G of Ergotamine;

At least 800 G but less than 1.4 KG of Ethylamine;

At least 1.76 KG but less than 3.08 KG of Hydriodic Acid;

At least 12.8 KG but less than 22.4 KG of Isoafrole;

At least 160 G but less than 280 G of Methylamine;

At least 20 KG but less than 35 KG of N-Methylephedrine;

At least 20 KG but less than 35 KG of N-Methylpseudoephedrine;

At least 8 KG but less than 14 KG of Norpseudoephedrine;

At least 800 G but less than 1.4 KG of Phenylacetic Acid;

At least 8 KG but less than 14 KG of Phenylpropanolamine;

At least 400 G but less than 700 G of Piperidine;

At least 12.8 KG but less than 22.4 KG of Piperonal;

At least 64 G but less than 112 G of Propionic Anhydride;

At least 800 G but less than 1.4 KG of Pseudoephedrine;

At least 12.8 KG but less than 22.4 KG of Safrole;

At least 16 KG but less than 28 KG of 3, 4-Methylenedioxyphenyl-2-propanone;

Listed Essential Chemicals

At least 440 G but less than 726 G of Acetic Anhydride;

At least 47 KG but less than 82.25 KG of Acetone;

At least 800 G but less than 1.4 KG of Benzyl Chloride;

At least 43 KG but less than 75.25 KG of Ethyl Ether;

At least 48 KG but less than 84 KG of Methyl Ethyl Ketone;

At least 400 G but less than 700 G of Potassium Permanganate;

At least 52 KG but less than 91 KG of Toluene.

(6) Listed Precursor Chemicals Level 18

At least 200 G but less than 800 G of Benzyl Cyanide;

At least 2 G but less than 8 G of D-Lysergic Acid;

At least 200 G but less than 800 G of Ephedrine;

At least 2 G but less than 8 G of Ergonovine;

At least 4 G but less than 16 G of Ergotamine;

At least 200 G but less than 800 G of Ethylamine;

At least 440 G but less than 1.76 KG of Hydriodic Acid;

At least 3.2 KG but less than 12.8 KG of Isoafrole;

At least 40 G but less than 160 G of Methylamine;

At least 5 KG but less than 20 KG of N-Methylephedrine;

At least 5 KG but less than 20 KG of N-Methylpseudoephedrine;

At least 2 KG but less than 8 KG of Norpseudoephedrine;

At least 200 G but less than 800 G of Phenylacetic Acid;

At least 2 KG but less than 8 KG of Phenylpropanolamine;

At least 100 G but less than 400 G of Piperidine;

At least 3.2 KG but less than 12.8 KG of Piperonal;

At least 16 G but less than 64 G of Propionic Anhydride;

At least 200 G but less than 800 G of Pseudoephedrine;

At least 3.2 KG but less than 12.8 KG of Safrole;

At least 4 KG but less than 16 KG of 3, 4-Methylenedioxyphenyl-2-propanone;

Listed Essential Chemicals

At least 110 G but less than 440 G of Acetic Anhydride;

At least 11.75 KG but less than 47 KG of Acetone;

At least 200 G but less than 800 G of Benzyl Chloride;

At least 10.75 KG but less than 43 KG of Ethyl Ether;

At least 12 KG but less than 48 KG of Methyl Ethyl Ketone;

At least 100 G but less than 400 G of Potassium Permanganate;

At least 13 KG but less than 52 KG of Toluene.

(7) Listed Precursor Chemicals Level 16

At least 160 G but less than 200 G of Benzyl Cyanide;

At least 1.6 G but less than 2 G of D-Lysergic Acid;

At least 160 G but less than 200 G of Ephedrine;

At least 1.6 G but less than 2 G of Ergonovine;

At least 3.2 G but less than 4 G of Ergotamine;

At least 160 G but less than 200 G of Ethylamine;

At least 352 G but less than 440 G of Hydriodic Acid;

At least 2.56 KG but less than 3.2 KG of Isoafrole;

At least 32 G but less than 40 G of Methylamine;

At least 4 KG but less than 5 KG of N-Methylephedrine;

At least 4 KG but less than 5 KG of N-Methylpseudoephedrine;

At least 1.6 KG but less than 2 KG of Norpseudoephedrine;

At least 160 G but less than 200 G of Phenylacetic Acid;

At least 1.6 KG but less than 2 KG of Phenylpropanolamine;

At least 80 G but less than 100 G of Piperidine;

At least 2.56 KG but less than 3.2 KG of Piperonal;

At least 12.8 G but less than 16 G of Propionic Anhydride;

At least 160 G but less than 200 G of Pseudoephedrine;

At least 2.56 KG but less than 3.2 KG of Safrole;

At least 3.2 KG but less than 4 KG of 3, 4-Methylenedioxyphenyl-2-propanone;

Listed Essential Chemicals

At least 88 G but less than 110 G of Acetic Anhydride;

At least 9.4 KG but less than 11.75 KG of Acetone;

At least 160 G but less than 200 G of Benzyl Chloride;

At least 8.6 KG but less than 10.75 KG of Ethyl Ether;

At least 9.6 KG but less than 12 KG of Methyl Ethyl Ketone;

At least 80 G but less than 100 G of Potassium Permanganate;

At least 10.4 KG but less than 13 KG of Toluene.

(8) Listed Precursor Chemicals Level 14

3.6 KG or more of Anthranilic Acid;

At least 120 G but less than 160 G of Benzyl Cyanide;

At least 1.2 G but less than 1.6 G of D-Lysergic Acid;

At least 120 G but less than 160 G of Ephedrine;

At least 1.2 G but less than 1.6 G of Ergonovine;

At least 2.4 G but less than 3.2 G of Ergotamine;

At least 120 G but less than 160 G of Ethylamine;

At least 264 G but less than 352 G of Hydriodic Acid;

At least 1.92 KG but less than 2.56 KG of Isoafrole;

At least 24 G but less than 32 G of Methylamine;

4.8 KG or more of N-Acetylanthranilic Acid;

At least 3 KG but less than 4 KG of N-Methylephedrine;

At least 3 KG but less than 4 KG of N-Methylpseudoephedrine;

At least 1.2 KG but less than 1.6 KG of Norpseudoephedrine;

At least 120 G but less than 160 G of Phenylacetic Acid;

At least 1.2 KG but less than 1.6 KG of Phenylpropanolamine;

At least 60 G but less than 80 G of Piperidine;

At least 1.92 KG but less than 2.56 KG of Piperonal;

At least 9.6 G but less than 12.8 G of Propionic Anhydride;

At least 120 G but less than 160 G of Pseudoephedrine;

At least 1.92 KG but less than 2.56 KG of Safrole;

At least 2.4 KG but less than 3.2 KG of 3, 4-Methylenedioxyphenyl-2-propanone;

Listed Essential Chemicals

At least 66 G but less than 88 G of Acetic Anhydride;

At least 7.05 KG but less than 9.4 KG of Acetone;

At least 120 G but less than 160 G of Benzyl Chloride;

At least 6.45 KG but less than 8.6 KG of Ethyl Ether;

At least 7.2 KG but less than 9.6 KG of Methyl Ethyl Ketone;

At least 60 G but less than 80 G of Potassium Permanganate;

At least 7.8 KG but less than 10.4 KG of Toluene.

(9) Listed Precursor Chemicals Level 12

Less than 3.6 KG of Anthranilic Acid;

Less than 120 G of Benzyl Cyanide;

Less than 1.2 G of D-Lysergic Acid;

Less than 120 G of Ephedrine;

Less than 1.2 G of Ergonovine;

Less than 2.4 G of Ergotamine;

Less than 120 G of Ethylamine;

Less than 264 G of Hydriodic Acid;

Less than 1.92 KG of Isoafrole;

Less than 24 G of Methylamine;

Less than 4.8 KG of N-Acetylanthranilic Acid;

Less than 3 KG of N-Methylephedrine;

Less than 3 KG of N-Methylpseudoephedrine;

Less than 1.2 KG of Norpseudoephedrine;

Less than 120 G of Phenylacetic Acid;

Less than 1.2 KG of Phenylpropanolamine;

Less than 60 G of Piperidine;

Less than 1.92 KG of Piperonal;

Less than 9.6 G of Propionic Anhydride;

Less than 120 G of Pseudoephedrine;

Less than 1.92 KG of Safrole;

Less than 2.4 KG of 3, 4-Methylenedioxyphenyl-2-propanone;

Listed Essential Chemicals

Less than 66 G of Acetic Anhydride;

Less than 7.05 KG of Acetone;

Less than 120 G of Benzyl Chloride;

Less than 6.45 KG of Ethyl Ether;

Less than 7.2 KG of Methyl Ethyl Ketone;

Less than 60 G of Potassium Permanganate;

Less than 7.8 KG of Toluene.

/*/Notes:

(A) If more than one listed precursor chemical is involved, use the Precursor Chemical Equivalency Table to determine the offense level.

(B) If more than one listed essential chemical is involved, use the single listed essential chemical resulting in the greatest offense level.

(C) If both listed precursor and listed essential chemicals are involved, use the offense level determined under (A) or (B) above, whichever is greater.

(D) The Precursor Chemical Equivalency Table provides a means for combining different listed precursor chemicals to obtain a single offense level. In cases involving multiple precursor chemicals, convert each to its ephedrine equivalency from the table below, add the quantities, and apply the Chemical Quantity Table to obtain the applicable offense level.

PRECURSOR CHEMICAL EQUIVALENCY TABLE
1 gm of Anthranilic Acid// =0.033 gm of Ephedrine 1 gm of Benzyl Cyanide = 1 gm of Ephedrine 1 gm of D-Lysergic Acid = 100 gm of Ephedrine 1 gm of Ergonovine = 100 gm of Ephedrine 1 gm of Ergotamine = 50 gm of Ephedrine 1 gm of Ethylamine = 1 gm of Ephedrine 1 gm of Hydriodic Acid/**/ = 0.4545 gm of Ephedrine 1 gm of Isoafrole = 0.0625 gm of Ephedrine 1 gm of Methylamine = 5 gm of Ephedrine 1 gm of N-Acetylanthranilic Acid/*/ =0.025 gm of Ephedrine 1 gm of N-Methylephedrine =0.04 gm of Ephedrine 1 gm of N-Methylpseudoephedrine =0.04 gm of Ephedrine 1 gm of Norpseudoephedrine =0.1 gm of Ephedrine 1 gm of Phenylacetic Acid =1 gm of Ephedrine 1 gm of Phenylpropanolamine =0.1 gm of Ephedrine 1 gm of Piperidine = 2 gm of Ephedrine 1 gm of Piperonal = 0.0625 gm of Ephedrine 1 gm of Propionic Anhydride =12.5 gm of Ephedrine 1 gm of Pseudoephedrine =1 gm of Ephedrine 1 gm of Safrole = 0.0625 gm of Ephedrine 1 gm of 3,4-Methylenedioxyphenyl- 2-propanone = 0.05 gm of Ephedrine

/*/The ephedrine equivalency for anthranilic acid or N-acetylanthranilic acid, or both, shall not exceed 159.99 grams of ephedrine.

/**/In cases involving both hydriodic acid and ephedrine, calculate the offense level for each separately and use the quantity that results in the greater offense level.

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 21 U.S.C. Secs. 841(d)(1), (2), (g)(1), 960(d)(1), (2).

Application Notes:

1. "Firearm" and "dangerous weapon" are defined in the Commentary to Sec.1B1.1 (Application Instructions). The adjustment in subsection (b)(1) should be applied if the weapon was present, unless it is improbable that the weapon was connected with the offense.

2. "Offense involved unlawfully manufacturing a controlled substance or attempting to manufacture a controlled substance unlawfully," as used in subsection (c)(1), means that the defendant, or a person for whose conduct the defendant is accountable under Sec.1B1.3 (Relevant Conduct), completed the actions sufficient to constitute the offense of unlawfully manufacturing a controlled substance or attempting to manufacture a controlled substance unlawfully.

3. In certain cases, the defendant will be convicted of an offense involving a listed chemical covered under this guideline, and a related offense involving an immediate precursor or other controlled substance covered under Sec.2D1.1 (Unlawfully Manufacturing, Importing, Exporting, or Trafficking). For example, P2P (an immediate precursor) and 3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl-2-propanone (a listed chemical) are used together to produce methamphetamine. Determine the offense level under each guideline separately. The offense level for 3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl-2-propanone is determined by using Sec.2D1.11. The offense level for P2P is determined by using Sec.2D1.1 (P2P is listed in the Drug Equivalency Table under LSD, PCP, and Other Schedule I and II Hallucinogens (and their immediate precursors)). Under the grouping rules of Sec.3D1.2(b), the counts will be grouped together. Note that in determining the scale of the offense under Sec.2D1.1, the quantity of both the controlled substance and listed chemical should be considered (see Application Note 12 in the Commentary to Sec.2D1.1).

4. Where there are multiple listed precursor chemicals, the quantities of all listed precursors are added together for purposes of determining the base offense level, except as expressly noted (see Note A to the Chemical Quantity Table). This reflects that only one listed precursor typically is used in a given manufacturing process. For example, in the case of an offense involving 300 grams of piperidine and 800 grams of benzyl cyanide, the piperidine is converted to 600 grams of ephedrine and the benzyl cyanide is converted to 800 grams of ephedrine, using the Precursor Chemical Equivalency Table, for a total of 1400 grams of ephedrine. Applying the Chemical Quantity Table to 1400 grams (1.4 kilograms) of ephedrine results in a base offense level of 22.

5. Where there are multiple listed essential chemicals, all quantities of the same listed essential chemical are added together for purposes of determining the base offense level. However, quantities of different listed essential chemicals are not aggregated (see Note B to the Chemical Quantity Table). Thus, where multiple listed essential chemicals are involved in the offense, the base offense level is determined by using the base offense level for the single listed essential chemical resulting in the greatest base offense level. For example, in the case of an offense involving seven kilograms of methyl ethyl ketone and eight kilograms of acetone, the base offense level for the methyl ethyl ketone is 12 and the base offense level for the acetone is 14; therefore, the base offense level is 14.

6. Where both listed precursor chemicals and listed essential chemicals are involved, use the greater of the base offense level for the listed precursor chemicals or the listed essential chemicals (see Note C to the Chemical Quantity Table).

7. Convictions under 21 U.S.C. Secs. 841(d)(2), (g)(1), and 960(d)(2) do not require that the defendant have knowledge or an actual belief that the listed chemical was to be used to manufacture a controlled substance unlawfully. Where the defendant possessed or distributed the listed chemical without such knowledge or belief, a 3-level reduction is provided to reflect that the defendant is less culpable than one who possessed or distributed listed chemicals knowing or believing that they would be used to manufacture a controlled substance unlawfully.

Background: Offenses covered by this guideline involve listed precursor chemicals and listed essential chemicals. Listed precursor chemicals are critical to the formation of a controlled substance and become part of the final product. For example, ephedrine reacts with other chemicals to form methamphetamine. The amount of ephedrine directly affects the amount of methamphetamine produced. Listed essential chemicals are generally solvents, catalysts, and reagents, and do not become part of the finished product.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendment 371). Amended effective November 1, 1992 (see Appendix C, amendment 447).

Sec.2D1.12.Unlawful Possession, Manufacture, Distribution, or Importation of Prohibited Flask or Equipment; Attempt or Conspiracy

(a) Base Offense Level: 12

(b) Cross Reference

(1) If the offense involved unlawfully manufacturing a controlled substance, or attempting to manufacture a controlled substance unlawfully, apply Sec.2D1.1 (Unlawful Manufacturing, Importing, Exporting, Trafficking) if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above.

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 21 U.S.C. Sec. 843(a)(6), (7).

Application Notes:

1. If the offense involved the large-scale manufacture, distribution, or importation of prohibited flasks or equipment, an upward departure may be warranted.

2. "Offense involved unlawfully manufacturing a controlled substance or attempting to manufacture a controlled substance unlawfully," as used in subsection (b)(1), means that the defendant, or a person for whose conduct the defendant is accountable under Sec.1B1.3 (Relevant Conduct), completed the actions sufficient to constitute the offense of unlawfully manufacturing a controlled substance or attempting to manufacture a controlled substance unlawfully.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendment 371). Amended effective November 1, 1992 (see Appendix C, amendment 447).

Sec.2D1.13.Structuring Chemical Transactions or Creating a Chemical Mixture to Evade Reporting or Recordkeeping Requirements; Presenting False or Fraudulent Identification to Obtain a Listed Chemical; Attempt or Conspiracy

(a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greatest):

(1) The offense level from Sec.2D1.11 (Unlawfully Distributing, Importing, Exporting, or Possessing a Listed Chemical) if the defendant knew or believed that the chemical was to be used to manufacture a controlled substance unlawfully; or

(2) The offense level from Sec.2D1.11 (Unlawfully Distributing, Importing, Exporting or Possessing a Listed Chemical) reduced by 3 levels if the defendant had reason to believe that the chemical was to be used to manufacture a controlled substance unlawfully; or

(3) 6, otherwise.

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 21 U.S.C. Secs. 841(d)(3), (g)(1), 843(a)(4)(B), (a)(8).

Application Note:

1. "The offense level from Sec.2D1.11" includes the base offense level and any applicable specific offense characteristic or cross reference; see Sec.1B1.5 (Interpretation of References to Other Offense Guidelines).

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendment 371). Amended effective November 1, 1992 (see Appendix C, amendment 447).

2. UNLAWFUL POSSESSION

Sec.2D2.1.Unlawful Possession; Attempt or Conspiracy

(a) Base Offense Level:

(1) 8, if the substance is heroin or any Schedule I or II opiate, an analogue of these, or cocaine base; or

(2) 6, if the substance is cocaine, LSD, or PCP; or

(3) 4, if the substance is any other controlled substance.

(b) Cross Reference

(1) If the defendant is convicted of possession of more than 5 grams of a mixture or substance containing cocaine base, apply Sec.2D1.1 (Unlawful Manufacturing, Importing, Exporting, or Trafficking) as if the defendant had been convicted of possession of that mixture or substance with intent to distribute.

Commentary

Statutory Provision: 21 U.S.C. Sec. 844(a). For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).

Background: Mandatory minimum penalties for several categories of cases, ranging from fifteen days' to five years' imprisonment, are set forth in 21 U.S.C. Sec. 844(a). When a mandatory minimum penalty exceeds the guideline range, the mandatory minimum becomes the guideline sentence. Sec.5G1.1(b).

Section 2D2.1(b)(1) provides a cross reference to Sec.2D1.1 for possession of more than five grams of a mixture or substance containing cocaine base, an offense subject to an enhanced penalty under Section 6371 of the Anti-Drug Abuse Act of 1988. Other cases for which enhanced penalties are provided under Section 6371 of the Anti-Drug Abuse Act of 1988 (e.g., for a person with one prior conviction, possession of more than three grams of a mixture or substance containing cocaine base; for a person with two or more prior convictions, possession of more than one gram of a mixture or substance containing cocaine base) are to be sentenced in accordance with Sec.5G1.1(b).

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective January 15, 1988 (see Appendix C, amendment 24); November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 304); November 1, 1990 (see Appendix C, amendment 321); November 1, 1992 (see Appendix C, amendment 447).

Sec.2D2.2.Acquiring a Controlled Substance by Forgery, Fraud, Deception, or Subterfuge; Attempt or Conspiracy

(a) Base Offense Level: 8

Commentary

Statutory Provision: 21 U.S.C. Sec. 843(a)(3).

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1992 (see Appendix C, amendment 447).

Sec.2D2.3.Operating or Directing the Operation of a Common Carrier Under the Influence of Alcohol or Drugs

(a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greatest):

(1) 26, if death resulted; or

(2) 21, if serious bodily injury resulted; or

(3) 13, otherwise.

(b) Special Instruction:

(1) If the defendant is convicted of a single count involving the death or serious bodily injury of more than one person, apply Chapter Three, Part D (Multiple Counts) as if the defendant had been convicted of a separate count for each such victim.

Commentary

Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. Sec. 342.

Background: This section implements the direction to the Commission in Section 6482 of the Anti-Drug Abuse Act of 1988. Offenses covered by this guideline may vary widely with regard to harm and risk of harm. The offense levels assume that the offense involved the operation of a common carrier carrying a number of passengers, e.g., a bus. If no or only a few passengers were placed at risk, a downward departure may be warranted. If the offense resulted in the death or serious bodily injury of a large number of persons, such that the resulting offense level under subsection (b) would not adequately reflect the seriousness of the offense, an upward departure may be warranted.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective January 15, 1988 (see Appendix C, amendment 25); November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 141).

3. REGULATORY VIOLATIONS

Sec.2D3.1.Illegal Use of Registration Number to Manufacture, Distribute, Acquire, or Dispense a Controlled Substance; Attempt or Conspiracy

(a) Base Offense Level: 6

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 21 U.S.C. Secs. 842(a)(1), 843(a)(1), (2).

Background: The maximum term of imprisonment authorized by statute is four years, except in a case with a prior drug-related felony where the maximum term of imprisonment authorized by statute is eight years.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendment 421); November 1, 1992 (see Appendix C, amendment 447).

Sec.2D3.2.Manufacture of Controlled Substance in Excess of or Unauthorized by Registration Quota; Attempt or Conspiracy

(a) Base Offense Level: 4

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 21 U.S.C. Secs. 842(b), 843(a)(3).

Background: This offense is a misdemeanor. The maximum term of imprisonment authorized by statute is one year.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendment 421); November 1, 1992 (see Appendix C, amendment 447).

Sec.2D3.3.Illegal Use of Registration Number to Distribute or Dispense a Controlled Substance to Another Registrant or Authorized Person; Attempt or Conspiracy

(a) Base Offense Level: 4

Commentary

Statutory Provision: 21 U.S.C. Sec. 842(a)(2).

Background: This offense is a misdemeanor. The maximum term of imprisonment authorized by statute is one year.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendment 421); November 1, 1992 (see Appendix C, amendment 447).

Sec.2D3.4.Illegal Transfer or Transshipment of a Controlled Substance; Attempt or Conspiracy

(a) Base Offense Level: 4

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 21 U.S.C. Secs. 954, 961.

Background: This offense is a misdemeanor. The maximum term of imprisonment authorized by statute is one year.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1990 (see Appendix C, amendment 359); November 1, 1992 (see Appendix C, amendment 447).

Sec.2D3.5.Violation of Recordkeeping or Reporting Requirements for Listed Chemicals and Certain Machines; Attempt or Conspiracy

(a) Base Offense Level: 4

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 21 U.S.C. Sec. 842(a)(9), (10).

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendment 371). Amended effective November 1, 1992 (see Appendix C, amendment 447).

PART E - OFFENSES INVOLVING CRIMINAL ENTERPRISES AND RACKETEERING

1. RACKETEERING

Introductory Commentary

Because of the jurisdictional nature of the offenses included, this subpart covers a wide variety of criminal conduct. The offense level usually will be determined by the offense level of the underlying conduct.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987.

Sec.2E1.1.Unlawful Conduct Relating to Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations

(a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greater):

(1) 19; or

(2) the offense level applicable to the underlying racketeering activity.

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. Secs. 1962, 1963.

Application Notes:

1. Where there is more than one underlying offense, treat each underlying offense as if contained in a separate count of conviction for the purposes of subsection (a)(2). To determine whether subsection (a)(1) or (a)(2) results in the greater offense level, apply Chapter Three, Parts A, B, C, and D to both (a)(1) and (a)(2). Use whichever subsection results in the greater offense level.

2. If the underlying conduct violates state law, the offense level corresponding to the most analogous federal offense is to be used.

3. If the offense level for the underlying racketeering activity is less than the alternative minimum level specified (i.e., 19), the alternative minimum base offense level is to be used.

4. Certain conduct may be charged in the count of conviction as part of a "pattern of racketeering activity" even though the defendant has previously been sentenced for that conduct. Where such previously imposed sentence resulted from a conviction prior to the last overt act of the instant offense, treat as a prior sentence under Sec.4A1.2(a)(1) and not as part of the instant offense. This treatment is designed to produce a result consistent with the distinction between the instant offense and criminal history found throughout the guidelines. If this treatment produces an anomalous result in a particular case, a guideline departure may be warranted.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective June 15, 1988 (see Appendix C, amendment 26); November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 142).

Sec.2E1.2.Interstate or Foreign Travel or Transportation in Aid of a Racketeering Enterprise

(a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greater):

(1) 6; or

(2) the offense level applicable to the underlying crime of violence or other unlawful activity in respect to which the travel or transportation was undertaken.

Commentary

Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. Sec. 1952.

Application Notes:

1. Where there is more than one underlying offense, treat each underlying offense as if contained in a separate count of conviction for the purposes of subsection (a)(2). To determine whether subsection (a)(1) or (a)(2) results in the greater offense level, apply Chapter Three, Parts A, B, C, and D to both (a)(1) and (a)(2). Use whichever subsection results in the greater offense level.

2. If the underlying conduct violates state law, the offense level corresponding to the most analogous federal offense is to be used.

3. If the offense level for the underlying conduct is less than the alternative minimum base offense level specified (i.e., 6), the alternative minimum base offense level is to be used.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective June 15, 1988 (see Appendix C, amendment 27).

Sec.2E1.3.Violent Crimes in Aid of Racketeering Activity

(a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greater):

(1) 12; or

(2) the offense level applicable to the underlying crime or racketeering activity.

Commentary

Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. Sec. 1959 (formerly 18 U.S.C. Sec. 1952B).

Application Notes:

1. If the underlying conduct violates state law, the offense level corresponding to the most analogous federal offense is to be used.

2. If the offense level for the underlying conduct is less than the alternative minimum base offense level specified (i.e., 12), the alternative minimum base offense level is to be used.

Background: The conduct covered under this section ranges from threats to murder. The maximum term of imprisonment authorized by statute ranges from three years to life imprisonment.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 143).

Sec.2E1.4.Use of Interstate Commerce Facilities in the Commission of Murder-For-Hire

(a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greater):

(1) 32; or

(2) the offense level applicable to the underlying unlawful conduct.

Commentary

Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. Sec. 1958 (formerly 18 U.S.C. Sec. 1952A).

Application Note:

1. If the underlying conduct violates state law, the offense level corresponding to the most analogous federal offense is to be used.

Background: This guideline and the statute to which it applies do not require that a murder actually have been committed.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 144); November 1, 1990 (see Appendix C, amendment 311); November 1, 1992 (see Appendix C, amendment 449).

Sec.2E1.5.Hobbs Act Extortion or Robbery

Apply Sec.2B3.1 (Robbery), Sec.2B3.2 (Extortion by Force or Threat of Injury or Serious Damage), Sec.2B3.3 (Blackmail and Similar Forms of Extortion), or Sec.2C1.1 (Offering, Giving, Soliciting, or Receiving a Bribe; Extortion Under Color of Official Right), as applicable.

Commentary

Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. Sec. 1951.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 145).

2. EXTORTIONATE EXTENSION OF CREDIT

Sec.2E2.1.Making or Financing an Extortionate Extension of Credit; Collecting an Extension of Credit by Extortionate Means

(a) Base Offense Level: 20

(b) Specific Offense Characteristics

(1) (A) If a firearm was discharged increase by 5 levels; or

(B) if a dangerous weapon (including a firearm) was otherwise used, increase by 4 levels; or

(C) if a dangerous weapon (including a firearm) was brandished, displayed or possessed, increase by 3 levels.

(2) If any victim sustained bodily injury, increase the offense level according to the seriousness of the injury:

Degree of Bodily Injury Increase in Level (A) Bodily Injury add 2 (B) Serious Bodily Injury add 4 (C) Permanent or Life-Threatening Bodily Injury add 6 (D) If the degree of injury is between that specified in subdivisions (A) and (B), add 3 levels; or (E) If the degree of injury is between that specified in subdivisions (B) and (C), add 5 levels. Provided, however, that the combined increase from (1) and (2) shall not exceed 9 levels.

(3) (A) If any person was abducted to facilitate commission of the offense or to facilitate escape, increase by 4 levels; or

(B) if any person was physically restrained to facilitate commission of the offense or to facilitate escape, increase by 2 levels.

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. Secs. 892-894.

Application Notes:

1. Definitions of "firearm," "dangerous weapon," "otherwise used," "brandished," "bodily injury," "serious bodily injury," "permanent or life-threatening bodily injury," "abducted," and "physically restrained" are found in the Commentary to Sec.1B1.1 (Application Instructions).

2. See also Commentary to Sec.2B3.2 (Extortion by Force or Threat of Injury or Serious Damage) regarding the interpretation of the specific offense characteristics.

Background: This section refers to offenses involving the making or financing of extortionate extensions of credit, or the collection of loans by extortionate means. These "loan-sharking" offenses typically involve threats of violence and provide economic support for organized crime. The base offense level for these offenses is higher than the offense level for extortion because loan sharking is in most cases a continuing activity. In addition, the guideline does not include the amount of money involved because the amount of money in such cases is often difficult to determine. Other enhancements parallel those in Sec.2B3.2 (Extortion by Force or Threat of Injury or Serious Damage).

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendments 146-148); November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendment 398).

3. GAMBLING

Introductory Commentary

This subpart covers a variety of proscribed conduct. The adjustments in Chapter Three, Part B (Role in the Offense) are particularly relevant in providing a measure of the scope of the offense and the defendant's participation.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987.

Sec.2E3.1.Engaging in a Gambling Business

(a) Base Offense Level: 12

Commentary

Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. Sec. 1955.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987.

Sec.2E3.2.Transmission of Wagering Information

(a) Base Offense Level: 12

Commentary

Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. Sec. 1084.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987.

Sec.2E3.3.Other Gambling Offenses

(a) Base Offense Level: 6

(b) Specific Offense Characteristic

(1) If the offense is committed as part of, or to

facilitate, a commercial gambling operation, increase by 6 levels.

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 15 U.S.C. Secs. 1172-1175; 18 U.S.C. Secs. 1082, 1301-1304, 1306, 1511, 1953. For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).

Background: This section includes a wide variety of conduct. A specific offense characteristic has been included to distinguish commercial from other gambling offenses.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987.

4. TRAFFICKING IN CONTRABAND CIGARETTES

Sec.2E4.1.Unlawful Conduct Relating to Contraband Cigarettes

(a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greater):

(1) 9; or

(2) the offense level from the table in Sec.2T4.1

(Tax Table) corresponding to the amount of the tax evaded.

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. Secs. 2342(a), 2344(a).

Application Note:

1. "Tax evaded" refers to state excise tax.

Background: The conduct covered by this section generally involves evasion of state excise taxes. At least 60,000 cigarettes must be involved. Because this offense is basically a tax matter, it is graded by use of the tax table in Sec.2T4.1.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987.

5. LABOR RACKETEERING

Introductory Commentary

The statutes included in this subpart protect the rights of employees under the Taft-Hartley Act, members of labor organizations under the Labor-Management Reporting and Disclosure Act of 1959, and participants of employee pension and welfare benefit plans covered under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act.

The base offense levels for many of the offenses in this subpart have been determined by reference to analogous sections of the guidelines. Thus, the base offense levels for bribery, theft, and fraud in this subpart generally correspond to similar conduct under other parts of the guidelines. The base offense levels for bribery and graft have been set higher than the level for commercial bribery due to the particular vulnerability to exploitation of the organizations covered by this subpart.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987.

Sec.2E5.1.Offering, Accepting, or Soliciting a Bribe or Gratuity Affecting the Operation of an Employee Welfare or Pension Benefit Plan

(a) Base Offense Level:

(1) 10, if a bribe; or

(2) 6, if a gratuity.

(b) Specific Offense Characteristics

(1) If the defendant was a fiduciary of the benefit plan, increase by 2 levels.

(2) Increase by the number of levels from the table in Sec.2F1.1 (Fraud and Deceit) corresponding to the value of the prohibited payment or the value of the improper benefit to the payer, whichever is greater.

(c) Special Instruction for Fines - Organizations

(1) In lieu of the pecuniary loss under subsection (a)(3) of Sec.8C2.4 (Base Fine), use the greatest of: (A) the value of the unlawful payment; (B) if a bribe, the value of the benefit received or to be received in return for the unlawful payment; or (C) if a bribe, the consequential damages resulting from the unlawful payment.

Commentary

Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. Sec. 1954.

Application Notes:

1. "Bribe" refers to the offer or acceptance of an unlawful payment with the specific understanding that it will corruptly affect an official action of the recipient.

2. "Gratuity" refers to the offer or acceptance of an unlawful payment other than a bribe.

3. "Fiduciary of the benefit plan" is defined in 29 U.S.C. Sec. 1002(21)(A) to mean a person who exercises any discretionary authority or control in respect to the management of such plan or exercises authority or control in respect to management or disposition of its assets, or who renders investment advice for a fee or other direct or indirect compensation with respect to any moneys or other property of such plan, or has any authority or responsibility to do so, or who has any discretionary authority or responsibility in the administration of such plan.

4. "Value of the improper benefit to the payer" is explained in the Commentary to Sec.2C1.1 (Offering, Giving, Soliciting, or Receiving a Bribe; Extortion Under Color of Official Right).

5. If the adjustment for a fiduciary at Sec.2E5.1(b)(1) applies, do not apply the adjustment at Sec.3B1.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill).

Background: This section covers the giving or receipt of bribes and other unlawful gratuities involving employee welfare or pension benefit plans. The seriousness of the offense is determined by several factors, including the value of the bribe or gratuity and the magnitude of the loss resulting from the transaction. A more severe penalty is warranted in a bribery where the payment is the primary motivation for an action to be taken, as opposed to graft, where the prohibited payment is given because of a person's actions, duties, or decisions without a prior understanding that the recipient's performance will be directly influenced by the gift.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 149); November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendment 422).

Sec.2E5.2.Theft or Embezzlement from Employee Pension and Welfare Benefit Plans

Apply Sec.2B1.1 (Larceny, Embezzlement, and Other Forms of Theft).

Commentary

Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. Sec. 664.

Application Note:

1. In the case of a defendant who was a fiduciary of the benefit plan, an adjustment under Sec.3B1.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill) will apply. "Fiduciary of the benefit plan" is defined in 29 U.S.C. Sec. 1002(21)(A) to mean a person who exercises any discretionary authority or control in respect to the management of such plan or exercises authority or control in respect to management or disposition of its assets, or who renders investment advice for a fee or other direct or indirect compensation with respect to any moneys or other property of such plan, or has any authority or responsibility to do so, or who has any discretionary authority or responsibility in the administration of such plan.

Background: This section covers theft or conversion from employee benefit plans by fiduciaries, or by any person, including borrowers to whom loans are disbursed based upon materially defective loan applications, service providers who are paid on inflated billings, and beneficiaries paid as the result of fraudulent claims.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective June 15, 1988 (see Appendix C, amendment 28); November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 150); November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendment 399).

Sec.2E5.3.False Statements and Concealment of Facts in Relation to Documents Required by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act

(a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greater):

(1) 6; or

(2) If the offense was committed to facilitate or conceal a theft or embezzlement, or an offense involving a bribe or a gratuity relating to the operation of an employee benefit plan, apply Sec.2E5.2 or Sec.2E5.1, as applicable.

Commentary

Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. Sec. 1027.

Background: This section covers the falsification of documents or records relating to a benefit plan covered by ERISA. Such violations sometimes occur in connection with the criminal conversion of plan funds or schemes involving bribery or graft. Where a violation under this section occurs in connection with another offense, the offense level is determined by reference to the offense facilitated by the false statements or documents.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 151).

Sec.2E5.4.Embezzlement or Theft from Labor Unions in the Private Sector

Apply Sec.2B1.1 (Larceny, Embezzlement, and Other Forms of Theft).

Commentary

Statutory Provision: 29 U.S.C. Sec. 501(c).

Application Note:

1. In the case of a defendant who was a union officer or occupied a position of trust in the union, as set forth in 29 U.S.C. Sec. 501(a), an adjustment under Sec.3B1.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill) would apply.

Background: This section includes embezzlement or theft from a labor organization. It is directed at union officers and persons employed by a union.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective June 15, 1988 (see Appendix C, amendment 29); November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 152).

Sec.2E5.5.Failure to Maintain and Falsification of Records Required by the Labor Management Reporting and Disclosure Act

(a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greater):

(1) 6; or

(2) If the offense was committed to facilitate or conceal a theft or embezzlement, or an offense involving a bribe or gratuity, apply Sec.2E5.4 or Sec.2E5.6, as applicable.

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 29 U.S.C. Secs. 439, 461. For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).

Background: This section covers failure to maintain proper documents required by the LMRDA or falsification of such documents. This offense is a misdemeanor.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 153).

Sec.2E5.6.Prohibited Payments or Lending of Money by Employer or Agent to Employees, Representatives, or Labor Organizations

(a) Base Offense Level:

(1) 10, if a bribe; or

(2) 6, if a gratuity.

(b) Specific Offense Characteristic

(1) Increase by the number of levels from the table in Sec.2F1.1 (Fraud and Deceit) corresponding to the value of the prohibited payment or the value of the improper benefit to the payer, whichever is greater.

(c) Special Instruction for Fines - Organizations

(1) In lieu of the pecuniary loss under subsection (a)(3) of Sec.8C2.4 (Base Fine), use the greatest of: (A) the value of the unlawful payment; (B) if a bribe, the value of the benefit received or to be received in return for the unlawful payment; or (C) if a bribe, the consequential damages resulting from the unlawful payment.

Commentary

Statutory Provision: 29 U.S.C. Sec. 186.

Application Notes:

1. "Bribe" refers to the offer or acceptance of an unlawful payment with the specific understanding that it will corruptly affect an official action of the recipient.

2. "Gratuity" refers to the offer or acceptance of an unlawful payment other than a bribe.

3. "Value of the improper benefit to the payer" is explained in the Commentary to Sec.2C1.1 (Offering, Giving, Soliciting, or Receiving a Bribe; Extortion Under Color of Official Right).

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendment 422).

PART F - OFFENSES INVOLVING FRAUD OR DECEIT

Sec.2F1.1.Fraud and Deceit

(a) Base Offense Level: 6

(b) Specific Offense Characteristics

(1) If the loss exceeded $2,000, increase the offense level as follows:

Loss (Apply the Greatest) Increase in Level (A) $2,000 or less no increase (B) More than $2,000 add 1 (C) More than $5,000 add 2 (D) More than $10,000 add 3 (E) More than $20,000 add 4 (F) More than $40,000 add 5 (G) More than $70,000 add 6 (H) More than $120,000 add 7 (I) More than $200,000 add 8 (J) More than $350,000 add 9 (K) More than $500,000 add 10 (L) More than $800,000 add 11 (M) More than $1,500,000 add 12 (N) More than $2,500,000 add 13 (O) More than $5,000,000 add 14 (P) More than $10,000,000 add 15 (Q) More than $20,000,000 add 16 (R) More than $40,000,000 add 17 (S) More than $80,000,000 add 18.

(2) If the offense involved (A) more than minimal planning, or (B) a scheme to defraud more than one victim, increase by 2 levels.

(3) If the offense involved (A) a misrepresentation that the defendant was acting on behalf of a charitable, educational, religious or political organization, or a government agency, or (B) violation of any judicial or administrative order, injunction, decree or process, increase by 2 levels. If the resulting offense level is less than level 10, increase to level 10.

(4) If the offense involved the conscious or reckless risk of serious bodily injury, increase by 2 levels. If the resulting offense level is less than level 13, increase to level 13.

(5) If the offense involved the use of foreign bank accounts or transactions to conceal the true nature or extent of the fraudulent conduct, and the offense level as determined above is less than level 12, increase to level 12.

(6) If the offense

(A) substantially jeopardized the safety and soundness of a financial institution; or

(B) affected a financial institution and the defendant derived more than $1,000,000 in gross receipts from the offense,

increase by 4 levels. If the resulting offense level is less than level 24, increase to level 24.

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 7 U.S.C. Secs. 6, 6b, 6c, 6h, 6o, 13, 23; 15 U.S.C. Secs. 50, 77e, 77q, 77x, 78d, 78j, 78ff, 80b-6, 1644; 18 U.S.C. Secs. 225, 285-289, 659, 1001-1008, 1010-1014, 1016-1022, 1025, 1026, 1028, 1029, 1031, 1341-1344. For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).

Application Notes:

1. The adjustments in Sec.2F1.1(b)(3) are alternative rather than cumulative. If in a particular case, however, both of the enumerated factors applied, an upward departure might be warranted.

2. "More than minimal planning" (subsection (b)(2)(A)) is defined in the Commentary to Sec.1B1.1 (Application Instructions).

3. "Scheme to defraud more than one victim," as used in subsection (b)(2)(B), refers to a design or plan to obtain something of value from more than one person. In this context, "victim" refers to the person or entity from which the funds are to come directly. Thus, a wire fraud in which a single telephone call was made to three distinct individuals to get each of them to invest in a pyramid scheme would involve a scheme to defraud more than one victim, but passing a fraudulently endorsed check would not, even though the maker, payee and/or payor all might be considered victims for other purposes, such as restitution.

4. Subsection (b)(3)(A) provides an adjustment for a misrepresentation that the defendant was acting on behalf of a charitable, educational, religious or political organization, or a government agency. Examples of conduct to which this factor applies would include a group of defendants who solicit contributions to a non-existent famine relief organization by mail, a defendant who diverts donations for a religiously-affiliated school by telephone solicitations to church members in which the defendant falsely claims to be a fund-raiser for the school, or a defendant who poses as a federal collection agent in order to collect a delinquent student loan.

5. Subsection (b)(3)(B) provides an adjustment for violation of any judicial or administrative order, injunction, decree or process. If it is established that an entity the defendant controlled was a party to the prior proceeding, and the defendant had knowledge of the prior decree or order, this provision applies even if the defendant was not a specifically-named party in that prior case. For example, a defendant whose business was previously enjoined from selling a dangerous product, but who nonetheless engaged in fraudulent conduct to sell the product, would be subject to this provision.

6. Some fraudulent schemes may result in multiple-count indictments, depending on the technical elements of the offense. The cumulative loss produced by a common scheme or course of conduct should be used in determining the offense level, regardless of the number of counts of conviction. See Chapter Three, Part D (Multiple Counts).

7. Valuation of loss is discussed in the Commentary to Sec.2B1.1 (Larceny, Embezzlement, and Other Forms of Theft). As in theft cases, loss is the value of the money, property, or services unlawfully taken; it does not, for example, include interest the victim could have earned on such funds had the offense not occurred. Consistent with the provisions of Sec.2X1.1 (Attempt, Solicitation or Conspiracy), if an intended loss that the defendant was attempting to inflict can be determined, this figure will be used if it is greater than the actual loss. Frequently, loss in a fraud case will be the same as in a theft case. For example, if the fraud consisted of selling or attempting to sell $40,000 in worthless securities, or representing that a forged check for $40,000 was genuine, the loss would be $40,000.

There are, however, instances where additional factors are to be considered in determining the loss or intended loss:

(a) Fraud Involving Misrepresentation of the Value of an Item or Product Substitution

A fraud may involve the misrepresentation of the value of an item that does have some value (in contrast to an item that is worthless). Where, for example, a defendant fraudulently represents that stock is worth $40,000 and the stock is worth only $10,000, the loss is the amount by which the stock was overvalued (i.e., $30,000). In a case involving a misrepresentation concerning the quality of a consumer product, the loss is the difference between the amount paid by the victim for the product and the amount for which the victim could resell the product received.

(b) Fraudulent Loan Application and Contract Procurement Cases

In fraudulent loan application cases and contract procurement cases, the loss is the actual loss to the victim (or if the loss has not yet come about, the expected loss). For example, if a defendant fraudulently obtains a loan by misrepresenting the value of his assets, the loss is the amount of the loan not repaid at the time the offense is discovered, reduced by the amount the lending institution has recovered (or can expect to recover) from any assets pledged to secure the loan. However, where the intended loss is greater than the actual loss, the intended loss is to be used.

In some cases, the loss determined above may significantly understate or overstate the seriousness of the defendant's conduct. For example, where the defendant substantially understated his debts to obtain a loan, which he nevertheless repaid, the loss determined above (zero loss) will tend not to reflect adequately the risk of loss created by the defendant's conduct. Conversely, a defendant may understate his debts to a limited degree to obtain a loan (e.g., to expand a grain export business), which he genuinely expected to repay and for which he would have qualified at a higher interest rate had he made truthful disclosure, but he is unable to repay the loan because of some unforeseen event (e.g., an embargo imposed on grain exports) which would have caused a default in any event. In such a case, the loss determined above may overstate the seriousness of the defendant's conduct.

(c) Consequential Damages in Procurement Fraud and Product Substitution Cases

In contrast to other types of cases, loss in a procurement fraud or product substitution case includes not only direct damages, but also consequential damages that were reasonably foreseeable. For example, in a case involving a defense product substitution offense, the loss includes the government's reasonably foreseeable costs of making substitute transactions and handling or disposing of the product delivered or retrofitting the product so that it can be used for its intended purpose, plus the government's reasonably foreseeable cost of rectifying the actual or potential disruption to government operations caused by the product substitution. Similarly, in the case of fraud affecting a defense contract award, loss includes the reasonably foreseeable administrative cost to the government and other participants of repeating or correcting the procurement action affected, plus any increased cost to procure the product or service involved that was reasonably foreseeable. Inclusion of reasonably foreseeable consequential damages directly in the calculation of loss in procurement fraud and product substitution cases reflects that such damages frequently are substantial in such cases.

(d) Diversion of Government Program Benefits

In a case involving diversion of government program benefits, loss is the value of the benefits diverted from intended recipients or uses.

(e) Davis-Bacon Act Cases

In a case involving a Davis-Bacon Act violation (a violation of 40 U.S.C. Sec. 276a, criminally prosecuted under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 1001), the loss is the difference between the legally required and actual wages paid.

8. For the purposes of subsection (b)(1), the loss need not be determined with precision. The court need only make a reasonable estimate of the loss, given the available information. This estimate, for example, may be based on the approximate number of victims and an estimate of the average loss to each victim, or on more general factors, such as the nature and duration of the fraud and the revenues generated by similar operations. The offender's gain from committing the fraud is an alternative estimate that ordinarily will underestimate the loss.

9. In the case of a partially completed offense (e.g., an offense involving a completed fraud that is part of a larger, attempted fraud), the offense level is to be determined in accordance with the provisions of Sec.2X1.1 (Attempt, Solicitation, or Conspiracy) whether the conviction is for the substantive offense, the inchoate offense (attempt, solicitation, or conspiracy), or both; see Application Note 4 in the Commentary to Sec.2X1.1.

10. In cases in which the loss determined under subsection (b)(1) does not fully capture the harmfulness and seriousness of the conduct, an upward departure may be warranted. Examples may include the following:

(a)the primary objective of the fraud was non-monetary;

(b)false statements were made for the purpose of facilitating some other crime;

(c)the offense caused physical or psychological harm;

(d)the offense endangered national security or military readiness;

(e)the offense caused a loss of confidence in an important institution.

In a few instances, the loss determined under subsection (b)(1) may overstate the seriousness of the offense. This may occur, for example, where a defendant attempted to negotiate an instrument that was so obviously fraudulent that no one would seriously consider honoring it.

11. Offenses involving fraudulent identification documents and access devices, in violation of 18 U.S.C. Secs. 1028 and 1029, are also covered by this guideline. The statutes provide for increased maximum terms of imprisonment for the use or possession of device-making equipment and the production or transfer of more than five identification documents or fifteen access devices. The court may find it appropriate to enhance the sentence for violations of these statutes in a manner similar to the treatment of analogous counterfeiting offenses under Part B of this Chapter.

12. If the fraud exploited vulnerable victims, an enhancement will apply. See Sec.3A1.1 (Vulnerable Victim).

13. Sometimes, offenses involving fraudulent statements are prosecuted under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 1001, or a similarly general statute, although the offense is also covered by a more specific statute. Examples include false entries regarding currency transactions, for which Sec.2S1.3 would be more apt, and false statements to a customs officer, for which Sec.2T3.1 likely would be more apt. In certain other cases, the mail or wire fraud statutes, or other relatively broad statutes, are used primarily as jurisdictional bases for the prosecution of other offenses. For example, a state arson offense where a fraudulent insurance claim was mailed might be prosecuted as mail fraud. Where the indictment or information setting forth the count of conviction (or a stipulation as described in Sec.1B1.2(a)) establishes an offense more aptly covered by another guideline, apply that guideline rather than Sec.2F1.1. Otherwise, in such cases, Sec.2F1.1 is to be applied, but a departure from the guidelines may be considered.

14. "Financial institution," as used in this guideline, is defined to include any institution described in 18 U.S.C. Secs. 20, 656, 657, 1005-1007, and 1014; any state or foreign bank, trust company, credit union, insurance company, investment company, mutual fund, savings (building and loan) association, union or employee pension fund; any health, medical or hospital insurance association; brokers and dealers registered, or required to be registered, with the Securities and Exchange Commission; futures commodity merchants and commodity pool operators registered, or required to be registered, with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission; and any similar entity, whether or not insured by the federal government. "Union or employee pension fund" and "any health, medical, or hospital insurance association," as used above, primarily include large pension funds that serve many individuals (e.g., pension funds of large national and international organizations, unions, and corporations doing substantial interstate business), and associations that undertake to provide pension, disability, or other benefits (e.g., medical or hospitalization insurance) to large numbers of persons.

15. An offense shall be deemed to have "substantially jeopardized the safety and soundness of a financial institution" if, as a consequence of the offense, the institution became insolvent; substantially reduced benefits to pensioners or insureds; was unable on demand to refund fully any deposit, payment, or investment; was so depleted of its assets as to be forced to merge with another institution in order to continue active operations; or was placed in substantial jeopardy of any of the above.

16. "The defendant derived more than $1,000,000 in gross receipts from the offense," as used in subsection (b)(6)(B), generally means that the gross receipts to the defendant individually, rather than to all participants, exceeded $1,000,000. "Gross receipts from the offense" includes all property, real or personal, tangible or intangible, which is obtained directly or indirectly as a result of such offense. See 18 U.S.C. Sec. 982(a)(4).

17. If the defendant is convicted under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 225 (relating to a continuing financial crimes enterprise), the offense level is that applicable to the underlying series of offenses comprising the "continuing financial crimes enterprise."

18. If subsection (b)(6)(A) or (B) applies, there shall be a rebuttable presumption that the offense involved "more than minimal planning."

Background: This guideline is designed to apply to a wide variety of fraud cases. The statutory maximum term of imprisonment for most such offenses is five years. The guideline does not link offense characteristics to specific code sections. Because federal fraud statutes are so broadly written, a single pattern of offense conduct usually can be prosecuted under several code sections, as a result of which the offense of conviction may be somewhat arbitrary. Furthermore, most fraud statutes cover a broad range of conduct with extreme variation in severity.

Empirical analyses of pre-guidelines practice showed that the most important factors that determined sentence length were the amount of loss and whether the offense was an isolated crime of opportunity or was sophisticated or repeated. Accordingly, although they are imperfect, these are the primary factors upon which the guideline has been based.

The extent to which an offense is planned or sophisticated is important in assessing its potential harmfulness and the dangerousness of the offender, independent of the actual harm. A complex scheme or repeated incidents of fraud are indicative of an intention and potential to do considerable harm. In pre-guidelines practice, this factor had a significant impact, especially in frauds involving small losses. Accordingly, the guideline specifies a 2-level enhancement when this factor is present.

Use of false pretenses involving charitable causes and government agencies enhances the sentences of defendants who take advantage of victims' trust in government or law enforcement agencies or their generosity and charitable motives. Taking advantage of a victim's self-interest does not mitigate the seriousness of fraudulent conduct. However, defendants who exploit victims' charitable impulses or trust in government create particular social harm. A defendant who has been subject to civil or administrative proceedings for the same or similar fraudulent conduct demonstrates aggravated criminal intent and is deserving of additional punishment for not conforming with the requirements of judicial process or orders issued by federal, state, or local administrative agencies.

Offenses that involve the use of transactions or accounts outside the United States in an effort to conceal illicit profits and criminal conduct involve a particularly high level of sophistication and complexity. These offenses are difficult to detect and require costly investigations and prosecutions. Diplomatic processes often must be used to secure testimony and evidence beyond the jurisdiction of United States courts. Consequently, a minimum level of 12 is provided for these offenses.

Subsection (b)(6)(A) implements, in a broader form, the instruction to the Commission in Section 961(m) of Public Law 101-73.

Subsection (b)(6)(B) implements the instruction to the Commission in Section 2507 of Public Law 101-647.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective June 15, 1988 (see Appendix C, amendment 30); November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendments 154-156 and 303); November 1, 1990 (see Appendix C, amendment 317); November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendments 364 and 393); November 1, 1992 (see Appendix C, amendment 470).

Sec.2F1.2.Insider Trading

(a) Base Offense Level: 8

(b) Specific Offense Characteristic

(1) Increase by the number of levels from the table

in Sec.2F1.1 corresponding to the gain resulting from the

offense.

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 15 U.S.C. Sec. 78j and 17 C.F.R. Sec. 240.10b-5. For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).

Application Note:

1. Section 3B1.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill) should be applied only if the defendant occupied and abused a position of special trust. Examples might include a corporate president or an attorney who misused information regarding a planned but unannounced takeover attempt. It typically would not apply to an ordinary "tippee."

Background: This guideline applies to certain violations of Rule 10b-5 that are commonly referred to as "insider trading." Insider trading is treated essentially as a sophisticated fraud. Because the victims and their losses are difficult if not impossible to identify, the gain, i.e., the total increase in value realized through trading in securities by the defendant and persons acting in concert with him or to whom he provided inside information, is employed instead of the victims' losses.

Certain other offenses, e.g., 7 U.S.C. Sec. 13(e), that involve misuse of inside information for personal gain also may appropriately be covered by this guideline.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987.

PART G - OFFENSES INVOLVING PROSTITUTION, SEXUAL EXPLOITATION OF MINORS, AND OBSCENITY

1. PROSTITUTION

Sec.2G1.1.Transportation for the Purpose of Prostitution or Prohibited Sexual Conduct

(a) Base Offense Level: 14

(b) Specific Offense Characteristic

(1) If the offense involved the use of physical force, or coercion by threats or drugs or in any manner, increase by 4 levels.

(c) Special Instruction

(1) If the offense involved the transportation of more than one person, Chapter Three, Part D (Multiple Counts) shall be applied as if the transportation of each person had been contained in a separate count of conviction.

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 8 U.S.C. Sec. 1328; 18 U.S.C. Secs. 2421, 2422.

Application Notes:

1. The base offense level assumes that the offense was committed for profit. In the infrequent case where the defendant did not commit the offense for profit and the offense did not involve physical force or coercion, the Commission recommends a downward departure of 8 levels.

2. The enhancement for physical force, or coercion, anticipates no bodily injury. If bodily injury results, an upward departure may be warranted. See Chapter Five, Part K (Departures).

3. "Coercion," as used in this guideline, includes any form of conduct that negates the voluntariness of the behavior of the person transported. This factor would apply, for example, where the ability of the person being transported to appraise or control conduct was substantially impaired by drugs or alcohol. In the case of transportation involving an adult, rather than a minor, this characteristic generally will not apply where the alcohol or drug was voluntarily taken.

4. For the purposes of Sec.3B1.1 (Aggravating Role), the persons transported are considered participants only if they assisted in the unlawful transportation of others.

5. For the purposes of Chapter Three, Part D (Multiple Counts), each person transported is to be treated as a separate victim. Consequently, multiple counts involving the transportation of different persons are not to be grouped together under Sec.3D1.2 (Groups of Closely-Related Counts). Special instruction (c)(1) directs that if the relevant conduct of an offense of conviction includes more than one person being transported, whether specifically cited in the count of conviction or not, each such person shall be treated as if contained in a separate count of conviction.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendments 157 and 158); November 1, 1990 (see Appendix C, amendment 322).

Sec.2G1.2.Transportation of a Minor for the Purpose of Prostitution or Prohibited Sexual Conduct

(a) Base Offense Level: 16

(b) Specific Offense Characteristics

(1) If the offense involved the use of physical force, or coercion by threats or drugs or in any manner, increase by 4 levels.

(2) If the offense involved the transportation of a minor under the age of twelve years, increase by 4 levels.

(3) If the offense involved the transportation of a minor at least twelve years of age but under the age of sixteen years, increase by 2 levels.

(4) If the defendant was a parent, relative, or legal guardian of the minor involved in the offense, or if the minor was otherwise in the custody, care, or supervisory control of the defendant, increase by 2 levels.

(c) Cross References

(1) If the offense involved causing, transporting, permitting, or offering or seeking by notice or advertisement, a minor to engage in sexually explicit conduct for the purpose of producing a visual depiction of such conduct, apply Sec.2G2.1 (Sexually Exploiting a Minor by Production of Sexually Explicit Visual or Printed Material; Custodian Permitting Minor to Engage in Sexually Explicit Conduct; Advertisement for Minors to Engage in Production).

(2) If the offense involved criminal sexual abuse, attempted criminal sexual abuse, or assault with intent to commit criminal sexual abuse, apply Sec.2A3.1 (Criminal Sexual Abuse; Attempt to Commit Criminal Sexual Abuse).

(3)If neither subsection (c)(1) nor (c)(2) is applicable, and the offense did not involve transportation for the purpose of prostitution, apply Sec.2A3.2 (Criminal Sexual Abuse of a Minor or Attempt to Commit Such Acts) or Sec.2A3.4 (Abusive Sexual Contact or Attempt to Commit Abusive Sexual Contact), as appropriate.

(d) Special Instruction

(1) If the offense involved the transportation of more than one person, Chapter Three, Part D (Multiple Counts) shall be applied as if the transportation of each person had been contained in a separate count of conviction.

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 8 U.S.C. Sec. 1328; 18 U.S.C. Secs. 2421, 2422, 2423.

Application Notes:

1. For the purposes of Chapter Three, Part D (Multiple Counts), each person transported is to be treated as a separate victim. Consequently, multiple counts involving the transportation of different persons are not to be grouped together under Sec.3D1.2 (Groups of Closely-Related Counts). Special instruction (d)(1) directs that if the relevant conduct of an offense of conviction includes more than one person being transported, whether specifically cited in the count of conviction or not, each such person shall be treated as if contained in a separate count of conviction.

2. The enhancement for physical force, or coercion, anticipates no bodily injury. If bodily injury results, an upward departure may be warranted. See Chapter Five, Part K (Departures).

3. "Coercion," as used in this guideline, includes any form of conduct that negates the voluntariness of the behavior of the person transported. This factor would apply, for example, where the ability of the person being transported to appraise or control conduct was substantially impaired by drugs or alcohol.

4. "Sexually explicit conduct," as used in this guideline, has the meaning set forth in 18 U.S.C. Sec. 2256.

5. Subsection (b)(4) is intended to have broad application and includes offenses involving a minor entrusted to the defendant, whether temporarily or permanently. For example, teachers, day care providers, baby-sitters, or other temporary caretakers are among those who would be subject to this enhancement. In determining whether to apply this adjustment, the court should look to the actual relationship that existed between the defendant and the child and not simply to the legal status of the defendant-child relationship.

6. If the adjustment in subsection (b)(4) applies, do not apply Sec.3B1.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill).

7. The cross reference in subsection (c)(1) is to be construed broadly to include all instances where the offense involved employing, using, persuading, inducing, enticing, coercing, transporting, permitting, or offering or seeking by notice or advertisement, a minor to engage in sexually explicit conduct for the purpose of producing any visual depiction of such conduct.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendments 159 and 160); November 1, 1990 (see Appendix C, amendment 323); November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendment 400); November 1, 1992 (see Appendix C, amendment 444).

2. SEXUAL EXPLOITATION OF A MINOR

Sec.2G2.1.Sexually Exploiting a Minor by Production of Sexually Explicit Visual or Printed Material; Custodian Permitting Minor to Engage in Sexually Explicit Conduct; Advertisement for Minors to Engage in Production

(a) Base Offense Level: 25

(b) Specific Offense Characteristics

(1) If the offense involved a minor under the age of twelve years, increase by 4 levels; otherwise, if the offense involved a minor under the age of sixteen years, increase by 2 levels.

(2) If the defendant was a parent, relative, or legal guardian of the minor involved in the offense, or if the minor was otherwise in the custody, care, or supervisory control of the defendant, increase by 2 levels.

(c) Special Instruction

(1) If the offense involved the exploitation of more than one minor, Chapter Three, Part D (Multiple Counts) shall be applied as if the exploitation of each minor had been contained in a separate count of conviction.

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. Sec. 2251(a), (b), (c)(1)(B).

Application Notes:

1. For the purposes of Chapter Three, Part D (Multiple Counts), each minor exploited is to be treated as a separate victim. Consequently, multiple counts involving the exploitation of different minors are not to be grouped together under Sec.3D1.2 (Groups of Closely-Related Counts). Special instruction (c)(1) directs that if the relevant conduct of an offense of conviction includes more than one minor being exploited, whether specifically cited in the count of conviction or not, each such minor shall be treated as if contained in a separate count of conviction.

2. Subsection (b)(2) is intended to have broad application and includes offenses involving a minor entrusted to the defendant, whether temporarily or permanently. For example, teachers, day care providers, baby-sitters, or other temporary caretakers are among those who would be subject to this enhancement. In determining whether to apply this adjustment, the court should look to the actual relationship that existed between the defendant and the child and not simply to the legal status of the defendant-child relationship.

3. If the adjustment in subsection (b)(2) applies, do not apply Sec.3B1.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill).

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 161); November 1, 1990 (see Appendix C, amendment 324); November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendment 400).

Sec.2G2.2.Trafficking in Material Involving the Sexual Exploitation of a Minor; Receiving, Transporting, Shipping, or Advertising Material Involving the Sexual Exploitation of a Minor; Possessing Material Involving the Sexual Exploitation of a Minor with Intent to Traffic

(a) Base Offense Level: 15

(b) Specific Offense Characteristics

(1) If the material involved a prepubescent minor or a minor under the age of twelve years, increase by 2 levels.

(2) If the offense involved distribution, increase by the number of levels from the table in Sec.2F1.1 corresponding to the retail value of the material, but in no event by less than 5 levels.

(3) If the offense involved material that portrays sadistic or masochistic conduct or other depictions of violence, increase by 4 levels.

(4) If the defendant engaged in a pattern of activity involving the sexual abuse or exploitation of a minor, increase by 5 levels.

(c) Cross Reference

(1) If the offense involved causing, transporting, permitting, or offering or seeking by notice or advertisement, a minor to engage in sexually explicit conduct for the purpose of producing a visual depiction of such conduct, apply Sec.2G2.1 (Sexually Exploiting a Minor by Production of Sexually Explicit Visual or Printed Material; Custodian Permitting Minor to Engage in Sexually Explicit Conduct; Advertisement for Minors to Engage in Production) if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above.

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. Secs. 2251(c)(1)(A), 2252(a)(1)-(3).

Application Notes:

1. "Distribution," as used in this guideline, includes any act related to distribution for pecuniary gain, including production, transportation, and possession with intent to distribute.

2. "Sexually explicit conduct," as used in this guideline, has the meaning set forth in 18 U.S.C. Sec. 2256.

3. The cross reference in (c)(1) is to be construed broadly to include all instances where the offense involved employing, using, persuading, inducing, enticing, coercing, transporting, permitting, or offering or seeking by notice or advertisement, a minor to engage in sexually explicit conduct for the purpose of producing any visual depiction of such conduct.

4. "Pattern of activity involving the sexual abuse or exploitation of a minor," for the purposes of subsection (b)(4), means any combination of two or more separate instances of the sexual abuse or the sexual exploitation of a minor, whether involving the same or different victims.

5. If the defendant sexually exploited or abused a minor at any time, whether or not such sexual abuse occurred during the course of the offense, an upward departure may be warranted. In determining the extent of such a departure, the court should take into consideration the offense levels provided in Secs.2A3.1, 2A3.2, and 2A3.4 most commensurate with the defendant's conduct, as well as whether the defendant has received an enhancement under subsection (b)(4) on account of such conduct.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective June 15, 1988 (see Appendix C, amendment 31); November 1, 1990 (see Appendix C, amendment 325); November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendment 372); November 27, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendment 435).

Sec.2G2.3.Selling or Buying of Children for Use in the Production of Pornography

(a) Base Offense Level: 38

Commentary

Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. Sec. 2251A.

Background: The statutory minimum sentence for a defendant convicted under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 2251A is twenty years imprisonment.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 162).

Sec.2G2.4.Possession of Materials Depicting a Minor Engaged in Sexually Explicit Conduct

(a) Base Offense Level: 13

(b) Specific Offense Characteristics

(1) If the material involved a prepubescent minor or a minor under the age of twelve years, increase by 2 levels.

(2) If the offense involved possessing ten or more books, magazines, periodicals, films, video tapes, or other items, containing a visual depiction involving the sexual exploitation of a minor, increase by 2 levels.

(c) Cross References

(1) If the offense involved causing, transporting, permitting, or offering or seeking by notice or advertisement, a minor to engage in sexually explicit conduct for the purpose of producing a visual depiction of such conduct, apply Sec.2G2.1 (Sexually Exploiting a Minor by Production of Sexually Explicit Visual or Printed Material; Custodian Permitting Minor to Engage in Sexually Explicit Conduct; Advertisement for Minors to Engage in Production).

(2) If the offense involved trafficking in material involving the sexual exploitation of a minor (including receiving, transporting, shipping, advertising, or possessing material involving the sexual exploitation of a minor with intent to traffic), apply Sec.2G2.2 (Trafficking in Material Involving the Sexual Exploitation of a Minor; Receiving, Transporting, Shipping, or Advertising Material Involving the Sexual Exploitation of a Minor; Possessing Material Involving the Sexual Exploitation of a Minor with Intent to Traffic).

Commentary

Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. Sec. 2252(a)(4).

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendment 372). Amended effective November 27, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendment 436).

Sec.2G2.5.Recordkeeping Offenses Involving the Production of Sexually Explicit Materials

(a) Base Offense Level: 6

(b) Cross References

(1) If the offense reflected an effort to conceal a substantive offense that involved causing, transporting, permitting, or offering or seeking by notice or advertisement, a minor to engage in sexually explicit conduct for the purpose of producing a visual depiction of such conduct, apply Sec.2G2.1 (Sexually Exploiting a Minor by Production of Sexually Explicit Visual or Printed Material; Custodian Permitting Minor to Engage in Sexually Explicit Conduct; Advertisement for Minors to Engage in Production).

(2) If the offense reflected an effort to conceal a substantive offense that involved trafficking in material involving the sexual exploitation of a minor (including receiving, transporting, advertising, or possessing material involving the sexual exploitation of a minor with intent to traffic), apply Sec.2G2.2 (Trafficking in Material Involving the Sexual Exploitation of a Minor; Receiving, Transporting, Advertising, or Possessing Material Involving the Sexual Exploitation of a Minor with Intent to Traffic).

Commentary

Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. Sec. 2257.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendment 372).

3. OBSCENITY

Sec.2G3.1.Importing, Mailing, or Transporting Obscene Matter

(a) Base Offense Level: 10

(b) Specific Offense Characteristics

(1) If the offense involved an act related to distribution for pecuniary gain, increase by the number of levels from the table in Sec.2F1.1 corresponding to the retail value of the material, but in no event by less than 5 levels.

(2) If the offense involved material that portrays sadistic or masochistic conduct or other depictions of violence, increase by 4 levels.

(c) Cross Reference

(1) If the offense involved transporting, distributing, receiving, possessing, or advertising to receive material involving the sexual exploitation of a minor, apply Sec.2G2.2 (Trafficking in Material Involving the Sexual Exploitation of a Minor; Receiving, Transporting, Shipping, or Advertising Material Involving the Sexual Exploitation of a Minor; Possessing Material Involving the Sexual Exploitation of a Minor with Intent to Traffic) or Sec.2G2.4 (Possession of Materials Depicting a Minor Engaged in Sexually Explicit Conduct), as appropriate.

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. Secs. 1460-1463, 1465, 1466. For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).

Application Note:

1. "Act related to distribution," as used in this guideline, is to be construed broadly and includes production, transportation, and possession with intent to distribute.

Background: Most federal prosecutions for offenses covered in this guideline are directed to offenses involving distribution for pecuniary gain. Consequently, the offense level under this section generally will be at least 15.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 163); November 1, 1990 (see Appendix C, amendment 326); November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendment 372); November 27, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendment 437).

Sec.2G3.2.Obscene Telephone Communications for a Commercial Purpose; Broadcasting Obscene Material

(a) Base Offense Level: 12

(b) Specific Offense Characteristics

(1) If a person who received the telephonic communication was less than eighteen years of age, or if a broadcast was made between six o'clock in the morning and eleven o'clock at night, increase by 4 levels.

(2) If 6 plus the offense level from the table at 2F1.1(b)(1) corresponding to the volume of commerce attributable to the defendant is greater than the offense level determined above, increase to that offense level.

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. Secs. 1464, 1468; 47 U.S.C. Sec. 223(b)(1)(A).

Background: Subsection (b)(1) provides an enhancement where an obscene telephonic communication was received by a minor less than 18 years of age or where a broadcast was made during a time when such minors were likely to receive it. Subsection (b)(2) provides an enhancement for large-scale "dial-a-porn" or obscene broadcasting operations that results in an offense level comparable to the offense level for such operations under Sec.2G3.1 (Importing, Mailing, or Transporting Obscene Matter). The extent to which the obscene material was distributed is approximated by the volume of commerce attributable to the defendant.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 164). A former Sec.2G3.2 (Obscene or Indecent Telephone Communications), effective November 1, 1987, was deleted effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 164).

PART H - OFFENSES INVOLVING INDIVIDUAL RIGHTS

1. CIVIL RIGHTS

Introductory Commentary

This subpart covers violations of civil rights statutes that typically penalize conduct involving death or bodily injury more severely than discriminatory or intimidating conduct not involving such injury.

The addition of two levels to the offense level applicable to the underlying offense in this subpart reflects the fact that the harm involved both the underlying conduct and activity intended to deprive a person of his civil rights. An added penalty is imposed on an offender who was a public official at the time of the offense to reflect the likely damage to public confidence in the integrity and fairness of government, and the added likely force of the threat because of the official's involvement.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987.

Sec.2H1.1.Conspiracy to Interfere with Civil Rights; Going in Disguise to Deprive of Rights

(a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greater):

(1) 15; or

(2) 2 plus the offense level applicable to any underlying offense.

(b) Specific Offense Characteristic

(1) If the defendant was a public official at the time of the offense, increase by 4 levels.

Commentary

Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. Sec. 241.

Application Notes:

1. "Underlying offense," as used in this guideline, includes any offense under federal, state, or local law other than an offense that is itself covered under Chapter Two, Part H, Subpart 1, 2, or 4. For example, in the case of a conspiracy to interfere with a person's civil rights (a violation of 18 U.S.C. Sec. 241) that involved an aggravated assault (the use of force) to deny certain rights or benefits in furtherance of discrimination (a violation of 18 U.S.C. Sec. 245), the underlying offense in respect to both the violation of 18 U.S.C. Sec. 241 (to which Sec.2H1.1 applies) and the violation of 18 U.S.C. Sec. 245 (to which Sec.2H1.3 applies) would be the aggravated assault.

"2 plus the offense level applicable to any underlying offense" means 2 levels above the offense level (base offense level plus any applicable specific offense characteristics and cross references) from the offense guideline in Chapter Two that most closely corresponds to the underlying offense. For example, if the underlying offense was second degree murder, which under Sec.2A1.2 has an offense level of 33, "2 plus the offense level applicable to any underlying offense" would be 33 + 2 = 35. If the underlying offense was assault, criminal sexual conduct, kidnapping, abduction or unlawful restraint, the offense level from the guideline for the most comparable offense in Secs.2A2.1-2A4.2 (Assault, Criminal Sexual Abuse, and Kidnapping, Abduction, or Unlawful Restraint) would first be determined, and 2 levels then would be added. If the underlying offense was damage to property by means of arson or an explosive device, the offense level from Sec.2K1.4 (Arson; Property Damage By Use of Explosives) would first be determined and 2 levels would be added. If the offense was property damage by other means, the offense level from Sec.2B1.3 (Property Damage or Destruction) would first be determined and 2 levels would be added. If the offense was a conspiracy or attempt to commit arson, "2 plus the offense level applicable to any underlying offense" would be the offense level from the guideline applicable to a conspiracy or attempt to commit arson plus 2 levels.

In certain cases, the count of which the defendant is convicted may set forth conduct that constitutes more than one underlying offense (e.g., two instances of assault, or one instance of assault and one instance of arson). In such cases, determine the offense level for the underlying offense by treating each underlying offense as if contained in a separate count of conviction. To determine which of the alternative base offense levels (e.g., Sec.2H1.1(a)(1) or (a)(2)) results in the greater offense level, apply Chapter Three, Parts A, B, C, and D to each alternative base offense level. Use whichever results in the greater offense level. Example: The defendant is convicted of one count of conspiracy to violate civil rights that included two level 12 underlying offenses (of a type not grouped together under Chapter Three, Part D). No adjustment from Chapter Three, Parts A, B, or C applies. The base offense level from Sec.2H1.1(a)(1) is 15. The offense level for each underlying offense from Sec.2H1.1(a)(2) is 14 (2 + 12). Under Chapter Three, Part D (Multiple Counts), the two level 14 underlying offenses result in a combined offense level of 16. This offense level is greater than the alternative base offense level of 15 under Sec.2H1.1(a)(1). Therefore, the case is treated as if there were two counts, one for each underlying offense, with a base offense level under Sec.2H1.2(a)(2) of 14 for each underlying offense.

2. Where the adjustment in Sec.2H1.1(b)(1) is applied, do not apply Sec.3B1.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill).

Background: This section applies to intimidating activity by various groups, including formally and informally organized groups as well as hate groups. The maximum term of imprisonment authorized by statute is ten years; except where death results, the maximum term of imprisonment authorized by statute is life imprisonment. The base offense level for this guideline assumes threatening or otherwise serious conduct.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 303); November 1, 1990 (see Appendix C, amendments 313 and 327); November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendment 430).

Sec.2H1.2.(Deleted)

Historical Note: Section 2H1.2 (Conspiracy to Interfere with Civil Rights), effective November 1, 1987, amended effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 303), was deleted by consolidation with Sec.2H1.1 effective November 1, 1990 (see Appendix C, amendment 327).

Sec.2H1.3.Use of Force or Threat of Force to Deny Benefits or Rights in Furtherance of Discrimination; Damage to Religious Real Property

(a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greatest):

(1) 10, if no injury occurred; or

(2) 15, if injury occurred; or

(3) 2 plus the offense level applicable to any underlying offense.

(b) Specific Offense Characteristic

(1) If the defendant was a public official at the time of the offense, increase by 4 levels.

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. Secs. 245, 247; 42 U.S.C. Sec. 3631. For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).

Application Notes:

1. "2 plus the offense level applicable to any underlying offense" is defined in the Commentary to Sec.2H1.1.

2. "Injury" means "bodily injury," "serious bodily injury," or "permanent or life-threatening bodily injury" as defined in the Commentary to Sec.1B1.1 (Application Instructions).

3. Where the adjustment in Sec.2H1.3(b)(1) is applied, do not apply Sec.3B1.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill).

4. In the case of a violation of 42 U.S.C. Sec. 3631, apply this guideline where the offense involved the threat or use of force. Otherwise, apply Sec.2H1.5.

Background: The statutes covered by this guideline provide federal protection for the exercise of civil rights in a variety of contexts (e.g., voting, employment, public accommodations, etc.). The base offense level in Sec.2H1.3(a) reflects that the threat or use of force is inherent in the offense. The maximum term of imprisonment authorized by statute is one year if no bodily injury results, ten years if bodily injury results, and life imprisonment if death results.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 165).

Sec.2H1.4.Interference with Civil Rights Under Color of Law

(a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greater):

(1) 10; or

(2) 6 plus the offense level applicable to any underlying offense.

Commentary

Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. Sec. 242.

Application Notes:

1. "6 plus the offense level applicable to any underlying offense" means 6 levels above the offense level for any underlying criminal conduct. See the discussion in the Commentary to Sec.2H1.1.

2. Do not apply the adjustment from Sec.3B1.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill).

Background: This maximum term of imprisonment authorized by 18 U.S.C. Sec. 242 is one year if no bodily injury results, ten years if bodily injury results, and life imprisonment if death results. A base offense level of 10 is prescribed at Sec.2H1.4(a)(1) providing a guideline sentence near the one-year statutory maximum for cases not resulting in death or bodily injury because of the compelling public interest in deterring and adequately punishing those who violate civil rights under color of law. The Commission intends to recommend that this one-year statutory maximum penalty be increased. An alternative base offense level is provided at Sec.2H1.4(a)(2). The 6-level increase under subsection (a)(2) reflects the 2-level increase that is applied to other offenses covered in this Part plus a 4-level increase for the commission of the offense under actual or purported legal authority. This 4-level increase is inherent in the base offense level of 10 under subsection (a)(1).

Enhancement under Sec.3B1.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill) is inappropriate because the base offense level in Sec.2H1.4(a) reflects that the abuse of actual or purported legal authority is inherent in the offense.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 166).

Sec.2H1.5.Other Deprivations of Rights or Benefits in Furtherance of Discrimination

(a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greater):

(1) 6; or

(2) 2 plus the offense level applicable to any underlying offense.

(b) Specific Offense Characteristic

(1) If the defendant was a public official at the time of the offense, increase by 4 levels.

Commentary

Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. Sec. 246.

Application Notes:

1. "2 plus the offense level applicable to any underlying offense" is defined in the Commentary to Sec.2H1.1.

2. Where the adjustment in Sec.2H1.5(b)(1) is applied, do not apply Sec.3B1.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill).

Background: Violations of the statutes covered by this provision do not necessarily involve the use of force or threatening conduct or violations by public officials. Accordingly, the minimum base offense level (level 6) provided is lower than that of the other guidelines in this subpart.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 167); November 1, 1990 (see Appendix C, amendment 328).

2. POLITICAL RIGHTS

Sec.2H2.1.Obstructing an Election or Registration

(a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greatest):

(1) 18, if the obstruction occurred by use of force or threat of force against person(s) or property; or

(2) 12, if the obstruction occurred by forgery, fraud, theft, bribery, deceit, or other means, except as provided in (3) below; or

(3) 6, if the defendant (A) solicited, demanded, accepted, or agreed to accept anything of value to vote, refrain from voting, vote for or against a particular candidate, or register to vote, (B) gave false information to establish eligibility to vote, or (C) voted more than once in a federal election.

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. Secs. 241, 242, 245(b)(1)(A), 592, 593, 594, 597; 42 U.S.C. Secs. 1973i, 1973j. For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).

Application Note:

1. If the offense resulted in bodily injury or significant property damage, or involved corrupting a public official, an upward departure may be warranted. See Chapter Five, Part K (Departures).

Background: Alternative base offense levels cover three major ways of obstructing an election: by force, by deceptive or dishonest conduct, or by bribery. A defendant who is a public official or who directs others to engage in criminal conduct is subject to an enhancement from Chapter Three, Part B (Role in the Offense).

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 168).

3. PRIVACY AND EAVESDROPPING

Sec.2H3.1.Interception of Communications or Eavesdropping

(a) Base Offense Level: 9

(b) Specific Offense Characteristic

(1) If the purpose of the conduct was to obtain direct or indirect commercial advantage or economic gain, increase by 3 levels.

(c) Cross Reference

(1) If the purpose of the conduct was to facilitate another offense, apply the guideline applicable to an attempt to commit that offense, if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above.

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. Sec. 2511; 47 U.S.C. Sec. 605. For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).

Application Note:

1. If the offense involved interception of satellite cable transmissions for purposes of commercial advantage or private financial gain (including avoiding payment of fees), apply Sec.2B5.3 (Criminal Infringement of Copyright) rather than this guideline.

Background: This section refers to conduct proscribed by 47 U.S.C. Sec. 605 and the Electronic Communications Privacy Act of 1986, which amends 18 U.S.C. Sec. 2511 and other sections of Title 18 dealing with unlawful interception and disclosure of communications. These statutes proscribe the interception and divulging of wire, oral, radio, and electronic communications. The Electronic Communications Privacy Act of 1986 provides for a maximum term of imprisonment of five years for violations involving most types of communication.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 169).

Sec.2H3.2.Manufacturing, Distributing, Advertising, or Possessing an Eavesdropping Device

(a) Base Offense Level: 6

(b) Specific Offense Characteristic

(1) If the offense was committed for pecuniary gain, increase by 3 levels.

Commentary

Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. Sec. 2512.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987.

Sec.2H3.3.Obstructing Correspondence

(a) Base Offense Level:

(1) 6; or

(2) if the conduct was theft of mail, apply Sec.2B1.1 (Larceny, Embezzlement, and Other Forms of Theft);

(3) if the conduct was destruction of mail, apply Sec.2B1.3 (Property Damage or Destruction).

Commentary

Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. Sec. 1702. For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).

Background: The statutory provision covered by this guideline is sometimes used to prosecute offenses more accurately described as theft or destruction of mail. In such cases, Sec.2B1.1 (Larceny, Embezzlement, and Other Forms of Theft) or Sec.2B1.3 (Property Damage or Destruction ) is to be applied.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1990 (see Appendix C, amendment 313).

4. PEONAGE, INVOLUNTARY SERVITUDE, AND SLAVE TRADE

Sec.2H4.1.Peonage, Involuntary Servitude, and Slave Trade

(a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greater):

(1) 15; or

(2) 2 plus the offense level applicable to any underlying offense.

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. Secs. 1581-1588.

Application Note:

1. "2 plus the offense level applicable to the underlying offense" is explained in the Commentary to Sec.2H1.1.

Background: This section covers statutes that prohibit peonage, involuntary servitude, and slave trade. For purposes of deterrence and just punishment, the minimum base offense level is 15. However, these offenses frequently involve other serious offenses. In such cases, the offense level will be increased under Sec.2H4.1(a)(2).

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987.

PART J - OFFENSES INVOLVING THE ADMINISTRATION OF JUSTICE

Sec.2J1.1.Contempt

Apply Sec.2X5.1 (Other Offenses).

Commentary

Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. Sec. 401. For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).

Application Note:

1. Because misconduct constituting contempt varies significantly and the nature of the contemptuous conduct, the circumstances under which the contempt was committed, the effect the misconduct had on the administration of justice, and the need to vindicate the authority of the court are highly context-dependent, the Commission has not provided a specific guideline for this offense. In certain cases, the offense conduct will be sufficiently analogous to Sec.2J1.2 (Obstruction of Justice) for that guideline to apply.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendments 170 and 171).

Sec.2J1.2.Obstruction of Justice

(a) Base Offense Level: 12

(b) Specific Offense Characteristics

(1) If the offense involved causing or threatening to cause physical injury to a person, or property damage, in order to obstruct the administration ofjustice, increase by 8 levels.

(2) If the offense resulted in substantial interference with the administration of justice, increase by 3 levels.

(c) Cross Reference

(1) If the offense involved obstructing the investigation or prosecution of a criminal offense, apply Sec.2X3.1 (Accessory After the Fact) in respect to that criminal offense, if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above.

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. Secs. 1503, 1505-1513, 1516. For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).

Application Notes:

1. "Substantial interference with the administration of justice" includes a premature or improper termination of a felony investigation; an indictment, verdict, or any judicial determination based upon perjury, false testimony, or other false evidence; or the unnecessary expenditure of substantial governmental or court resources.

2. For offenses covered under this section, Chapter Three, Part C (Obstruction) does not apply, unless the defendant obstructed the investigation or trial of the obstruction of justice count.

3. In the event that the defendant is convicted under this section as well as for the underlying offense (i.e., the offense that is the object of the obstruction), see the Commentary to Chapter Three, Part C (Obstruction), and to Sec.3D1.2(c) (Groups of Closely Related Counts).

4. If a weapon was used, or bodily injury or significant property damage resulted, a departure may be warranted. See Chapter Five, Part K (Departures).

5. The inclusion of "property damage" under subsection (b)(1) is designed to address cases in which property damage is caused or threatened as a means of intimidation or retaliation (e.g., to intimidate a witness from, or retaliate against a witness for, testifying). Subsection (b)(1) is not intended to apply, for example, where the offense consisted of destroying a ledger containing an incriminating entry.

Background: This section addresses offenses involving the obstruction of justice generally prosecuted under the above-referenced statutory provisions. Numerous offenses of varying seriousness may constitute obstruction of justice: using threats or force to intimidate or influence a juror or federal officer; obstructing a civil or administrative proceeding; stealing or altering court records; unlawfully intercepting grand jury deliberations; obstructing a criminal investigation; obstructing a state or local investigation of illegal gambling; using intimidation or force to influence testimony, alter evidence, evade legal process, or obstruct the communication of a judge or law enforcement officer; or causing a witness bodily injury or property damage in retaliation for providing testimony, information or evidence in a federal proceeding. The conduct that gives rise to the violation may, therefore, range from a mere threat to an act of extreme violence.

The specific offense characteristics reflect the more serious forms of obstruction. Because the conduct covered by this guideline is frequently part of an effort to avoid punishment for an offense that the defendant has committed or to assist another person to escape punishment for an offense, a cross reference to Sec.2X3.1 (Accessory After the Fact) is provided. Use of this cross reference will provide an enhanced offense level when the obstruction is in respect to a particularly serious offense, whether such offense was committed by the defendant or another person.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendments 172-174); November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendment 401).

Sec.2J1.3.Perjury or Subornation of Perjury

(a) Base Offense Level: 12

(b) Specific Offense Characteristics

(1) If the offense involved causing or threatening to cause physical injury to a person, or property damage, in order to suborn perjury, increase by 8 levels.

(2) If the perjury or subornation of perjury resulted in substantial interference with the administration of justice, increase by 3 levels.

(c) Cross Reference

(1) If the offense involved perjury or subornation of perjury in respect to a criminal offense, apply Sec.2X3.1 (Accessory After the Fact) in respect to that criminal offense, if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above.

(d) Special Instruction

(1) In the case of counts of perjury or subornation of perjury arising from testimony given, or to be given, in separate proceedings, do not group the counts together under Sec.3D1.2 (Groups of Closely-Related Counts).

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. Secs. 1621-1623. For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).

Application Notes:

1. "Substantial interference with the administration of justice" includes a premature or improper termination of a felony investigation; an indictment, verdict, or any judicial determination based upon perjury, false testimony, or other false evidence; or the unnecessary expenditure of substantial governmental or court resources.

2. For offenses covered under this section, Chapter Three, Part C (Obstruction) does not apply, unless the defendant obstructed the investigation or trial of the perjury count.

3. In the event that the defendant is convicted under this section as well as for the underlying offense (i.e., the offense with respect to which he committed perjury), see the Commentary to Chapter Three, Part C (Obstruction), and to Sec.3D1.2(c) (Groups of Closely Related Counts).

4. If a weapon was used, or bodily injury or significant property damage resulted, an upward departure may be warranted. See Chapter Five, Part K (Departures).

5. "Separate proceedings," as used in subsection (d)(1), includes different proceedings in the same case or matter (e.g., a grand jury proceeding and a trial, or a trial and retrial), and proceedings in separate cases or matters (e.g., separate trials of codefendants), but does not include multiple grand jury proceedings in the same case.

Background: This section applies to perjury and subornation of perjury, generally prosecuted under the referenced statutes. The guidelines provide a higher penalty for perjury than the pre-guidelines practice estimate of ten months imprisonment. The Commission believes that perjury should be treated similarly to obstruction of justice. Therefore, the same considerations for enhancing a sentence are applied in the specific offense characteristics, and an alternative reference to the guideline for accessory after the fact is made. Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 175); November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendments 401 and 402).

Sec.2J1.4.Impersonation

(a) Base Offense Level: 6

(b) Specific Offense Characteristic

(1) If the impersonation was committed for the purpose of conducting an unlawful arrest, detention, or search, increase by 6 levels.

(c) Cross Reference

(1) If the impersonation was to facilitate another offense, apply the guideline for an attempt to commit that offense, if the resulting offense level is greater than the offense level determined above.

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. Secs. 912, 913.

Background: This section applies to impersonation of a federal officer, agent, or employee; and impersonation to conduct an unlawful search or arrest.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 176).

Sec.2J1.5.Failure to Appear by Material Witness

(a) Base Offense Level:

(1) 6, if in respect to a felony; or

(2) 4, if in respect to a misdemeanor.

(b) Specific Offense Characteristic

(1) If the offense resulted in substantial interference with the administration of justice, increase by 3 levels.

Commentary

Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. Sec. 3146(b)(2). For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).

Application Notes:

1. "Substantial interference with the administration of justice" includes a premature or improper termination of a felony investigation; an indictment, verdict, or any judicial determination based upon perjury, false testimony, or other false evidence; or the unnecessary expenditure of substantial governmental or court resources.

2. By statute, a term of imprisonment imposed for this offense runs consecutively to any other term of imprisonment imposed. 18 U.S.C. Sec. 3146(b)(2).

Background: This section applies to a failure to appear by a material witness. The base offense level incorporates a distinction as to whether the failure to appear was in respect to a felony or misdemeanor prosecution. This offense covered by this section is a misdemeanor for which the maximum period of imprisonment authorized by statute is one year.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 177); November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendment 401).

Sec.2J1.6.Failure to Appear by Defendant

(a) Base Offense Level:

(1) 11, if the offense constituted a failure to report for service of sentence; or

(2) 6, otherwise.

(b) Specific Offense Characteristics

(1) If the base offense level is determined under subsection (a)(1), and the defendant

(A) voluntarily surrendered within 96 hours of the time he was originally scheduled to report, decrease by 5 levels; or

(B) was ordered to report to a community corrections center, community treatment center, "halfway house," or similar facility, and subdivision (A) above does not apply, decrease by 2 levels.

Provided, however, that this reduction shall not apply if the defendant, while away from the facility, committed any federal, state, or local offense punishable by a term of imprisonment of one year or more.

(2) If the base offense level is determined under subsection (a)(2), and the underlying offense is

(A) punishable by death or imprisonment for a term of fifteen years or more, increase by 9 levels; or

(B) punishable by a term of imprisonment of five years or more, but less than fifteen years, increase by 6 levels; or

(C) a felony punishable by a term of imprisonment of less than five years, increase by 3 levels.

Commentary

Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. Sec. 3146(b)(1).

Application Notes:

1. "Underlying offense" means the offense in respect to which the defendant failed to appear.

2. For offenses covered under this section, Chapter Three, Part C (Obstruction) does not apply, unless the defendant obstructed the investigation or trial of the failure to appear count.

3. In the case of a failure to appear for service of sentence, any term of imprisonment imposed on the failure to appear count is to be imposed consecutively to any term of imprisonment imposed for the underlying offense. See Sec.5G1.3(a). The guideline range for the failure to appear count is to be determined independently and the grouping rules of Secs.3D1.2-3D1.5 do not apply.

Otherwise, in the case of a conviction on both the underlying offense and the failure to appear, the failure to appear is treated under Sec.3C1.1 (Obstructing or Impeding the Administration of Justice) as an obstruction of the underlying offense; and the failure to appear count and the count(s) for the underlying offense are grouped together under Sec.3D1.2(c). Note that although 18 U.S.C. Sec. 3146(b)(2) does not require a sentence of imprisonment on a failure to appear count, it does require that any sentence of imprisonment on a failure to appear count be imposed consecutively to any other sentence of imprisonment. Therefore, in such cases, the combined sentence must be constructed to provide a "total punishment" that satisfies the requirements both of Sec.5G1.2 (Sentencing on Multiple Counts of Conviction) and 18 U.S.C. Sec. 3146(b)(2). For example, where the combined applicable guideline range for both counts is 30-37 months and the court determines a "total punishment" of 36 months is appropriate, a sentence of thirty months for the underlying offense plus a consecutive six months sentence for the failure to appear count would satisfy these requirements.

4. In some cases, the defendant may be sentenced on the underlying offense (the offense in respect to which the defendant failed to appear) before being sentenced on the failure to appear offense. In such cases, criminal history points for the sentence imposed on the underlying offense are to be counted in determining the guideline range on the failure to appear offense only where the offense level is determined under subsection (a)(1) (i.e., where the offense constituted a failure to report for service of sentence).

Background: This section applies to a failure to appear by a defendant who was released pending trial, sentencing, appeal, or surrender for service of sentence. Where the base offense level is determined under subsection (a)(2), the offense level increases in relation to the statutory maximum of the underlying offense.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1990 (see Appendix C, amendment 329); November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendment 403).

Sec.2J1.7.Commission of Offense While on Release

If an enhancement under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 3147 applies, add 3 levels to the offense level for the offense committed while on release as if this section were a specific offense characteristic contained in the offense guideline for the offense committed while on release.

Commentary

Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. Sec. 3147.

Application Notes:

1. Because 18 U.S.C. Sec. 3147 is an enhancement provision, rather than an offense, this section provides a specific offense characteristic to increase the offense level for the offense committed while on release.

2. Under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 3147, a sentence of imprisonment must be imposed in addition to the sentence for the underlying offense, and the sentence of imprisonment imposed under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 3147 must run consecutively to any other sentence of imprisonment. Therefore, the court, in order to comply with the statute, should divide the sentence on the judgment form between the sentence attributable to the underlying offense and the sentence attributable to the enhancement. The court will have to ensure that the "total punishment" (i.e., the sentence for the offense committed while on release plus the sentence enhancement under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 3147) is in accord with the guideline range for the offense committed while on release, as adjusted by the enhancement in this section. For example, if the applicable adjusted guideline range is 30-37 months and the court determines "total punishment" of 36 months is appropriate, a sentence of 30 months for the underlying offense plus 6 months under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 3147 would satisfy this requirement.

Background: An enhancement under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 3147 may be imposed only after sufficient notice to the defendant by the government or the court, and applies only in the case of a conviction for a federal offense that is committed while on release on another federal charge.

Legislative history indicates that the mandatory nature of the penalties required by 18 U.S.C. Sec. 3147 was to be eliminated upon the implementation of the sentencing guidelines. "Section 213(h) (renumbered as Sec.200(g) in the Crime Control Act of 1984) amends the new provision in title I of this Act relating to consecutive enhanced penalties for committing an offense on release (new 18 U.S.C. Sec. 3147) by eliminating the mandatory nature of the penalties in favor of utilizing sentencing guidelines." (Senate Report 98-225 at 186). Not all of the phraseology relating to the requirement of a mandatory sentence, however, was actually deleted from the statute. Consequently, it appears that the court is required to impose a consecutive sentence of imprisonment under this provision, but there is no requirement as to any minimum term. This guideline is drafted to enable the court to determine and implement a combined "total punishment" consistent with the overall structure of the guidelines, while at the same time complying with the statutory requirement. Guideline provisions that prohibit the grouping of counts of conviction requiring consecutive sentences (e.g., the introductory paragraph of Sec.3D1.2; Sec.5G1.2(a)) do not apply to this section because 18 U.S.C. Sec. 3147 is an enhancement, not a count of conviction.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective January 15, 1988 (see Appendix C, amendment 32); November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 178); November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendment 431).

Sec.2J1.8.Bribery of Witness

(a) Base Offense Level: 12

(b) Specific Offense Characteristic

(1) If the offense resulted in substantial interference

with the administration of justice, increase by 3 levels.

(c) Cross Reference

(1) If the offense involved bribery of a witness in respect to a criminal offense, apply Sec.2X3.1 (Accessory After the Fact) in respect to that criminal offense, if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above.

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. Sec. 201(b)(3), (4).

Application Notes:

1. "Substantial interference with the administration of justice" includes a premature or improper termination of a felony investigation; an indictment, verdict, or any judicial determination based upon perjury, false testimony, or other false evidence; or the unnecessary expenditure of substantial governmental or court resources.

2. For offenses covered under this section, Chapter Three, Part C (Obstruction) does not apply, unless the defendant obstructed the investigation or trial of the witness bribery count.

3. In the event that the defendant is convicted under this section as well as for the underlying offense (i.e., the offense with respect to which the bribery occurred), see the Commentary to Chapter Three, Part C (Obstruction), and to Sec.3D1.2(c) (Groups of Closely Related Counts).

Background: This section applies to witness bribery. The offense levels correspond to those for perjury (Sec.2J1.3).

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective January 15, 1988 (see Appendix C, amendment 33); November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 179); November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendment 401).

Sec.2J1.9.Payment to Witness

(a) Base Offense Level: 6

(b) Specific Offense Characteristic

(1) If the payment was made or offered for refusing to testify or for the witness absenting himself to avoid testifying, increase by 4 levels.

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. Sec. 201(c)(2), (3).

Application Notes:

1. For offenses covered under this section, Chapter Three, Part C (Obstruction) does not apply unless the defendant obstructed the investigation or trial of the payment to witness count.

2. In the event that the defendant is convicted under this section as well as for the underlying offense (i.e., the offense with respect to which the payment was made), see the Commentary to Chapter Three, Part C (Obstruction), and to Sec.3D1.2(c) (Groups of Closely Related Counts).

Background: This section applies to witness gratuities in federal proceedings.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendments 180 and 181).

PART K - OFFENSES INVOLVING PUBLIC SAFETY

1. EXPLOSIVES AND ARSON

Sec.2K1.1.Failure to Report Theft of Explosive Materials

(a) Base Offense Level: 6

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. Secs. 842(k), 844(b).

Background: The above-referenced provisions are misdemeanors. The maximum term of imprisonment authorized by statute is one year.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendment 404).

Sec.2K1.2.Improper Storage of Explosive Materials

(a) Base Offense Level: 6

Commentary

Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. Sec. 842(j). For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).

Background: The above-referenced provision is a misdemeanor. The maximum term of imprisonment authorized by statute is one year.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendment 404).

Sec.2K1.3.Unlawful Receipt, Possession, or Transportation of Explosive Materials; Prohibited Transactions Involving Explosive Materials

(a) Base Offense Level (Apply the Greatest):

(1) 24, if the defendant had at least two prior felony convictions of either a crime of violence or a controlled substance offense; or

(2) 20, if the defendant had one prior felony conviction of either a crime of violence or a controlled substance offense; or

(3) 16, if the defendant is a prohibited person; or knowingly distributed explosive materials to a prohibited person; or

(4) 12, otherwise.

(b) Specific Offense Characteristics

(1) If the offense involved twenty-five pounds or more of explosive materials, increase as follows:

Weight of Explosive Material Increase in Level (A) At least 25 but less than 100 lbs. add 1 (B) At least 100 but less than 250 lbs. add 2 (C) At least 250 but less than 500 lbs. add 3 (D) At least 500 but less than 1000 lbs. add 4 (E) 1000 lbs. or more add 5.

(2) If the offense involved any explosive material that the defendant knew or had reason to believe was stolen, increase by 2 levels.

Provided, that the cumulative offense level determined above shall not exceed level 29.

(3) If the defendant used or possessed any explosive material in connection with another felony offense; or possessed or transferred any explosive material with knowledge, intent, or reason to believe that it would be used or possessed in connection with another felony offense, increase by 4 levels. If the resulting offense level is less than level 18, increase to level 18.

(c) Cross Reference

(1) If the defendant used or possessed any explosive material in connection with the commission or attempted commission of another offense, or possessed or transferred any explosive material with knowledge or intent that it would be used or possessed in connection with another offense, apply

(A) Sec.2X1.1 (Attempt, Solicitation, or Conspiracy)

in respect to that other offense if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above; or

(B) if death resulted, the most analogous offense

guideline from Chapter Two, Part A, Subpart 1 (Homicide), if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above.

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. Secs. 842(a)-(e), (h), (i), 844(d), (g), 1716; 26 U.S.C. Sec. 5865.

Application Notes:

1. "Explosive material(s)" include explosives, blasting agents, and detonators. See 18 U.S.C. Sec. 841(c). "Explosives" is defined at 18 U.S.C. Sec. 844(j). A destructive device, defined in the Commentary to Sec.1B1.1 (Application Instructions), may contain explosive materials. Where the conduct charged in the count of which the defendant was convicted establishes that the offense involved a destructive device, apply Sec.2K2.1 (Unlawful Receipt, Possession, or Transportation of Firearms or Ammunition; Prohibited Transactions Involving Firearms or Ammunition) if the resulting offense level is greater.

2. "Crime of violence," "controlled substance offense," and "prior felony conviction(s)," as used in subsections (a)(1) and (a)(2), are defined at Sec.4B1.2 (Definitions of Terms Used in Section 4B1.1), subsections (1) and (2), and Application Note 3 of the Commentary, respectively. For purposes of determining the number of such convictions under subsections (a)(1) and (a)(2), count any such prior conviction that receives any points under Sec.4A1.1 (Criminal History Category).

3. "Prohibited person," as used in subsection (a)(3), means anyone who: (i) is under indictment for, or has been convicted of, a "crime punishable by imprisonment for a term exceeding one year," as defined at 18 U.S.C. Sec. 841(l); (ii) is a fugitive from justice; (iii) is an unlawful user of, or is addicted to, any controlled substance; or (iv) has been adjudicated as a mental defective or involuntarily committed to a mental institution.

4. "Felony offense," as used in subsection (b)(3), means any offense punishable by imprisonment for a term exceeding one year, whether or not a criminal charge was brought, or conviction obtained.

5. For purposes of calculating the weight of explosive materials under subsection (b)(1), include only the weight of the actual explosive material and the weight of packaging material that is necessary for the use or detonation of the explosives. Exclude the weight of any other shipping or packaging materials. For example, the paper and fuse on a stick of dynamite would be included; the box that the dynamite was shipped in would not be included.

6. For purposes of calculating the weight of explosive materials under subsection (b)(1), count only those explosive materials that were unlawfully sought to be obtained, unlawfully possessed, or unlawfully distributed, including any explosive material that a defendant attempted to obtain by making a false statement.

7. If the defendant is convicted under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 842(h) (offense involving stolen explosive materials), and is convicted of no other offenses subject to this guideline, do not apply the adjustment in subsection (b)(2) because the base offense level itself takes such conduct into account.

8. Under subsection (c)(1), the offense level for the underlying offense is to be determined under Sec.2X1.1 (Attempt, Solicitation, or Conspiracy) or, if death results, under the most analogous guideline from Chapter Two, Part A, Subpart 1 (Homicide).

9. Prior felony conviction(s) resulting in an increased base offense level under subsection (a)(1), (a)(2), or (a)(3) are also counted for purposes of determining criminal history points pursuant to Chapter Four, Part A (Criminal History).

10. An upward departure may be warranted in any of the following circumstances: (1) the quantity of explosive materials significantly exceeded 1000 pounds; (2) the explosive materials were of a nature more volatile or dangerous than dynamite or conventional powder explosives (e.g., plastic explosives); (3) the defendant knowingly distributed explosive materials to a person under twenty-one years of age; or (4) the offense posed a substantial risk of death or bodily injury to multiple individuals.

11.As used in subsections (b)(3) and (c)(1), "another felony offense" and "another offense" refer to offenses other than explosives or firearms possession or trafficking offenses. However, where the defendant used or possessed a firearm or explosive to facilitate another firearms or explosives offense (e.g., the defendant used or possessed a firearm to protect the delivery of an unlawful shipment of explosives), an upward departure under Sec.5K2.6 (Weapons and

Dangerous Instrumentalities) may be warranted.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 183); November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendment 373); November 1, 1992 (see, Appendix C, amendment 471).

Sec.2K1.4.Arson; Property Damage by Use of Explosives

(a) Base Offense Level (Apply the Greatest):

(1) 24, if the offense (A) created a substantial risk of death or serious bodily injury to any person other than a participant in the offense, and that risk was created knowingly; or (B) involved the destruction or attempted destruction of a dwelling;

(2) 20, if the offense (A) created a substantial risk of death or serious bodily injury to any person other than a participant in the offense; (B) involved the destruction or attempted destruction of a structure other than a dwelling; or (C) endangered a dwelling, or a structure other than a dwelling;

(3) 2 plus the offense level from Sec.2F1.1 (Fraud and Deceit) if the offense was committed in connection with a scheme to defraud; or

(4) 2 plus the offense level from Sec.2B1.3 (Property Damage or Destruction).

(b) Specific Offense Characteristic

(1) If the offense was committed to conceal another offense, increase by 2 levels.

(c) Cross Reference

(1) If death resulted, or the offense was intended to cause death or serious bodily injury, apply the most analogous guideline from Chapter Two, Part A (Offenses Against the Person) if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above.

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. Secs. 32(a), (b), 33, 81, 844(f), (h) (only in the case of an offense committed prior to November 18, 1988), (i), 1153, 1855, 2275. For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).

Application Notes:

1. If bodily injury resulted, an upward departure may be warranted. See Chapter Five, Part K (Departures).

2. Creating a substantial risk of death or serious bodily injury includes creating that risk to fire fighters and other emergency and law enforcement personnel who respond to or investigate an offense.

3. "Explosives," as used in the title of this guideline, includes any explosive, explosive material, or destructive device.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendments 182, 184, and 185); November 1, 1990 (see Appendix C, amendment 330); November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendment 404).

Sec.2K1.5.Possessing Dangerous Weapons or Materials While Boarding or Aboard an Aircraft

(a) Base Offense Level: 9

(b) Specific Offense Characteristics

If more than one applies, use the greatest:

(1) If the offense was committed willfully and without regard for the safety of human life, or with reckless disregard for the safety of human life, increase by 15 levels.

(2) If the defendant was prohibited by another federal law from possessing the weapon or material, increase by 2 levels.

(3) If the defendant's possession of the weapon or material would have been lawful but for 49 U.S.C. Sec. 1472(l) and he acted with mere negligence, decrease by 3 levels.

(c) Cross Reference

(1) If the defendant used or possessed the weapon or material in committing or attempting another offense, apply the guideline for such other offense, or Sec.2X1.1 (Attempt, Solicitation, or Conspiracy), as appropriate, if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above.

Commentary

Statutory Provision: 49 U.S.C. Sec. 1472(l).

Background: Except under the circumstances specified in 49 U.S.C. Sec. 1472(l)(2), the offense covered by this section is a misdemeanor for which the maximum term of imprisonment authorized by statute is one year. An enhancement is provided where the defendant was a person prohibited by federal law from possession of the weapon or material. A decrease is provided in a case of mere negligence where the defendant was otherwise authorized to possess the weapon or material.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendments 182, 186, 187, and 303); November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendment 404); November 1, 1992 (see Appendix C, amendment 443).

Sec.2K1.6.Licensee Recordkeeping Violations Involving Explosive Materials

(a) Base Offense Level: 6

(b) Cross Reference

(1) If a recordkeeping offense reflected an effort to conceal a substantive explosive materials offense, apply Sec.2K1.3 (Unlawful Receipt, Possession, or Transportation of Explosives Materials; Prohibited Transactions Involving Explosive Materials).

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. Sec. 842(f), (g).

Background: The above-referenced provisions are recordkeeping offenses applicable only to "licensees," who are defined at 18 U.S.C. Sec. 841(m).

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendment 373). A former Sec.2K1.6 (Shipping, Transporting, or Receiving Explosives with Felonious Intent or Knowledge; Using or Carrying Explosives in Certain Crimes), effective November 1, 1987, amended effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 303) and November 1, 1990 (see Appendix C, amendment 331), was deleted by consolidation with Sec.2K1.3 effective November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendment 373).

Sec.2K1.7.Use of Fire or Explosives to Commit a Federal Felony

(a) If the defendant, whether or not convicted of another crime, was convicted under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 844(h), the term of imprisonment is that required by statute.

(b) Special Instruction for Fines

(1) Where there is a federal conviction for the underlying offense, the fine guideline shall be the fine guideline that would have been applicable had there only been a conviction for the underlying offense. This guideline shall be used as a consolidated fine guideline for both the underlying offense and the conviction underlying this section.

Commentary

Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. Sec. 844(h).

Application Notes:

1. The statute requires a term of imprisonment imposed under this section to run consecutively to any other term of imprisonment.

2. Imposition of a term of supervised release is governed by the provisions of Sec.5D1.1 (Imposition of a Term of Supervised Release).

3. Where a sentence under this section is imposed in conjunction with a sentence for an underlying offense, any specific offense characteristic for the use of fire or explosives is not to be applied in respect to the guideline for the underlying offense.

4. Subsection (b) sets forth special provisions concerning the imposition of fines. Where there is also a conviction for the underlying offense, a consolidated fine guideline is determined by the offense level that would have applied to the underlying offense absent a conviction under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 844(h). This is required because the offense level for the underlying offense may be reduced in that any specific offense characteristic for use of fire or explosives would not be applied (see Application Note 3). The Commission has not established a fine guideline range for the unusual case in which there is no conviction for the underlying offense, although a fine is authorized under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 3571.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 188). Amended effective November 1, 1990 (see Appendix C, amendment 332).

2. FIREARMS

Sec.2K2.1.Unlawful Receipt, Possession, or Transportation of Firearms or Ammunition; Prohibited Transactions Involving Firearms or Ammunition

(a) Base Offense Level (Apply the Greatest):

(1) 26, if the defendant had at least two prior felony convictions of either a crime of violence or a controlled substance offense, and the instant offense involved a firearm listed in 26 U.S.C. Sec. 5845(a); or

(2) 24, if the defendant had at least two prior felony convictions of either a crime of violence or a controlled substance offense; or

(3) 22, if the defendant had one prior felony conviction of either a crime of violence or a controlled substance offense, and the instant offense involved a firearm listed in 26 U.S.C. Sec. 5845(a); or

(4) 20, if the defendant

(A) had one prior felony conviction of either a crime of violence or a controlled substance offense; or

(B) is a prohibited person, and the offense involved a firearm listed in 26 U.S.C. Sec. 5845(a); or

(5) 18, if the offense involved a firearm listed in 26 U.S.C. Sec. 5845(a); or

(6) 14, if the defendant is a prohibited person; or

(7) 12, except as provided below; or

(8) 6, if the defendant is convicted under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 922(c), (e), (f), or (m).

(b) Specific Offense Characteristics

(1) If the offense involved three or more firearms,

increase as follows:

Number of Firearms Increase in Level (A) 3-4 add 1 (B) 5-7 add 2 (C) 8-12 add 3 (D) 13-24 add 4 (E) 25-49 add 5 (F) 50 or more add 6.

(2) If the defendant, other than a defendant subject to subsection (a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3), (a)(4), or (a)(5), possessed all ammunition and firearms solely for lawful sporting purposes or collection, and did not unlawfully discharge or otherwise unlawfully use such firearms or ammunition, decrease the offense level determined above to level 6.

(3) If the offense involved a destructive device, increase by 2 levels.

(4) If any firearm was stolen, or had an altered or obliterated serial number, increase by 2 levels.

Provided, that the cumulative offense level determined above shall not exceed level 29.

(5) If the defendant used or possessed any firearm or ammunition in connection with another felony offense; or possessed or transferred any firearm or ammunition with knowledge, intent, or reason to believe that it would be used or possessed in connection with another felony offense, increase by 4 levels. If the resulting offense level is less than level 18, increase to level 18.

(6) If a recordkeeping offense reflected an effort to conceal a substantive offense involving firearms or ammunition, increase to the offense level for the substantive offense.

(c) Cross Reference

(1) If the defendant used or possessed any firearm or ammunition in connection with the commission or attempted commission of another offense, or possessed or transferred a firearm or ammunition with knowledge or intent that it would be used or possessed in connection with another offense, apply

(A) Sec.2X1.1 (Attempt, Solicitation, or Conspiracy) in respect to that other offense, if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above; or

(B) if death resulted, the most analogous offense guideline from Chapter Two, Part A, Subpart 1 (Homicide), if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above.

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. Secs. 922(a)-(p), (r), 924(a), (b), (e), (f), (g); 26 U.S.C. Sec. 5861(a)-(l). For additional statutory provisions, see Appendix A (Statutory Index).

Application Notes:

1. "Firearm" includes (i) any weapon (including a starter gun) which will or is designed to or may readily be converted to expel a projectile by the action of an explosive; (ii) the frame or receiver of any such weapon; (iii) any firearm muffler or silencer; or (iv) any destructive device. See 18 U.S.C. Sec. 921(a)(3).

2. "Ammunition" includes ammunition or cartridge cases, primer, bullets, or propellent powder designed for use in any firearm. See 18 U.S.C. Sec. 921(a)(17)(A).

3. "Firearm listed in 26 U.S.C. Sec. 5845(a)" includes: (i) any short-barreled rifle or shotgun or any weapon made therefrom; (ii) a machinegun; (iii) a silencer; (iv) a destructive device; or (v) any "other weapon," as that term is defined by 26 U.S.C. Sec. 5845(e). A firearm listed in 26 U.S.C. Sec. 5845(a) does not include unaltered handguns or regulation-length rifles or shotguns. For a more detailed definition, refer to 26 U.S.C. Sec. 5845.

4. "Destructive device" is a type of firearm listed in 26 U.S.C. Sec. 5845(a), and includes any explosive, incendiary, or poison gas -- (i) bomb, (ii) grenade, (iii) rocket having a propellant charge of more than four ounces, (iv) missile having an explosive or incendiary charge of more than one-quarter ounce, (v) mine, or (vi) device similar to any of the devices described in the preceding clauses; any type of weapon which will, or which may be readily converted to, expel a projectile by the action of an explosive or other propellant, and which has any barrel with a bore of more than one-half inch in diameter; or any combination of parts either designed or intended for use in converting any device into any destructive device listed above. For a more detailed definition, refer to 26 U.S.C. Sec. 5845(f).

5. "Crime of violence," "controlled substance offense," and "prior felony conviction(s)," are defined in Sec.4B1.2 (Definitions of Terms Used in Section 4B1.1), subsections (1) and (2), and Application Note 3 of the Commentary, respectively. For purposes of determining the number of such convictions under subsections (a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3), and (a)(4)(A), count any such prior conviction that receives any points under Sec.4A1.1 (Criminal History Category).

6. "Prohibited person," as used in subsections (a)(4)(B) and (a)(6), means anyone who: (i) is under indictment for, or has been convicted of, a "crime punishable by imprisonment for more than one year," as defined by 18 U.S.C. Sec. 921(a)(20); (ii) is a fugitive from justice; (iii) is an unlawful user of, or is addicted to, any controlled substance; (iv) has been adjudicated as a mental defective or involuntarily committed to a mental institution; or (v) being an alien, is illegally or unlawfully in the United States.

7. "Felony offense," as used in subsection (b)(5), means any offense punishable by imprisonment for a term exceeding one year, whether or not a criminal charge was brought, or conviction obtained.

8. Subsection (a)(7) includes the interstate transportation or interstate distribution of firearms, which is frequently committed in violation of state, local, or other federal law restricting the possession of firearms, or for some other underlying unlawful purpose. In the unusual case in which it is established that neither avoidance of state, local, or other federal firearms law, nor any other underlying unlawful purpose was involved, a reduction in the base offense level to no lower than level 6 may be warranted to reflect the less serious nature of the violation.

9. For purposes of calculating the number of firearms under subsection (b)(1), count only those firearms that were unlawfully sought to be obtained, unlawfully possessed, or unlawfully distributed, including any firearm that a defendant obtained or attempted to obtain by making a false statement to a licensed dealer.

10. Under subsection (b)(2), "lawful sporting purposes or collection" as determined by the surrounding circumstances, provides for a reduction to an offense level of 6. Relevant surrounding circumstances include the number and type of firearms, the amount and type of ammunition, the location and circumstances of possession and actual use, the nature of the defendant's criminal history (e.g., prior convictions for offenses involving firearms), and the extent to which possession was restricted by local law. Note that where the base offense level is determined under subsections (a)(1) - (a)(5), subsection (b)(2) is not applicable.

11. A defendant whose offense involves a destructive device receives both the base offense level from the subsection applicable to a firearm listed in 26 U.S.C. Sec. 5845(a) (e.g., subsection (a)(1), (a)(3), (a)(4)(B), or (a)(5)), and a two-level enhancement under subsection (b)(3). Such devices pose a considerably greater risk to the public welfare than other National Firearms Act weapons.

12. If the defendant is convicted under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 922(i), (j), or (k), or 26 U.S.C. Sec. 5861(g) or (h) (offenses involving stolen firearms or ammunition), and is convicted of no other offense subject to this guideline, do not apply the adjustment in subsection (b)(4) because the base offense level itself takes such conduct into account.

13. Under subsection (b)(6), if a record-keeping offense was committed to conceal a substantive firearms or ammunition offense, the offense level is increased to the offense level for the substantive firearms or ammunition offense (e.g., if the defendant falsifies a record to conceal the sale of a firearm to a prohibited person, the offense level is increased to the offense level applicable to the sale of a firearm to a prohibited person).

14. Under subsection (c)(1), the offense level for the underlying offense is to be determined under Sec.2X1.1 (Attempt, Solicitation, or Conspiracy) or, if death results, under the most analogous guideline from Chapter Two, Part A, Subpart 1 (Homicide).

15.Prior felony conviction(s) resulting in an increased base offense level under subsection (a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3), (a)(4)(A), (a)(4)(B), or (a)(6) are also counted for purposes of determining criminal history points pursuant to Chapter Four, Part A (Criminal History).

16. An upward departure may be warranted in any of the following circumstances: (1) the number of firearms significantly exceeded fifty; (2) the offense involved multiple National Firearms Act weapons (e.g., machineguns, destructive devices), military type assault rifles, non-detectable ("plastic") firearms (defined at 18 U.S.C. Sec. 922(p)); (3) the offense involved large quantities of armor-piercing ammunition (defined at 18 U.S.C. Sec. 921(a)(17)(B)); or (4) the offense posed a substantial risk of death or bodily injury to multiple individuals.

17. A defendant who is subject to an enhanced sentence under the provisions of 18 U.S.C. Sec. 924(e) is an Armed Career Criminal. See Sec.4B1.4.

18. As used in subsections (b)(5) and (c)(1), "another felony offense" and "another offense" refer to offenses other than explosives or firearms possession or trafficking offenses. However, where the defendant used or possessed a firearm or explosive to facilitate another firearms or explosives offense (e.g., the defendant used or possessed a firearm to protect the delivery of an unlawful shipment of explosives), an upward departure under Sec.5K2.6 (Weapons and Dangerous Instrumentalities) may be warranted.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 189); November 1, 1990 (see Appendix C, amendment 333); November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendment 374); November 1, 1992 (see Appendix C, amendment 471).

Sec.2K2.2. (Deleted)

Historical Note: Section 2K2.2 (Unlawful Trafficking and Other Prohibited Transactions Involving Firearms), effective November 1, 1987, amended effective January 15, 1988 (see Appendix C, amendment 34), November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 189), and November 1, 1990 (see Appendix C, amendment 333), was deleted by consolidation with Sec.2K2.1 effective November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendment 374).

Sec.2K2.3. (Deleted)

Historical Note: Section 2K2.3 (Receiving, Transporting, Shipping or Transferring a Firearm or Ammunition With Intent to Commit Another Offense, or With Knowledge that It Will Be Used in Committing Another Offense), effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 189), was deleted by consolidation with Sec.2K2.1 effective November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendment 374). A former Sec.2K2.3 (Prohibited Transactions in or Shipment of Firearms and Other Weapons), effective November 1, 1987, was deleted by consolidation with Sec.2K2.2, effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 189).

Sec.2K2.4.Use of Firearms or Armor-Piercing Ammunition During or in Relation to Certain Crimes

(a) If the defendant, whether or not convicted of another crime, was convicted under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 924(c) or Sec. 929(a), the term of imprisonment is that required by statute.

(b) Special Instructions for Fines

(1) Where there is a federal conviction for the underlying offense, the fine guideline shall be the fine guideline that would have been applicable had there only been a conviction for the underlying offense. This guideline shall be used as a consolidated fine guideline for both the underlying offense and the conviction underlying this section.

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. Secs. 924(c), 929(a).

Application Notes:

1. In each case, the statute requires a term of imprisonment imposed under this section to run consecutively to any other term of imprisonment.

2. Where a sentence under this section is imposed in conjunction with a sentence for an underlying offense, any specific offense characteristic for the possession, use, or discharge of a firearm (e.g., Sec.2B3.1(b)(2)(A)-(F) (Robbery)), is not to be applied in respect to the guideline for the underlying offense.

Provided, that where the maximum of the guideline range from Chapter Five, Part A (Sentencing Table) determined by an offense level adjusted under the procedure described in the preceding paragraph, plus the term of imprisonment required under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 924(c) or Sec. 929(a), is less than the maximum of the guideline range that would apply to the underlying offense absent such adjustment, the procedure described in the preceding paragraph does not apply. Instead, the guideline range applicable to the underlying offense absent such adjustment is to be used after subtracting the term of imprisonment imposed under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 924(c) or Sec. 929(a) from both the minimum and maximum of such range.

Example: A defendant, is to be sentenced under the robbery guideline; his unadjusted offense level from Sec.2B3.1 is 30, including a 7-level enhancement for discharging a firearm; no Chapter Three adjustments are applicable; and his criminal history category is Category IV. His unadjusted guideline range from Chapter Five, Part A (Sentencing Table) is 135-168 months. This defendant has also been convicted under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 924(c) arising from the possession of a weapon during the robbery, and therefore must be sentenced to an additional consecutive five-year term of imprisonment. The defendant's adjusted guideline range, which takes into account the conviction under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 924(c) by eliminating the 7-level weapon enhancement, is 70-87 months. Because the maximum of the defendant's adjusted guideline range plus the five year consecutive sentence (87 months + 60 months = 147 months) is less than the maximum of the defendant's unadjusted guideline range (168 months), the defendant is to be sentenced using the unadjusted guideline range after subtracting the 60 month sentence to be imposed under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 924(c) from both the minimum and maximum of the unadjusted range (e.g., 135 months - 60 months = 75 months; 168 months - 60 months = 108 months). A sentence imposed for the underlying offense using the guideline range determined in this manner (75-108 months) when combined with the consecutive sentence imposed under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 924(c) or Sec. 929(a), will produce the appropriate total term of imprisonment.

3. Imposition of a term of supervised release is governed by the provisions of Sec.5D1.1 (Imposition of a Term of Supervised Release).

4. Subsection (b) sets forth special provisions concerning the imposition of fines. Where there is also a conviction for the underlying offense, a consolidated fine guideline is determined by the offense level that would have applied to the underlying offense absent a conviction under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 924(c) or Sec. 929(a). This is required because the offense level for the underlying offense may be reduced when there is also a conviction under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 924(c) or Sec. 929(a) in that any specific offense characteristic for possession, use, or discharge of a firearm is not applied (see Application Note 2). The Commission has not established a fine guideline range for the unusual case in which there is no conviction for the underlying offense, although a fine is authorized under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 3571.

Background: 18 U.S.C. Secs. 924(c) and 929(a) provide mandatory minimum penalties for the conduct proscribed. To avoid double counting, when a sentence under this section is imposed in conjunction with a sentence for an underlying offense, any specific offense characteristic for firearm discharge, use, or possession is not applied in respect to such underlying offense.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 190); November 1, 1990 (see Appendix C, amendment 332); November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendment 405).

Sec.2K2.5.Possession of Firearm or Dangerous Weapon in Federal Facility; Possession or Discharge of Firearm in School Zone

(a) Base Offense Level: 6

(b) Specific Offense Characteristic

(1) If

(A) the defendant unlawfully possessed or caused any firearm or dangerous weapon to be present in a federal court facility; or

(B) the defendant unlawfully possessed or caused any firearm to be present in a school zone, increase by 2

increase by 2 levels.

(c) Cross Reference

(1) If the defendant used or possessed any firearm or dangerous weapon in connection with the commission or attempted commission of another offense, or possessed or transferred a firearm or dangerous weapon with knowledge or intent that it would be used or possessed in connection with another offense, apply

(A) Sec.2X1.1 (Attempt, Solicitation, or Conspiracy) in respect to that other offense if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above; or

(B) if death resulted, the most analogous offense guideline from Chapter Two, Part A, Subpart 1 (Homicide), if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above.

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. Secs. 922(q), 930.

Application Notes:

1. "Dangerous weapon" and "firearm" are defined in the Commentary to Sec.1B1.1 (Application Instructions).

2. "Federal court facility" includes the courtroom; judges' chambers; witness rooms; jury deliberation rooms; attorney conference rooms; prisoner holding cells; offices and parking facilities of the court clerks, the United States attorney, and the United States marshal; probation and parole offices; and adjoining corridors and parking facilities of any court of the United States. See 18 U.S.C. Sec. 930(f)(3).

3. "School zone" is defined at 18 U.S.C. Sec. 922(q). A sentence of imprisonment under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 922(q) must run consecutively to any sentence of imprisonment imposed for any other offense. In order to comply with the statute, when the guideline range is based on the underlying offense, and the defendant is convicted both of the underlying offense and 18 U.S.C. Sec. 922(q), the court should apportion the sentence between the count for the underlying offense and the count under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 922(q). For example, if the guideline range is 30-37 months and the court determines "total punishment" of 36 months is appropriate, a sentence of 30 months for the underlying offense, plus 6 months under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 922(q) would satisfy this requirement.

4. Where the firearm was brandished, discharged, or otherwise used, in a federal facility, federal court facility, or school zone, and the cross reference from subsection (c)(1) does not apply, an upward departure may be warranted.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 191). Amended effective November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendment 374).

3. TRANSPORTATION OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

Sec.2K3.1.Unlawfully Transporting Hazardous Materials in Commerce

Apply the guideline provision for Sec.2Q1.2 (Mishandling of Hazardous or Toxic Substances or Pesticides; Recordkeeping, Tampering, and Falsification).

Commentary

Statutory Provision: 49 U.S.C. Sec. 1809(b). For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).

Background: This conduct involves the same risks as the conduct covered under Sec.2Q1.2 (Mishandling of Hazardous or Toxic Substances or Pesticides; Recordkeeping, Tampering, and Falsification). Accordingly, that guideline applies.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987.

Sec.2K3.2.Feloniously Mailing Injurious Articles

(a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greater):

(1) If the offense was committed with intent (A) to kill or injure any person, or (B) to injure the mails or other property, apply Sec.2X1.1 (Attempt, Solicitation, or Conspiracy) in respect to the intended offense; or

(2) If death resulted, apply the most analogous offense guideline from Chapter Two, Part A, Subpart 1 (Homicide).

Commentary

Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. Sec. 1716 (felony provisions only).

Background: This guideline applies only to the felony provisions of 18 U.S.C. Sec. 1716. The Commission has not promulgated a guideline for the misdemeanor provisions of this statute.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1990 (see Appendix C, amendment 334).

1. IMMIGRATION

Sec.2L1.1.Smuggling, Transporting, or Harboring an Unlawful Alien

(a) Base Offense Level:

(1) 20, if the defendant was convicted under 8 U.S.C. Sec. 1327 of a violation involving an alien who previously was deported after a conviction for an aggravated felony; or

(2) 9, otherwise.

(b) Specific Offense Characteristics

(1) If the defendant committed the offense other than for profit, and the base offense level is determined under subsection (a)(2), decrease by 3 levels.

(2) If the offense involved the smuggling, transporting, or harboring of six or more unlawful aliens, increase as follows:

Number of Unlawful Aliens Smuggled, Transported, or Harbored Increase in Level (A) 6-24 add 2 (B) 25-99 add 4 (C) 100 or more add 6.

(3) If the defendant is an unlawful alien who has been deported (voluntarily or involuntarily) on one or more occasions prior to the instant offense, and the offense level determined above is less than level 8, increase to level 8.

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 8 U.S.C. Secs. 1324(a), 1327. For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).

Application Notes:

1. "For profit" means for financial gain or commercial advantage, but this definition does not include a defendant who commits the offense solely in return for his own entry or transportation. The "number of unlawful aliens smuggled, transported, or harbored" does not include the defendant.

2. For the purposes of Sec.3B1.1 (Aggravating Role), the aliens smuggled, transported, or harbored are not considered participants unless they actively assisted in the smuggling, transporting, or harboring of others.

3. For the purposes of Sec.3B1.2 (Mitigating Role), a defendant who commits the offense solely in return for his own entry or transportation is not entitled to a reduction for a minor or minimal role. This is because the reduction at Sec.2L1.1(b)(1) applies to such a defendant.

4. Where the defendant smuggled, transported, or harbored an alien knowing that the alien intended to enter the United States to engage in subversive activity, drug trafficking, or other serious criminal behavior, an upward departure may be warranted.

5. If the offense involved dangerous or inhumane treatment, death or bodily injury, possession of a dangerous weapon, or substantially more than 100 aliens, an upward departure may be warranted.

6. "Aggravated felony" is defined in the Commentary to Sec.2L1.2 (Unlawfully Entering or Remaining in the United States).

Background: This section includes the most serious immigration offenses covered under the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986. A specific offense characteristic provides a reduction if the defendant did not commit the offense for profit. The offense level increases with the number of unlawful aliens smuggled, transported, or harbored. In large scale cases, an additional adjustment from Sec.3B1.1 (Aggravating Role) typically will apply to the most culpable defendants.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective January 15, 1988 (see Appendix C, amendments 35, 36, and 37); November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 192); November 1, 1990 (see Appendix C, amendment 335); November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendment 375); November 1, 1992 (see Appendix C, amendment 450).

Sec.2L1.2.Unlawfully Entering or Remaining in the United States

(a) Base Offense Level: 8

(b) Specific Offense Characteristics

If more than one applies, use the greater:

(1) If the defendant previously was deported after a conviction for a felony, other than a felony involving violation of the immigration laws, increase by 4 levels.

(2) If the defendant previously was deported after a conviction for an aggravated felony, increase by 16 levels.

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 8 U.S.C. Sec. 1325(a) (second or subsequent offense only), 8 U.S.C. Sec. 1326. For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).

Application Notes:

1. This guideline applies only to felonies. A first offense under 8 U.S.C. Sec. 1325(a) is a Class B misdemeanor for which no guideline has been promulgated. A prior sentence for such offense, however, is to be considered under the provisions of Chapter Four, Part A (Criminal History).

2. In the case of a defendant with repeated prior instances of deportation without criminal conviction, a sentence at or near the maximum of the applicable guideline range may be warranted.

3. A 4-level increase is provided under subsection (b)(1) in the case of a defendant who was previously deported after a conviction for a felony, other than a felony involving a violation of the immigration laws.

4. A 16-level increase is provided under subsection (b)(2) in the case of a defendant who was previously deported after a conviction for an aggravated felony.

5. An adjustment under subsection (b)(1) or (b)(2) for a prior felony conviction applies in addition to any criminal history points added for such conviction in Chapter Four, Part A (Criminal History).

6. "Deported after a conviction," as used in subsections (b)(1) and (b)(2), means that the deportation was subsequent to the conviction, whether or not the deportation was in response to such conviction.

7. "Aggravated felony," as used in subsection (b)(2), means murder; any illicit trafficking in any controlled substance (as defined in 21 U.S.C. Sec. 802), including any drug trafficking crime as defined in 18 U.S.C. Sec. 924(c)(2); any illicit trafficking in any firearms or destructive devices as defined in 18 U.S.C. Sec. 921; any offense described in 18 U.S.C. Sec. 1956 (relating to laundering of monetary instruments); any crime of violence (as defined in 18 U.S.C. Sec. 16, not including a purely political offense) for which the term of imprisonment imposed (regardless of any suspension of such imprisonment) is at least five years; or any attempt or conspiracy to commit any such act. The term "aggravated felony" applies to offenses described in the previous sentence whether in violation of federal or state law and also applies to offenses described in the previous sentence in violation of foreign law for which the term of imprisonment was completed within the previous 15 years. See 8 U.S.C. Sec. 1101(a)(43).

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective January 15, 1988 (see Appendix C, amendment 38); November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 193); November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendment 375).

Sec.2L1.3. (Deleted)

Historical Note: Section 2L1.3 (Engaging in a Pattern of Unlawful Employment of Aliens), effective November 1, 1987, was deleted effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 194).

2. NATURALIZATION AND PASSPORTS

Sec.2L2.1.Trafficking in Documents Relating to Naturalization, Citizenship, or Legal Resident Status; False Statement in Respect to the Citizenship or Immigration Status of Another; Fraudulent Marriage to Assist Alien to Evade Immigration Law

(a) Base Offense Level: 9

(b) Specific Offense Characteristics

(1) If the defendant committed the offense other than for profit, decrease by 3 levels.

(2) If the offense involved six or more sets of documents, increase as follows:

Number of Sets of Documents Increase in Level (A) 6-24 add 2 (B) 25-99 add 4 (C) 100 or more add 6.
Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 8 U.S.C. Secs. 1160(b)(7)(A), 1185(a)(3), (4), 1325(b), (c); 18 U.S.C. Secs. 1015, 1028, 1425-1427, 1546.

Application Notes:

1. "For profit" means for financial gain or commercial advantage.

2. Where it is established that multiple documents are part of a set intended for use by a single person, treat the set as one document.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 195); November 1, 1992 (see Appendix C, amendment 450).

Sec.2L2.2.Fraudulently Acquiring Documents Relating to Naturalization, Citizenship, or Legal Resident Status for Own Use; False Personation or Fraudulent Marriage by Alien to Evade Immigration Law

(a) Base Offense Level: 6

(b) Specific Offense Characteristic

(1) If the defendant is an unlawful alien who has been deported (voluntarily or involuntarily) on one or more occasions prior to the instant offense, increase by 2 levels.

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 8 U.S.C. Secs. 1160(b)(7)(A), 1185(a)(3), (5), 1325(b), (c); 18 U.S.C. Secs. 911, 1015, 1028, 1423-1426, 1546.

Application Note:

1. For the purposes of Chapter Three, Part D (Multiple Counts), a conviction for unlawfully entering or remaining in the United States (Sec.2L1.2) arising from the same course of conduct is treated as a closely related count, and is therefore grouped with an offense covered by this guideline.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective January 15, 1988 (see Appendix C, amendment 39); November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 196); November 1, 1992 (see Appendix C, amendment 450).

Sec.2L2.3.Trafficking in a United States Passport

(a) Base Offense Level: 9

(b) Specific Offense Characteristics

(1) If the defendant committed the offense other than for profit, decrease by 3 levels.

(2) If the offense involved six or more passports, increase as follows:

Number of Passports Increase in Level (A) 6-24 add 2 (B) 25-99 add 4 (C) 100 or more add 6.
Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. Secs. 1542, 1544. For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).

Application Note:

1. "For profit" means for financial gain or commercial advantage.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 197); November 1, 1992 (see Appendix C, amendment 450).

Sec.2L2.4.Fraudulently Acquiring or Improperly Using a United States Passport

(a) Base Offense Level: 6

(b) Specific Offense Characteristic

(1) If the defendant is an unlawful alien who has been deported (voluntarily or involuntarily) on one or more occasions prior to the instant offense, increase by 2 levels.

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. Secs. 1543, 1544. For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).

Application Note:

1. For the purposes of Chapter Three, Part D (Multiple Counts), a conviction for unlawfully entering or remaining in the United States (Sec.2L1.2) arising from the same course of conduct is treated as a closely related count, and is therefore grouped with an offense covered by this guideline.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective January 15, 1988 (see Appendix C, amendment 40); November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 198).

Sec.2L2.5.Failure to Surrender Canceled Naturalization Certificate

(a) Base Offense Level: 6

Commentary

Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. Sec. 1428.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987.

PART M - OFFENSES INVOLVING NATIONAL DEFENSE

1. TREASON

Sec.2M1.1.Treason

(a) Base Offense Level:

(1) 43, if the conduct is tantamount to waging war against the United States;

(2) the offense level applicable to the most analogous offense, otherwise.

Commentary

Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. Sec. 2381.

Background: Treason is a rarely-prosecuted offense that could encompass a relatively broad range of conduct, including many of the more specific offenses in this Part. The guideline contemplates imposition of the maximum penalty in the most serious cases, with reference made to the most analogous offense guideline in lesser cases.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987.

2. SABOTAGE

Sec.2M2.1.Destruction of War Material, Premises, or Utilities

(a) Base Offense Level: 32

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. Sec. 2153; 42 U.S.C. Sec. 2284.

Application Note:

1. Violations of 42 U.S.C. Sec. 2284 are included in this section where the defendant was convicted of acting with intent to injure the United States or aid a foreign nation.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987.

Sec.2M2.2.Production of Defective War Material, Premises, or Utilities

(a) Base Offense Level: 32

Commentary

Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. Sec. 2154.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987.

Sec.2M2.3.Destruction of National Defense Material, Premises, or Utilities

(a) Base Offense Level: 26

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. Sec. 2155; 42 U.S.C. Sec. 2284.

Application Note:

1. Violations of 42 U.S.C. Sec. 2284 not included in Sec.2M2.1 are included in this section.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987.

Sec.2M2.4.Production of Defective National Defense Material, Premises, or Utilities

(a) Base Offense Level: 26

Commentary

Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. Sec. 2156.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987.

3. ESPIONAGE AND RELATED OFFENSES

Sec.2M3.1.Gathering or Transmitting National Defense Information to Aid a Foreign Government

(a) Base Offense Level:

(1) 42, if top secret information was gathered or transmitted; or

(2) 37, otherwise.

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. Sec. 794; 42 U.S.C. Secs. 2274(a), (b), 2275.

Application Notes:

1. "Top secret information" is information that, if disclosed, "reasonably could be expected to cause exceptionally grave damage to the national security." Executive Order 12356.

2. The Commission has set the base offense level in this subpart on the assumption that the information at issue bears a significant relation to the nation's security, and that the revelation will significantly and adversely affect security interests. When revelation is likely to cause little or no harm, a downward departure may be warranted. See Chapter Five, Part K (Departures).

3. The court may depart from the guidelines upon representation by the President or his duly authorized designee that the imposition of a sanction other than authorized by the guideline is necessary to protect national security or further the objectives of the nation's foreign policy.

Background: Offense level distinctions in this subpart are generally based on the classification of the information gathered or transmitted. This classification, in turn, reflects the importance of the information to the national security.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987.

Sec.2M3.2.Gathering National Defense Information

(a) Base Offense Level:

(1) 35, if top secret information was gathered; or

(2) 30, otherwise.

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. Sec. 793(a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (g). For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).

Application Notes:

1. See Commentary to Sec.2M3.1.

2. If the defendant is convicted under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 793(d) or (e), Sec.2M3.3 may apply. See Commentary to Sec.2M3.3.

Background: The statutes covered in this section proscribe diverse forms of obtaining and transmitting national defense information with intent or reason to believe the information would injure the United States or be used to the advantage of a foreign government.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987.

Sec.2M3.3.Transmitting National Defense Information

(a) Base Offense Level:

(1) 29, if top secret information was transmitted; or

(2) 24, otherwise.

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. Sec. 793(d), (e), (g). For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).

Application Notes:

1. See Commentary to Sec.2M3.1.

2. If the defendant was convicted of 18 U.S.C. Sec. 793(d) or (e) for the willful transmission or communication of intangible information with reason to believe that it could be used to the injury of the United States or the advantage of a foreign nation, apply Sec.2M3.2.

Background: The statutes covered in this section proscribe willfully transmitting or communicating to a person not entitled to receive it a document, writing, code book, signal book, sketch, photograph, photographic negative, blueprint, plan, map, model, instrument, appliance, or note relating to the national defense. Proof that the item was communicated with reason to believe that it could be used to the injury of the United States or the advantage of a foreign nation is required only where intangible information is communicated under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 793(d) or (e).

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987.

Sec.2M3.4.Losing National Defense Information

(a) Base Offense Level:

(1) 18, if top secret information was lost; or

(2) 13, otherwise.

Commentary

Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. Sec. 793(f).

Application Note:

1. See Commentary to Sec.2M3.1.

Background: Offenses prosecuted under this statute generally do not involve subversive conduct on behalf of a foreign power, but rather the loss of classified information by the gross negligence of an employee of the federal government or a federal contractor.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987.

Sec.2M3.5.Tampering with Restricted Data Concerning Atomic Energy

(a) Base Offense Level: 24

Commentary

Statutory Provision: 42 U.S.C. Sec. 2276.

Application Note:

1. See Commentary to Sec.2M3.1.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987.

Sec.2M3.6.Disclosure of Classified Cryptographic Information

(a) Base Offense Level:

(1) 29, if top secret information was disclosed; or

(2) 24, otherwise.

Commentary

Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. Sec. 798.

Application Note:

1. See Commentary to Sec.2M3.1.

Background: The statute covered in this section proscribes the disclosure of classified information concerning cryptographic or communication intelligence to the detriment of the United States or for the benefit of a foreign government.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987.

Sec.2M3.7.Unauthorized Disclosure to Foreign Government or a Communist Organization of Classified Information by Government Employee

(a) Base Offense Level:

(1) 29, if top secret information was disclosed; or

(2) 24, otherwise.

Commentary

Statutory Provision: 50 U.S.C. Sec. 783(b).

Application Note:

1. See Commentary to Sec.2M3.1.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987.

Sec.2M3.8.Receipt of Classified Information

(a) Base Offense Level:

(1) 29, if top secret information was received; or

(2) 24, otherwise.

Commentary

Statutory Provision: 50 U.S.C. Sec. 783(c).

Application Note:

1. See Commentary to Sec.2M3.1.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987.

Sec.2M3.9.Disclosure of Information Identifying a Covert Agent

(a) Base Offense Level:

(1) 30, if the information was disclosed by a person with, or who had authorized access to classified information identifying a covert agent; or

(2) 25, if the information was disclosed by a person with authorized access only to other classified information.

Commentary

Statutory Provision: 50 U.S.C. Sec. 421.

Application Notes:

1. See Commentary to Sec.2M3.1.

2. This guideline applies only to violations of 50 U.S.C. Sec. 421 by persons who have or previously had authorized access to classified information. This guideline does not apply to violations of 50 U.S.C. Sec. 421 by defendants, including journalists, who disclosed such information without having or having had authorized access to classified information. Violations of 50 U.S.C. Sec. 421 not covered by this guideline may vary in the degree of harm they inflict, and the court should impose a sentence that reflects such harm. See Sec.2X5.1 (Other Offenses).

Background: The alternative base offense levels reflect a statutory distinction by providing a greater base offense level for a violation of 50 U.S.C. Sec. 421 by an official who has or had authorized access to classified information identifying a covert agent than for a violation by an official with authorized access only to other classified information. This guideline does not apply to violations of 50 U.S.C. Sec. 421 by defendants who disclosed such information without having, or having had, authorized access to classified information.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987.

4. EVASION OF MILITARY SERVICE

Sec.2M4.1.Failure to Register and Evasion of Military Service

(a) Base Offense Level: 6

(b) Specific Offense Characteristic

(1) If the offense occurred at a time when persons were being inducted for compulsory military service, increase by 6 levels.

Commentary

Statutory Provision: 50 U.S.C. App. Sec. 462.

Application Note:

1. Subsection (b)(1) does not distinguish between whether the offense was committed in peacetime or during time of war or armed conflict. If the offense was committed when persons were being inducted for compulsory military service during time of war or armed conflict, an upward departure may be warranted.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1990 (see Appendix C, amendment 336).

5. PROHIBITED FINANCIAL TRANSACTIONS AND EXPORTS

Sec.2M5.1.Evasion of Export Controls

(a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greater):

(1) 22, if national security or nuclear proliferation controls were evaded; or

(2) 14.

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 50 U.S.C. App. Secs. 2401-2420.

Application Notes:

1. In the case of a violation during time of war or armed conflict, an upward departure may be warranted.

2. In determining the sentence within the applicable guideline range, the court may consider the degree to which the violation threatened a security interest of the United States, the volume of commerce involved, the extent of planning or sophistication, and whether there were multiple occurrences. Where such factors are present in an extreme form, a departure from the guidelines may be warranted. See Chapter Five, Part K (Departures).

3. In addition to the provisions for imprisonment, 50 U.S.C. App. Sec. 2410 contains provisions for criminal fines and forfeiture as well as civil penalties. The maximum fine for individual defendants is $250,000. In the case of corporations, the maximum fine is five times the value of the exports involved or $1 million, whichever is greater. When national security controls are violated, in addition to any other sanction, the defendant is subject to forfeiture of any interest in, security of, or claim against: any goods or tangible items that were the subject of the violation; property used to export or attempt to export that was the subject of the violation; and any proceeds obtained directly or indirectly as a result of the violation.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987.

Sec.2M5.2.Exportation of Arms, Munitions, or Military Equipment or Services Without Required Validated Export License

(a) Base Offense Level:

(1) 22, except as provided in subdivision (2) below;

(2) 14, if the offense involved only non-fully-automatic small arms (rifles, handguns, or shotguns), and the number of weapons did not exceed ten.

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 22 U.S.C. Secs. 2778, 2780.

Application Notes:

1. Under 22 U.S.C. Sec. 2778, the President is authorized, through a licensing system administered by the Department of State, to control exports of defense articles and defense services that he deems critical to a security or foreign policy interest of the United States. The items subject to control constitute the United States Munitions List, which is set out in 22 C.F.R. Part 121.1. Included in this list are such things as military aircraft, helicopters, artillery, shells, missiles, rockets, bombs, vessels of war, explosives, military and space electronics, and certain firearms.

The base offense level assumes that the offense conduct was harmful or had the potential to be harmful to a security or foreign policy interest of the United States. In the unusual case where the offense conduct posed no such risk, a downward departure may be warranted. In the case of a violation during time of war or armed conflict, an upward departure may be warranted. See Chapter Five, Part K (Departures).

2. In determining the sentence within the applicable guideline range, the court may consider the degree to which the violation threatened a security or foreign policy interest of the United States, the volume of commerce involved, the extent of planning or sophistication, and whether there were multiple occurrences. Where such factors are present in an extreme form, a departure from the guidelines may be warranted.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1990 (see Appendix C, amendment 337).

6. ATOMIC ENERGY

Sec.2M6.1.Unlawful Acquisition, Alteration, Use, Transfer, or Possession of Nuclear Material, Weapons, or Facilities

(a) Base Offense Level: 30

(b) Specific Offense Characteristic

(1) If the offense was committed with intent to injure the United States or to aid a foreign nation, increase by 12 levels.

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 42 U.S.C. Secs. 2077(b), 2122, 2131. Also, 18 U.S.C. Sec. 831 (only where the conduct is similar to that proscribed by the aforementioned statutory provisions). For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987.

Sec.2M6.2.Violation of Other Federal Atomic Energy Agency Statutes, Rules, and Regulations

(a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greater):

(1) 30, if the offense was committed with intent to injure the United States or to aid a foreign nation; or

(2) 6.

Commentary

Statutory Provision: 42 U.S.C. Sec. 2273.

Background: This section applies to offenses related to nuclear energy not specifically addressed elsewhere. This provision covers, for example, violations of statutes dealing with rules and regulations, license conditions, and orders of the Nuclear Regulatory Commission and the Department of Energy.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1990 (see Appendix C, amendment 359).

PART N - OFFENSES INVOLVING FOOD, DRUGS, AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTS, AND ODOMETER LAWS

1. TAMPERING WITH CONSUMER PRODUCTS

Sec.2N1.1.Tampering or Attempting to Tamper Involving Risk of Death or Bodily Injury

(a) Base Offense Level: 25

(b) Specific Offense Characteristic

(1) (A) If any victim sustained permanent or life-threatening bodily injury, increase by 4 levels; (B) if any victim sustained serious bodily injury, increase by 2 levels; or (C) if the degree of injury is between that specified in subdivisions (A) and (B), increase by 3 levels.

(c) Cross References

(1) If the offense resulted in death, apply Sec.2A1.1 (First Degree Murder) if the death was caused intentionally or knowingly, or Sec.2A1.2 (Second Degree Murder) in any other case.

(2) If the offense was tantamount to attempted murder, apply Sec.2A2.1 (Assault With Intent to Commit Murder; Attempted Murder) if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above.

(3) If the offense involved extortion, apply Sec.2B3.2 (Extortion by Force or Threat of Injury or Serious Damage) if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above.

(d) Special Instruction

(1) If the defendant is convicted of a single count involving (A) the death or permanent, life-threatening, or serious bodily injury of more than one victim, or (B) conduct tantamount to the attempted murder of more than one victim, Chapter Three, Part D (Multiple Counts) shall be applied as if the defendant had been convicted of a separate count for each such victim.

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. Sec. 1365(a), (e).

Application Notes:

1. The base offense level reflects that this offense typically poses a risk of death or serious bodily injury to one or more victims; or causes, or is intended to cause, bodily injury. Where the offense posed a substantial risk of death or serious bodily injury to numerous victims, or caused extreme psychological injury or substantial property damage or monetary loss, an upward departure may be warranted. In the unusual case in which the offense did not cause a risk of death or serious bodily injury, and neither caused nor was intended to cause bodily injury, a downward departure may be warranted.

2. The special instruction in subsection (d)(1) applies whether the offense level is determined under subsection (b)(1) or by use of a cross reference in subsection (c).

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1990 (see Appendix C, amendment 338); November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendment 376).

Sec.2N1.2.Providing False Information or Threatening to Tamper with Consumer Products

(a) Base Offense Level: 16

(b) Cross Reference

(1) If the offense involved extortion, apply Sec.2B3.2 (Extortion by Force or Threat of Injury or Serious Damage).

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. Sec. 1365(c), (d).

Application Note:

1. If death or bodily injury, extreme psychological injury, or substantial property damage or monetary loss resulted, an upward departure may be warranted. See Chapter Five, Part K (Departures).

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1990 (see Appendix C, amendment 339).

Sec.2N1.3.Tampering With Intent to Injure Business

(a) Base Offense Level: 12

Commentary

Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. Sec. 1365(b).

Application Note:

1. If death or bodily injury, extreme psychological injury, or substantial property damage or monetary loss resulted, an upward departure may be warranted. See Chapter Five, Part K (Departures).

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987.

2. FOOD, DRUGS, AND AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTS

Sec.2N2.1.Violations of Statutes and Regulations Dealing With Any Food, Drug, Biological Product, Device, Cosmetic, or Agricultural Product

(a) Base Offense Level: 6

(b) Cross References

(1) If the offense involved fraud, apply Sec.2F1.1 (Fraud and Deceit).

(2) If the offense was committed in furtherance of, or to conceal, an offense covered by another offense guideline, apply that other offense guideline the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above.

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 7 U.S.C. Secs. 150bb, 150gg; 21 U.S.C. Secs. 115, 117, 122, 134-134e, 151-158, 331, 333(a)(1), (a)(2), (b), 458-461, 463, 466, 610, 611, 614, 617, 619, 620, 642-644, 676; 42 U.S.C. Sec. 262. For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).

Application Notes:

1. This guideline assumes a regulatory offense that involved knowing or reckless conduct. Where only negligence was involved, a downward departure may be warranted. See Chapter Five, Part K (Departures).

2. The cross reference at subsection (b)(1) addresses cases in which the offense involved fraud. The cross reference at subsection (b)(2) addresses cases in which the offense was committed in furtherance of, or to conceal, an offense covered by another offense guideline (e.g., theft, bribery, revealing trade secrets, or destruction of property).

3. If death or bodily injury, extreme psychological injury, property damage or monetary loss resulted, an upward departure may be warranted. See Chapter Five, Part K (Departures).

4. The Commission has not promulgated a guideline for violations of 21 U.S.C. Sec. 333(e) (offenses involving human growth hormones). Offenses involving anabolic steroids are covered by Chapter Two, Part D (Offenses Involving Drugs). In the case of an offense involving a substance purported to be an anabolic steroid, but not containing any active ingredient, apply Sec.2F1.1 (Fraud and Deceit) with "loss" measured by the amount paid, or to be paid, by the victim for such substance.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1990 (see Appendix C, amendment 340); November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendment 432); November 1, 1992 (see Appendix C, amendment 451).

3. ODOMETER LAWS AND REGULATIONS

Sec.2N3.1.Odometer Laws and Regulations

(a) Base Offense Level: 6

(b) Cross Reference

(1) If the offense involved more than one vehicle, apply Sec.2F1.1 (Fraud and Deceit).

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 15 U.S.C. Secs. 1983-1988, 1990c.

Background: The base offense level takes into account the deceptive aspect of the offense assuming a single vehicle was involved. If more than one vehicle was involved, the guideline for fraud and deception, Sec.2F1.1, is to be applied because it is designed to deal with a pattern or scheme.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 199).

PART P - OFFENSES INVOLVING PRISONS AND CORRECTIONAL FACILITIES

Sec.2P1.1.Escape, Instigating or Assisting Escape

(a) Base Offense Level:

(1) 13, if the custody or confinement is by virtue of an arrest on a charge of felony, or conviction of any offense;

(2) 8, otherwise.

(b) Specific Offense Characteristics

(1) If the use or the threat of force against any person was involved, increase by 5 levels.

(2) If the defendant escaped from non-secure custody and returned voluntarily within ninety-six hours, decrease the offense level under Sec.2P1.1(a)(1) by 7 levels or the offense level under Sec.2P1.1(a)(2) by 4 levels. Provided, however, that this reduction shall not apply if the defendant, while away from the facility, committed any federal, state, or local offense punishable by a term of imprisonment of one year or more.

(3) If the defendant escaped from the non-secure custody of a community corrections center, community treatment center, "halfway house," or similar facility, and subsection (b)(2) is not applicable, decrease the offense level under subsection (a)(1) by 4 levels or the offense level under subsection (a)(2) by 2 levels. Provided, however, that this reduction shall not apply if the defendant, while away from the facility, committed any federal, state, or local offense punishable by a term of imprisonment of one year or more.

(4) If the defendant was a law enforcement or correctional officer or employee, or an employee of the Department of Justice, at the time of the offense, increase by 2 levels.

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. Secs. 751, 752, 755; 28 U.S.C. Sec. 1826. For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).

Application Notes:

1. "Non-secure custody" means custody with no significant physical restraint (e.g., where a defendant walked away from a work detail outside the security perimeter of an institution; where a defendant failed to return to any institution from a pass or unescorted furlough; or where a defendant escaped from an institution with no physical perimeter barrier).

2. "Returned voluntarily" includes voluntarily returning to the institution or turning one's self in to a law enforcement authority as an escapee (not in connection with an arrest or other charges).

3. If the adjustment in subsection (b)(4) applies, no adjustment is to be made under Sec.3B1.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill).

4. If death or bodily injury resulted, an upward departure may be warranted. See Chapter Five, Part K (Departures).

5. Criminal history points under Chapter Four, Part A (Criminal History) are to be determined independently of the application of this guideline. For example, in the case of a defendant serving a one-year sentence of imprisonment at the time of the escape, criminal history points from Sec.4A1.1(b) (for the sentence being served at the time of the escape), Sec.4A1.1(d) (custody status), and Sec.4A1.1(e) (recency) would be applicable.

6. If the adjustment in subsection (b)(1) applies as a result of conduct that involves an official victim, do not apply Sec.3A1.2 (Official Victim).

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendments 200 and 201); November 1, 1990 (see Appendix C, amendment 341); November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendment 406).

Sec.2P1.2.Providing or Possessing Contraband in Prison

(a) Base Offense Level:

(1) 23, if the object was a firearm or destructive device.

(2) 13, if the object was a weapon (other than a firearm or a destructive device), any object that might be used as a weapon or as a means of facilitating escape, ammunition, LSD, PCP, or a narcotic drug.

(3) 6, if the object was an alcoholic beverage, United States or foreign currency, or a controlled substance (other than LSD, PCP, or a narcotic drug).

(4) 4, if the object was any other object that threatened the order, discipline, or security of the institution or the life, health, or safety of an individual.

(b) Specific Offense Characteristic

(1) If the defendant was a law enforcement or correctional officer or employee, or an employee of the Department of Justice, at the time of the offense, increase by 2 levels.

(c) Cross Reference

(1) If the defendant is convicted under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 1791(a)(1) and is punishable under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 1791(b)(1), the offense level is 2 plus the offense level from Sec.2D1.1, but in no event less than level 26.

Commentary

Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. Sec. 1791.

Application Notes:

1. If the adjustment in Sec.2P1.2(b)(1) applies, no adjustment is to be made under Sec.3B1.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill).

2. Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Sec. 1791(c), as amended, a sentence imposed upon an inmate for a violation of 18 U.S.C. Sec. 1791 shall be consecutive to the sentence being served at the time of the violation.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendments 202 and 203).

Sec.2P1.3.Engaging In, Inciting or Attempting to Incite a Riot Involving Persons in a Facility for Official Detention

(a) Base Offense Level:

(1) 22, if the offense was committed under circumstances creating a substantial risk of death or serious bodily injury to any person.

(2) 16, if the offense involved a major disruption to the operation of an institution.

(3) 10, otherwise.

Commentary

Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. Sec. 1792.

Application Note:

1. If death or bodily injury resulted, an upward departure may be warranted. See Chapter Five, Part K (Departures).

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987.

Sec.2P1.4. (Deleted)

Historical Note: Section 2P1.4 (Trespass on Bureau of Prisons Facilities), effective November 1, 1987, was deleted effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 204).

PART Q - OFFENSES INVOLVING THE ENVIRONMENT

1. ENVIRONMENT

Sec.2Q1.1.Knowing Endangerment Resulting From Mishandling Hazardous or Toxic Substances, Pesticides or Other Pollutants

(a) Base Offense Level: 24

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 33 U.S.C. Sec. 1319(c)(3); 42 U.S.C. Sec. 6928(e).

Application Note:

1. If death or serious bodily injury resulted, an upward departure may be warranted. See Chapter Five, Part K (Departures).

Background: This section applies to offenses committed with knowledge that the violation placed another person in imminent danger of death or serious bodily injury.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987.

Sec.2Q1.2.Mishandling of Hazardous or Toxic Substances or Pesticides; Recordkeeping, Tampering, and Falsification

(a) Base Offense Level: 8

(b) Specific Offense Characteristics

(1) (A) If the offense resulted in an ongoing, continuous, or repetitive discharge, release, or emission of a hazardous or toxic substance or pesticide into the environment, increase by 6 levels; or

(B) if the offense otherwise involved a discharge, release, or emission of a hazardous or toxic substance or pesticide, increase by 4 levels.

(2) If the offense resulted in a substantial likelihood of death or serious bodily injury, increase by 9 levels.

(3) If the offense resulted in disruption of public utilities or evacuation of a community, or if cleanup required a substantial expenditure, increase by 4 levels.

(4) If the offense involved transportation, treatment, storage, or disposal without a permit or in violation of a permit, increase by 4 levels.

(5) If a recordkeeping offense reflected an effort to conceal a substantive environmental offense, use the offense level for the substantive offense.

(6) If the offense involved a simple recordkeeping or reporting violation only, decrease by 2 levels.

Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 7 U.S.C. Secs. 136j-136l; 15 U.S.C. Secs. 2614 and 2615; 33 U.S.C. Secs. 1319(c)(1), (2), 1321(b)(5), 1517(b); 42 U.S.C. Secs. 300h-2, 6928(d), 7413, 9603(b), (c), (d); 43 U.S.C. Secs. 1350, 1816(a), 1822(b). For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).

Application Notes:

1. "Recordkeeping offense" includes both recordkeeping and reporting offenses. The term is to be broadly construed as including failure to report discharges, releases, or emissions where required; the giving of false information; failure to file other required reports or provide necessary information; and failure to prepare, maintain, or provide records as prescribed.

2. "Simple recordkeeping or reporting violation" means a recordkeeping or reporting offense in a situation where the defendant neither knew nor had reason to believe that the recordkeeping offense would significantly increase the likelihood of any substantive environmental harm.

3. This section applies to offenses involving pesticides or substances designated toxic or hazardous at the time of the offense by statute or regulation. A listing of hazardous and toxic substances in the guidelines would be impractical. Several federal statutes (or regulations promulgated thereunder) list toxics, hazardous wastes and substances, and pesticides. These lists, such as those of toxic pollutants for which effluent standards are published under the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (e.g., 33 U.S.C. Sec. 1317) as well as the designation of hazardous substances under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (e.g., 42 U.S.C. Sec. 9601(14)), are revised from time to time. "Toxic" and "hazardous" are defined differently in various statutes, but the common dictionary meanings of the words are not significantly different.

4. Except when the adjustment in subsection (b)(6) for simple recordkeeping offenses applies, this section assumes knowing conduct. In cases involving negligent conduct, a downward departure may be warranted.

5. Subsection (b)(1) assumes a discharge or emission into the environment resulting in actual environmental contamination. A wide range of conduct, involving the handling of different quantities of materials with widely differing propensities, potentially is covered. Depending upon the harm resulting from the emission, release or discharge, the quantity and nature of the substance or pollutant, the duration of the offense and the risk associated with the violation, a departure of up to two levels in either direction from the offense levels prescribed in these specific offense characteristics may be appropriate.

6. Subsection (b)(2) applies to offenses where the public health is seriously endangered. Depending upon the nature of the risk created and the number of people placed at risk, a departure of up to three levels upward or downward may be warranted. If death or serious bodily injury results, a departure would be called for. See Chapter Five, Part K (Departures).

7.Subsection (b)(3) provides an enhancement where a public disruption, evacuation or cleanup at substantial expense has been required. Depending upon the nature of the contamination involved, a departure of up to two levels either upward or downward could be warranted.

8. Subsection (b)(4) applies where the offense involved violation of a permit, or where there was a failure to obtain a permit when one was required. Depending upon the nature and quantity of the substance involved and the risk associated with the offense, a departure of up to two levels either upward or downward may be warranted.

9. Where a defendant has previously engaged in similar misconduct established by a civil adjudication or has failed to comply with an administrative order, an upward departure may be warranted. See Sec.4A1.3 (Adequacy of Criminal History Category).

Background: This section applies both to substantive violations of the statute governing the handling of pesticides and toxic and hazardous substances and to recordkeeping offenses. The first four specific offense characteristics provide enhancements when the offense involved a substantive violation. The last two specific offense characteristics apply to recordkeeping offenses. Although other sections of the guidelines generally prescribe a base offense level of 6 for regulatory violations, Sec.2Q1.2 prescribes a base offense level of 8 because of the inherently dangerous nature of hazardous and toxic substances and pesticides. A decrease of 2 levels is provided, however, for "simple recordkeeping or reporting violations" under Sec.2Q1.2(b)(6).

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987.

Sec.2Q1.3.Mishandling of Other Environmental Pollutants; Recordkeeping, Tampering, and Falsification

(a) Base Offense Level: 6

(b) Specific Offense Characteristics

(1) (A) If the offense resulted in an ongoing, continuous, or repetitive discharge, release, or emission of a pollutant into the environment, increase by 6 levels; or

(B) if the offense otherwise involve